Home

Suprtool 5.4 for HP-UX

1. Disc Files vs Datasets When you specify a source of records using the Input command as opposed to reading a dataset using the Get or Chain command Suprtool attempts to duplicate all of the input file s attributes in the output file This includes the file limit For this reason the Numrecs value is ignored if the output file limit is smaller than the input file limit Numrecs is still useful when reading disc files to reduce the size of the sort scratch file 176 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Open Command OP Specify an SQL database to open Only one database can be open at a time OPEN ORACLE username password remotedb instance OPEN ALLBASE dbename owner Oracle Database Use the Open command to connect to an Oracle database You must specify your Oracle username and password If you do not specify the password in the Open command Suprtool prompts for your password without echoing it on the screen To read data from an Oracle table or view use the Select command Use Set Oracle Rows to specify how many rows for Suprtool to fetch when it is reading Oracle data gt open oracle scott tiger Allbase Database Use the Open command to connect to an Allbase database You must specify your Allbase dbename and owner To read data from an Allbase table or view use the Select command Use Set Allbase Rows to specify how many rows for Suprtool to fetch when it is reading Allbase data gt open allbase inv
2. L L oe L Saving to a File Saving the Listredo commands to a file is not currently available in Suprlink UX Notes The Listredo command cannot be abbreviated but BJ is accepted as a short form Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 344 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Output Command O Specify the name of the output file OUTPUT filename ERASE DATA LINK By default the name of the output file is Output The output file is a self describing file containing data extracted from the input file and the Link files Use the Data option to make the output file a standard disc file without a corresponding sd file There are two different types of self describing files The first type is created with Suprtool s Output Query option A superior form of self describing file is produced with Suprtool s Output Link option Suprlink creates the output self describing file in the same format as the input file We recommend that you use the same type of self describing file for all input and link files Output Record Format The record structure is determined by Suprlink but is relatively easy to anticipate Suprlink starts with all of the fields of the input file in order For each Link f
3. cccccscecesseeeeeeee 260 MDX bhed teinien 135 means range of fields eeseseeeeeeeeeeerserereeeresese 386 missing COMMA EITOT ssssssssseseeersessessrsesseses 117 119 Mixed case COMPALISONS ee eeeeeeeeeeeseeseteeeeeeees 150 mode parameter ms Modify command 00 eee eceeeeeeeeeeteeeeseeseeeeeees 315 Modify command locking 0 ee eee eeeeteeeeeees 294 modulo operator MPE commands disabling access sees 204 MPE vs HP UX iin esn eutro innii 48 MPE restricting ile multidataset ACCESS 0 nenni eais 17 multiple commands per line 0 82 296 385 multiple search values ccceeeeeeeeeeeseeseeseeeeeeeee 219 N native language SUPPOTt eects eteetetteeseteeee 207 negative value NLS option Set command no quotes Index e 385 Non Collating Date Types 00 0 0 eceeeeseeseeseeeees nonprinting characters non SD Files and duplicate not equal to lt gt wee NOT Operators sss oisin rerien ar a nall Vale Sis se ee coats stale cess aA E shoes wees Num option Num Data option Num Key option Num Query option cceeeeseeceseeseceeeeeeeeseeaeeeeeeaes number sign in patterns Numbug numeric bytes Suprtool oes eeeeteeseeeeeeeee NUMETIC Constants oe eee eseeeeeeeeeeeteeeseeeneeeeeees NUMETIC CONVELSION ceeeeeseeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeees NUMETIC CXPTESSIONS eeeeeeeceeseeteeeeeeeeeneeee numeric just
4. SuprtoolOutCount JCW Suspend option on EXit s s s Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX T Table commian distia casiaiieniin a ties 219 Table command decimal places teens 220 Table lookupi siecia ii aas 29 table HTML option sssssssssssssesesssssrsrsesrsrsrssrsrereseses 260 melal Le EEE E AE AET ANE A E 381 tables in Chain command ccccccccsssccsesssceessseeees 90 tables holding between Xeqs s seesseeeeeeeeeeeeeee 220 tables MAXIMUM SIZC cccccecescceesseeeeseeeessseees 204 tape files eit see vot ee ote chs ihe lay E onie ances 159 tape files of large size ree Target field Extract command eee eeeeeeee 116 tasks what isa task a ee S terminolo Vienen ron A lewiiaees third party indexing is ThousandSymbol Set option ee eeeeeeeeeeee 214 time format in List cece cceseceeeseeeeeeeee 173 206 Time Set List title HTML option eeeeeeecseeseeseeeeeeeneeaes 260 TMPDIR oss fesan anita ORE TMPDIR variable today function of Extract cies eseeseereeeeeeees 113 today function Of If oo cece eseeseeeeeeeeeneeaes 152 Total command Total output restrictions eee eee eseeteeeeeeeeeee 105 totaling Dy field eee eeeeceeseeeeeeeteeeeeeeereeeeeneees totaling duplicate records totals toa file ehtaa eh eeste Ra EiS tot ls TUNDIDE seosten ereitten neie nane reoi eens trailing sign trimming spaces t
5. ccececeeceteeseeteeeeee 142 380 e Index Slookup function oe eect eseeseeeeeeceeeeeseeseeeeneees lookup Extract command cececeeeeseeteeteeeees lookup performance GLO WEE sss ccdsiessrsieaceeesset eves null SQL number function 0006 number old bug read function signed FUNCTION 2 eeeeeseeseeseeeeeeeeeseeseeseeeeeees Split Function Extract command Sstddate viciirccisds ad cca ne o ai Sstdinx DI PAES REE AEREA E E SE stdlist Hle si evcosccives Miers bites ier Mia cetabes cbse SubTotal Function extract command 0 118 today FUNCTION eceeeseeseeceeeeeeeteeteeeeeeeees today how it works Total Function Extract command ccc0e 118 SUPPER e nia sees ok ahaa HN eR N 120 150 Jo MEANS percentage oes eeeecsccssecseeeessesecseeeeeeees 385 amp amp continuation character cccccee 296 335 384 amp means escape pattern means start parameter oo eee cece eeeeeeee 385 Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX means end parameter eee eeeeeeeeteeseeeeeeeees 385 x means stdinx stdlist file command 382 filename aei ea rin A NETT ees 49 3 PIMEANS A istaa aaa r aa a e S 385 Sxoutcount STEXport ssssssssssesssssssssseseeseesesseseesenes 238 means range of records sssesssssseeseeee 137 159 386 for O S commands ccccccc
6. cceeeeeeeeeeeeee 171 Suprtool 5 3 11 for HP UX User Manual DASH EDO echt hes cvecsiesvesezerseeee es eed tones Listredo command fy literals in the output file 00 0 ee eeeeseeteeereeeeeeeeeee loader Warnings eceseeceseeseceeeeneeecceseeseeeaeeneeenees Loader Warnings print option Lock SetOption 3 0 0 0iis aie te ER EnA i eein locking IMAGE eee eeeeeeeereeseeeeeeeees long expressions Long Fieldnames Lotus 1 2 3 low values lower case LP devices seisine lp program replacement oe LP Setoptionivs icles tanith hailed M Machine types PA_RISC or Itanium 43 MACS date format cccccccsccessseceesseeeessseeeeeeee mailing labels ceisieateiieatin cteisnid ies hacen MakeAbsent Set option a Mapped Set Option oo eee eeeeeeeeeeneeseteeeeeeee master dataset expansion ceeeesceeeeteeeeeteeeeeees match pattern Fe maximum block size in Suprtool eee eee 378 maximum delimiter length 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeee 291 maximum heading length we maximum input block Size eee eects eeeeeeeeee 363 maximum input record length 0 291 363 maximum link block size eee eee eteeseeeeeeeeeee 363 maximum link fields 363 maximum link files maximum link record length maximum output fields ee eee eseeteeeeeeeeeee 364 maximum output record length 0 0 291 364 maximum size HTML files
7. Sorting Database Records Sort Records To tell Suprtool to sort table records you can either use any valid SQL command e g select order by or you can select the records and use a Sort command Here are two examples where Suprtool extracts all records from the Sales table into a data 30 e Quick Start Guide for Suprtool Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX file called result The records are sorted by the field cust_account Both tasks produce identical results but one way may be faster than the other Sorting in the Select command gt select from sales order by cust_account gt output result gt xeq Sorting in the Sort command gt select from sales gt sort cust_account gt output result gt xeq Sort Records in Descending Order This example extracts all records from the Sales table into a data file called result The records are sorted by the field sales_total in descending order i e show highest totals first Use the Desc option in the Sort command to do this gt select from sales gt sort sales_total desc descending order gt output result gt xeq Sort by Multiple Keys This example extracts all records from the Sales table into a data file called result The records are sorted by the field cust_account then by sales_total in descending order Use two Sort commands to do this because the Sort command only accepts one field at a time gt select from sales gt sort cust_account first so
8. The field list of the file specifies which fields to list before prompting for verification of the deletion The ALL option allows you to review all entries in a detail dataset and remove some or all of them The database password must give you write access to the entire dataset ALL does not work on master datasets use the Suprtool gt Delete command instead You can delete records related to a master dataset but not the other way around Dbedit does not print the detail records that are deleted Use the List command with the RELATED option before doing the deletion 302 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Do Command DO The Do command will repeat without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples listredo o do previous command again o 39 do command line 39 again o 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 ain do most recent List do last starting with show do last showjob job do last containing job do command before do by relative
9. gt if delivered gt 0004 wrong field used gt reset if only reset the If command gt if purchased gt 0004 and specify it again This time both the If command and the Extract commands are incorrect gt if delivered gt 00040 gt extract delivered wrong field used in both commands only reset the If and Extract commands and start again gt reset if extract gt if purchased gt 00040 gt extract purchased account Notes By resetting certain commands other commands are also reset For example resetting the Base command resets almost all other commands except the Define and Output commands Resetting the Put command closes the output database when the database for the Put command is different from the input database Resetting the Chain Get or Input command resets everything except the Base Define and Table commands Resetting the Table command resets everything except the Base and Define commands Resetting either the Define or Item command resets both Define and Item settings Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 189 Select Command SEL 190 e Suprtool Commands Specify a select statement for the currently open SQL database The select command supports all of the features of the select command of the open SQL database Only one select command can be specified at a time SELECT select command Allbase sorts data Suprtool sorts data gt select from user account emp gt
10. is used by the Edit command on MPE to prompt for commands gt edit MPE only list d inventory is used in the Get and Input commands to read every n th record Means Alphanumeric in Patterns is used in patterns to match a single alphabetic or numeric character gt if type BASE look for BASE plus 2 alphanumerics amp Means Escape in Patterns or Continue Command Line amp is used in patterns to match one of the special pattern characters For example the character matches a single numeric character If you need to look for the character itself you would specify amp in the pattern gt if type REC amp look for REC followed by amp is used to continue a command line You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line gt if status 20 and amp continue the If command state AZ CA OR select several states Suprtool 5 3 11 for HP UX User Manual Glossary of Terms e 377 378 e Glossary of Terms Means O S Commands or Bit Selection Colon at the start of a command line indicates an operating system command gt listf gt ls Colon is used in the If command for bit selections gt define bitfield 1 2 logical gt if bitfield 4 2 3 Means O S Commands at the start of a command line indicates an operating system command This only works on Suprtool UX gt du gt lls Means
11. AMXW The AMXW version has the same names and conventions however it works using typical MPE intrinsics and in a manner such that AMX W can be aware of what it is doing Externally Suprtool2 for AMXW operates in the same manner as Suprtool2 for HP UX with the same control record and calling conventions and rules Suprtool 5 3 11 for HP UX User Manual Installing the Suprtool2 Interface e 369 Suprtool2 Error Messages Error Numbers Suprtool2 returns error numbers in the status parameter of the workspace For most errors a message is also displayed on stdlist The following summarizes the form of Suprtool2 error messages and the error numbers returned Messages On Sidlist Most Suprtool2 errors result in a message being displayed on stdlist 370 e Supritool2 Error Messages Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX 1 Error Version of the control buffer is incorrect 2 Error Priority value in the control buffer is incorrect 3 Error Value of print state in the control buffer is incorrect 4 Error Could not open STDIN file 5 Error Could not close STDIN file 6 Error Could not successfully call System Call 7 Error Invalid total type was specified 8 Error Failure to fwrite to stdin file 9 Error Unable to get ROBELLE environment variable 10 Error Unable to get ROBSUPR environment variable 11 Error Suprtool errors encountered Suprtool 5 3 11 for HP UX User Manual Glossary of Terms e 371 Glossar
12. Losing Records Delete can be combined with other operations such as select sort write to output file and even a Put to another dataset Care must be used when combining operations because such combinations cannot be restarted if the Suprtool run is aborted for any reason including hitting Control Y and answering yes See Suprtool and on page 60 for more details on using the Delete and Put commands in combination Suprtool deletes records during the input phase This means that records are deleted before they are sorted All of the selected input records are deleted before the first output record is written when sorting the input If you press Control Y and answer yes before a delete task has completed there may be no way to recover your deleted records Warning Message When deleting records from the input dataset Suprtool asks for permission to delete all records if there is no If command to select the records to be deleted Delete all records from the D SALES dataset no Respond Yes for the task to continue In batch mode Suprtool assumes Yes and keep processing Note that if there is no If command but there is some other command to limit the number of records deleted e g the Numrecs command or a record range on the Get command Suprtool still asks the question implying that all records in the dataset will be deleted In these cases only the records that are read based on the limiting factor will be delet
13. String Parameter You can put anything inside quote characters to specify your own Delimiter For example Delimiter would insert a space a comma and another space between each field in the output record You can use either single or double quote characters to specify the delimiter e g Delimiter and Delimiter are the same The maximum length of the delimiter string is three characters Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Do Command DO The Do command repeats without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from one as entered the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples Slistredo Sdo do 39 Sdo 5 8 do previous command again do command line 39 again do command lines 5 to 8 again do 2 Sdo 7 5 do 5 do command before previous do by relative line number do command lines 5 to last Sdo input do most recent Input command Notes The Do command cannot be abbreviated Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another
14. TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y END IF IF USE CARRIER OPEN OUTPUT CARRIER FILE CONTINUE ADD 1 TO X Y MOVE TABLE C CARRIER FILE SDIR_TEMPDATA mep833ca dat TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE X MOVE AND SLOOKUP C CARRIER TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y END IF IF USE REGION OPEN OUTPUT REGION FILE CONTINUE ADD 1 TO X Y MOVE TABLE D REGION FILE DIR_TEMPDATA mep833rg dat TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE X MOVE AND SLOOKUP D REGION TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y END IF ADD TOY MOVE TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y ADD TO Y MOVE SORT MEMBER_nbr TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y ADD TO YX MOVE SORT YMDEND DESC TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y ADD TO Y MOVE OUT SDIR_TEMPDATA mep0833i dat ERASE TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y ADD 1 TO Y MOVE EXIT TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y 2100 EXIT EXIT Here s the code to call suprtool2 KKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK Execute Speed Demon commands from memory table KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK 3000 CALL SUPRTOOL PERFORM WITH TEST AFTER VARYING X FROM 1 BY 1 UNTIL X 30 Examples of Calling Suprtool e 365 IF SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE X gt SPACES MOVE SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE X TO SUPR COMMAND LINE DISPLAY SUPR COMMAND LINE MOVE 0 TO SUPR STATUS CALL suprtool2 USING SUPR CONTROL IF NOT SUPR OK DISPLAY Error Unable to call suprtool2 DISPLAY DISPLA
15. array 2100 SUPRTOOL COMMANDS MOVE 1 TO X MOVE 12 TO Y LINE OCCURS 30 TIMES PIC X 72 4 0 UE UE UE UE UE UE SPACES UE UE UE UE UE UE UE UE UE UE UE SPACES BEST DS ES 0 WAL ERY WAI NE COT COT UE AS UE SPACES ILING TIMES UE SPACES VALUE SPACES hat moves the suprtool commands to the command MOVE USE DIR_PUB dbopen TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE X ADD 1 TO X MOVE SELECT FROM V_MEMBER_SPAN TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE X MOVE IF READ TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y ADD 1 TO Y IF DI OPTRDP TRANSCODE TM STRING YMDEFF lt DI OPTRDP YMDEFF AND YMDEND gt DI OPTRDP YMDEND DELIMITED BY SIZE INTO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y ELSE STRING YMDEFF gt DI OPTRDP YMDEFF AND YMDEFF lt DI OPTRDP YMDEND OR DELIMITED BY SIZE INTO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y ADD 1 TO Y STRING YMDEND gt DI OPTRDP YMDEFF AND YMDEND lt DI OPTRDP YMDEND DELIMITED BY SIZE INTO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y ADD 1 TO Y MOVE AND VOID TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y 364 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX IF USE PROGRAM OPEN OUTPUT PROG FILE CONTINUE ADD 1 TO X Y MOVE TABLE B PROG_NBR FILE DIR_TEMPDATA mep833pg dat TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE X MOVE AND SLOOKUP B PROG_NBR
16. eee eeeeeeeseeteereeeeeees ROBELLE variable ROBELLE_LP variable Roman 8 characters HTML output a Roman 8 vs ASCII eee wo 172 running out of disc space in sort running STExpott running Suprlink 325 running SUPLtOOL eee ee eee ete eteeeceeeneeeeeseeseeseeeeees 41 running SUPLAMXW 2 eee seeeseeeeeeeecneeseeseeseeaeeeeees 51 S scientific format 0 ccccccccssscesssseceesssecesseceessseees SD i cee SD files date formats ccccccccsccceesecceessseeetseeeees SD files decimal places SD files extended names ccccccccsccceessseeesseeeees 66 SD files INp t meriin inr ninsi SD files listing SD files restrictions cccccccscccessscceessceeessceessseees 66 SDEX tame Seter eenn eeen E 66 SDEXtname Set Command Ae OID ON aiD EARDERE PIIRE AET EAEE neve 62 g arch CrTiteria ss ecsedi licssasesegedesecschvcadseneses aeai 298 Select by list of values sseeeseeeeeeeeeesrsrsreerrereseses 29 Select command 006 193 Select command Allbase rows 196 Select performance 0 193 Select Long commands 193 Selecting by date terose 27 selecting multiple values 142 Selecting non matches Suprlink 332 selecting records ec eeeeeeeeeteeee 140 Selecting records eee eseeeeeenetseeseeseeeeeeeeetsees 26 selection by dat s 22 s ciccctnciioincd ct
17. gt output result link gt xeq Now the data file result has the same field names as the Sales table Suprtool can read this data file and know about the fields automatically gt input result gt if sales_total gt 20000 and product_price lt 5000 gt output custlist gt xeq Define Fields in a Data File A regular data file does not have any field information associated with it If you need to work with the fields in a data file you need to tell Suprtool about the fields using the Define command For example say you have a data file with lines that look like this 12345678John Rutherford lt 32 gt 98765432Catherine Smith lt 29 gt 24 e Quick Start Guide for Suprtool Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX l l Account First name Last name Age 8 byte 12 byte 16 byte 2 byte integer Use these Define commands to tell Suprtool about the fields gt input datafile reclen 38 1f gt define account 1 8 byte gt define first_name 9 12 byte gt define last_name 21 16 byte gt define age 34 p lt 2g ante field name Length Start Data type position Now you can use the field names account first_name last_name and age to refer to the corresponding parts of the line just as if this were a database record gt input datafile gt define gt If age gt 65 gt ext account last_name gt output result gt xeq Create an SD File from a Data File To create an SD file from a data file follow
18. Exit Suprtool in one of two ways EXIT ABORT XEQ Default XEQ Users are often frustrated when they exit Suprtool after specifying only part of a task because Suprtool starts processing the task To exit Suprtool without executing the current task use the Abort option Typing Exit with no parameters means Exit Xeq Suprtool recognizes special command names which specify both the Exit command and an exit option e g EA means Exit ABORT Exit Abort EA Cancels the current operation and terminates Suprtool The Exit command without parameters always attempts to perform the task currently specified while Exit Abort cancels the task and terminates immediately Thus Exit Abort is similar to Reset All Exit Examples You began to specify a sort stopped for coffee and decided to cancel the task on your return gt You began to specify a sort stopped for gt coffee and decided to cancel the task gt upon your return gt open oracle demo reader gt select from customer gt sort name_last sort name_first coffee break gt exit abort cancel the sort and terminate End Of Program Exit Xeq EX Signal the end of command input and the start of an extract operation After the Suprtool task completes Suprtool terminates Exit Xeq is the default option i e specifying Exit starts execution of the current task Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 107 Examples opt robelle bin
19. Search field values are not listed unless they are included in the field list The ALL option lists all records in the specified file The RELATED option prints related records from other datasets as well as the records you select The Suprtool gt List command also displays selected records with the option of dumping totally in Octal Char format Use gt List when you suspect that a dataset contains bad data or to select from a large dataset gt List is faster than List list m customer List in File M CUSTOMER CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 CITY Los Altos CREDIT RATING 100000 CUST ACCOUNT 4003302 CUST STATUS 20 NAME FIRST Ralph NAME LAST Perkins STATE CODE CA STREET ADDRESS Room 655 2 Century Plaza Building ZIP CODE 93002 list m supplier related all related records List in File M SUPPLIER SUPPLIER NAME gt Standard Ribbons CLIS San Leandro STATE CODE TREET ADDRESS 100 Main St 2 SUPPLIER NAME Standard Ribbons ZIP CODE 94345 Related Records from the File D INVENTORY Key to path SUPPLIER NAME BIN NO 1201 LAST SHIP DATE 840501 ON HAND QOTY 296 PRODUCT NO 105391 SUPPLIER NAME Standard Ribbons UNIT COST 500 308 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command will display any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REL ALL LUNN Default display pr
20. Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX User Manual by Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Table of Contents e 1 Program and manual copyright 1981 2011 Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Permission is granted to reprint this document but not for profit provided that copyright notice is given Qedit and Suprtool are trademarks of Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Oracle is a trademark of Oracle Corporation Redwood City California USA Other product and company names mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners robelle solutions technology Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Suite 372 7360 137 Street Surrey B C CanadaV3W 1A3 Phone 604 501 2001 Fax 604 501 2003 E mail sales robelle com E mail support robelle com Web www robelle com 2 e Table of Contents Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Table of Contents Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX 1 User Manual 1 Program and manual copyright 1981 2011 Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 2 Permission is granted to reprint this document but not for profit provided that copyright notice is given 2 Phone 604 501 2001 2 Table of Contents 3 Welcome to Suprtool 16 Introduction ya 5 cis 5G ee eea E ether eee O EEE EEEE EE ETO EE EE E EREE 16 Suprtool Components ecserin enee EEE ooa r Keen Aae ESSO raK OE on EEEE E E ES 16 STExport Data Export Utility eseeseeeseeeseseeseseeerseesresesreeresreresserrnsesrenesreesseeerses 16 Suprlink
21. for help gt Suprtool prints its version number and prompts with gt Press Return after each command you type For example if you type Suprtool prints some Help text and a keyword list Type a keyword for more specific information or press Return to leave Help Configuring Different Shells Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX When you log in to HP UX a shell program is invoked This program interprets commands executes them and controls command execution To make configuration changes you have to know which shell you are using and what files are automatically executed Bourne and Korn Shells The Bourne and Korn shells execute the file etc profile when you log in to HP UX Then they look for a profile file in your home directory If it exists the file is executed If you use SAM to add new users the file etc d profile is automatically copied to the home group of the new user If you want to make global changes to the commands executed at login time you should change two files etc profile always executed at login time etc d profile default profile for new users C Shell The C shell executes the file etc csh login when you log in to HP UX First it looks for the login file in your home directory If the file exists it is executed Then the C shell executes the cshrc file in your home directory also executed any time you invoke a new copy of bin csh If you use SAM to add new users the files Running Supr
22. gt def a 1 10 byte gt ext a I m too long for this container Error String is too long for the specified item String Truncation Suprtool produces an error if the string expression is longer than the target field You cannot override this error with Set Ignore On To help avoid the error you may want to trim the expression of trailing spaces before assigning it to the target field For example gt extract new field Strim a b c Upshifting Strings SUpper Use the built in function upper to upshift all the characters of a string expression into uppercase characters This function can be used to upshift a single field a complicated string expression or any subpart of an expression Both ASCII and Roman 8 characters are upshifted by upper For example gt extract city up Supper city gt extract full name Supper first last Downshifting Strings Lower If you want to downshift all characters of a string expression to lowercase use the built in function lower This function can be used to downshift a single field a complicated string expression or any subpart of an expression Both ASCII and Roman 8 characters are downshifted by lower For example gt extract city lower case Slower city gt extract city state Slower city state Trimming Spaces Using Trim LTrim RTrim Use one of three built in string functions to remove leading or trailing spaces from a string expression The three functi
23. Calendar date and 2259 for the aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa dates Suprtool Commands e 153 Non Collating Date Types You can use the stddate function to convert the non collating date format to a J2 data item with a date format of ccyymmdd For example to select the purchases by the field purch_date for November 2000 in a ddmmyy X6 field you would use the stddate function as follows gt item purch_date date ddmmyy gt if Sstddate purch_date gt Sdate 2000 11 first and amp Sstddate purch_date lt Sdate 2000 11 last Dynamic Date Selection Using a first pass to generate You can use the If command for dynamic date a Suprtool command selection Suppose you have a control file that dynamically then using that maintains the start and end of a range of dates in command in a second pass is which you are interested You can use the control a powerful technique file to select records from another file or dataset based on this date range This is a two step process in which the first Suprtool pass creates the If command with your dates and the second pass does the actual selection from the dataset gt input datecntl reclen 12 nolf read the one_line control file gt define start_date 1 6 byte start date is the first six bytes gt define end_date 7 6 byte end date is the next six bytes gt extract if sales_date gt assemble the If command gt extract start_date gt extract and sales_date lt gt ext
24. Item Sort Table and Total commands With Define you can do selection on ordinary data files using the same kind of readable expression that you use with databases You can also access data fields that are not actually structured as defined in the database e g implicit subfields within an IMAGE field DEFINE field definition field is an identifier up to 32 characters long must begin with a letter and can consist of letters A through Z digits 0 through 9 or the following symbols 2 7 amp _ In the case where the field name is written to a self describing file only the first 16 characters are used definition can be in two different forms absolute or relative Absolute Definitions DEFINE field byteposition sublen type subcount Default type BYTE subcount 1 The byteposition is a positive integer giving the byte index where the field starts The first byte is always number 1 not 0 The sublen is the number of bytes in the field When the subcount is 1 default the sublen is the total number of bytes in the field When you specify a subcount the sublen is the byte length of each subfield See Data Types below for the definition of type input from a disc file double integer PIC S9 9 COMP gt input uxfile reclen 40 1f gt def qty 14 4 double gt def name 5 6 character string of 6 bytes gt sort name sort using the field name gt total qty total all the values of the field QTY
25. Multidataset ACCOSS eee eeeecesecesecesecnsecneecaeecaeseaeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeaeenaees 17 DOCUMENtATOM sse 3 555 co heehee keke bk Ue eh Mielec aS EOE E Sek hath dag deg be sae E EEEE ESEA 17 INGtat OM soninn ha doh coe E E cele E E EEEE O E babi dugeevee en eis aes 17 Suprtool Version 5 4 19 Highlights in HP UX version 5 4 0 0 ec eeeccescesscesecsseceseceecaeecseeeseeeaeseeeeeeeseeesecesecaeesaessaeaes 19 Highlights in HP UX version 5 3 0 0 eironi iaa ee nae eoe ae aon oe ee renees 19 Highlights in AMXW version 5 3 00 ee eeceeceeecesecesecaeceeecaeecaeeeseeeaeseeeeeeesseeesecesecsaecaessaeraes 20 Installing Suprtool 21 OVELVIEW 2iteicotes ht gla a a et oe ei ae 21 Who Needs To Use These Instructions 0 cece eecesecesecseecneeeseeeeeeeeceeeeseensecsecsaecnaessaeenaeenes 21 Instructions for HP UX crcire peen sae r reae EE caves aE a S er KERERE IS oK rarae Iin 21 Instructions fOr AMXW hosiesen iee eseese ione E e EES e E ETETE EEE EE E EEE E SE 21 Suprtool Roadmap for HP UX 22 Road Map to Suprtool on HP UX eeeesseeseeeesseeresreesssrerrsserrresestesrestenreseerenestessestenrrsreeresenees 22 S prtool for HP UX enart n died Aah 22 Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Table of Contents e 3 Suprtool for HP UX with Dynamic Image loading uu eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 22 Suprtool for AMXW csie rrine seei e oar si rE or T EEr a ep p E EE oastei sE 22 Quick Start Guide for Suprtool 23 How to Rum SUPON eener aes eener e nE E a E EE AE
26. Once again using the Extract command to minimize the size of the input records will avoid large output records The total length of the Heading line in the output file is also restricted to 4096 bytes Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Limits Within STExport e 287 Welcome to Dbedit Introduction Restrictions Welcome to version 5 4 of Dbedit a module of Suprtool that permits people to add change list or delete individual records or chains of records from an Eloquence database Dbedit is useful for debugging applications for quickly prototyping systems and for the data entry of simple applications Dbedit is not available on the Itanium version of Suprtool You enter Dbedit via the Edit command of Suprtool Once in Dbedit you cannot use the Suprtool commands while in Suprtool you cannot use the Dbedit commands Certain commands are the same in both Dbedit and Suprtool e g Use Before and Set The Before command works independently and each software module saves its own last command Most Dbedit commands require you to have opened the database using the Base command of Suprtool Dbedit does not have a Base command You cannot switch to another database while in Dbedit Instead you must Exit do a Base command in Suprtool then Edit The maximum size of any individual data item is 80 bytes i e 5X80 is acceptable but X100 is not Only datasets whose search fields are compatible with Dbedit can be accesse
27. The fewer the number of fields in the input file the faster STExport can format each record 236 e Introduction to STExport Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands General Notes When you run STExport it prompts for commands on stdlist with a character and reads command lines from stdin STExport commands contain a command name followed by one or more parameters and are patterned after the same commands in Suprtool In this chapter we describe the STExport commands in alphabetical order Following each command name in brackets is the minimal abbreviation for the command For example I for Input and O for Output Abbreviating You may shorten the command to the first letter of the command name Sv verify Sx xeq Uppercase or Lowercase You may enter the letters in either uppercase or lowercase because STExport upshifts everything in the command line except literal strings within quotes abc and file names These two commands are identical SEXIT Sexit Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line when they are surrounded by braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of each command line You can enter a comment as the only item in a STExport command line When continuing command lines the comment can appear before or after the continuation character S format reals with two decimal places Sinput invoices Sfloating fixed 2 Flo
28. The target data must be a packed field with 28 digits in order to avoid overflow issues A sample use of the subtotal function could be gt def mytotal 1 14 packed gt get orders gt sort order number gt ext order number gt ext part number gt ext description gt ext sales amount gt ext mytotal Ssubtotal sales amount order number gt out sales link gt xeq This would result in a file containing a running subtotal in the field mytotal for a given order number You could then generate a simple report with the simple Suprtool commands gt in sales gt list standard gt xeq The basic syntax for the subtotal function in the extract command is extract targetfield S subtotal field sort field You must specify the sort command before referencing the sort field in the subtotal function You can subtotal up to ten fields per pass and the subtotal function is also available in the if command however by nature it is of limited use Total Function Suprtool has the ability to keep a running total for any numeric field The target data must be a packed field with 28 digits in order to help avoid overflow issues A sample use of the total function could be gt def mytotal 1 14 packed gt get orders gt ext mytotal Stotal sales amount gt xeq You can total up to ten fields per pass and the total function is also available in the if command however is of limited use Counter Func
29. This section describes the hardcoded file names that STExport UX may need STExport will normally look for files in the opt robelle directory unless you set the ROBELLE variable ROBELLE Variable Normally STExport looks files in the opt robelle directory If you move STExport you must set the ROBELLE variable For example if you move STExport to the users robelle directory you must set ROBELLE variable in the following manner Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Accessing STExport e 233 export ROBELLE users robelle Using STExport in Batch You normally run STExport as an on line session You type STExport commands on your terminal and STExport prints responses on your terminal If you redirect stdin or stdlist STExport assumes that it is in batch STExport in batch is almost identical to STExport on line except for answering questions When STExport asks a question in batch no one is there to answer it Therefore STExport does not expect an answer from stdin STExport assumes that you want your batch task to complete so it always selects the option that will complete the command successfully This is normally a YES answer as in yes purge the file STExport prints the question on stdlist as well as the answer that it has selected for you Command Line Options 234 e Accessing STExport STExport has command line options which help control certain features Default Outcount File Name oc If you want to know how many
30. comparisons Suprtool always pads shorter strings with spaces with the one exception of comparing two fixed length fields see Byte Fields below String expressions involving the operator or the Supper Slower trim ltrim and rtrim built in functions are done using variable length strings Suprtool keeps track of the length of every string and all operations are done using the actual string length For fields the length of the string is the length of the field If you do not want to retain all of the spaces in a field use one of the built in trimming functions When creating string expressions string constants are created with the exact length of the constant For example the string constant abc is three characters long and won the string a is one Byte Fields For historical reasons comparing two byte type fields to each other is a special case If the two fields are exactly the same length Suprtool compares them completely If one field is shorter the comparison is done for the length of the shortest field Suprtool does not check for spaces in the trailing characters of the longer field For example Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt define short 1 10 ten character field gt define long 11 15 fifteen character field gt if short long In this example Suprtool compares the ten bytes in the short field with the first ten bytes of the long field but ignores the last five bytes of t
31. extract line List standard exit EOD rm datafile Missing Features The following Suprtool features on MPE are currently not available in Suprtool UX Extracting a range of fields from an SQL database Running Suprtool under HP UX e 49 Export command STExport exists as a separate program Link command Suprlink exists as a separate program Table Command with the File option requires that the file being loaded is self describing Out option of the Listredo command Output Ask Num Key and Num Query Output Temp There are no temporary files in HP UX 50 e Running Suprtool under HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool and AMXW What is AMXW Automated Migration to uniX and Windows is a complete tool designed to migrate HP e3000 Cobol SPL C FORTRAN Pascal and Protos application environments to the HP9000 Integrity Itanium Windows Linux Sun or AIX platforms This product from Speedware is commonly referred to as AMXW What is Suprtool for AMXW Suprtool for AMXW is a hybrid of Suprtool for HP UX that uses the AMXW file system intrinsics shell commands and CI support such that customers applications require little or no changes as part of the migration process Currently Suprtool for AMXW is only available on HP UX Running Suprtool Suprtool for AMXW can be run from the standard HP UX prompt but primarily it is meant to run under the AMXW shell Symbolic Links and running Supramxw Suprtool 5 4 for HP
32. gt usefile echo exit gt gt usefile quiz lt usefile This script accepts two parameters the name of the subfile to be created and the name of the file whose structure it will duplicate Makesub can be invoked from within Suprtool as shown below Ssuprtool gt makesub cmasfile custmast gt input custmast reclen 80 nolf gt if credit_limit gt 1000000 gt sort custnum gt output cmasfile sf erase gt exit Quiz Generating Suprtool Commands Suprtool does not have the ability to prompt users for selection criteria You can easily create a short Quiz procedure to prompt for values and create a file of Suprtool commands define D PROMPT date format YYMMDD parm prompt Enter selection date report amp input custmast reclen 80 nolf amp skip if DATEFIELD D PROMPT pic 44 amp skip output OUTFILE amp skip xeq set nohead set report device disc name STCODE set page length 0 go VVVVVVVVV VV Quiz edits the user s input for a valid date Note that there is no ACCESS statement but Quiz still writes one record to the output file Execute the resulting commands as a Suprtool usefile Ssuprtool lt STCODE Year 2000 Solutions with Suprtool Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool often has to process dates in both the twentieth and twenty first centuries If you include the century in your dates Suprtool should behave as most users expect If you do not include the century in your dates how
33. gt xeq Notes The option of Only or None must be specified before the option of Record or Keys Reversing the order causes a syntax error in the Duplicate command You cannot combine the Total command with the Total option of the Duplicate command It is important to note that if the field being sorted is the result of a function then you may not be sorting on the value of the field after the function has transformed the field For example the following task may not give you the result you expect gt base store 5 gt get d sales gt def cust accountx 1 6 byte gt ext cust accountx Sedit cust accout zzzz99 gt sort cust accountx sorting on transformed field before it has value from function gt dup none keys gt output dsales gt exit In this instance you will not be sorting on cust accountx as transformed by the edit function but rather the first six bytes of d sales Therefore it is important to note when you are using extract to transform a field you will not be sorting on that transformed value Therefore the way to do the transformation would be to either divide into two tasks or if you can logically sort on the field before the transformation in order to achieve the result so the task could be gt base store 5 gt get d sales gt def cust accountx 1 6 byte gt ext cust accountx Sedit cust accout zzzz99 gt sort cust account Note sorting on source field gt dup none keys gt output d
34. insert before mode Control A starts appending characters at the end of line Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column Control G recovers the original line Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 239 Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 240 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Clean Command CL Specifies what characters to clean from a byte type field CLEAN SPECIAL lt string gt lt range gt Default None STExport will automatically clean all the byte type fields for a given SD file To define what characters that need to be replaced you use the clean command with the character you want to clean in quotes Since most of the characters that you will need to clean are unprintable you can enter the decimal equivalent of the character This is denoted by entering the character in quotes preceding the decimal number of the character you wish to clean You can set the character with the command set cleanchar as shown below in mysdfile Sset cleanchar Sout myexport Sxeq Since the Cleanchar is by default set to space the above task could sim
35. lt amp lt amp amp amp Those characters that cannot be converted are dropped from the output The following characters cannot be converted Symbol Roman 8 vawe fame Notes If you specify HTML Table STExport sets Quotes None Delimiters None If you specify HTML Preformatted STExport sets Quotes None Delimiters Space Columns None In either case any changes cause STExport to print a warning to let you know that these options have changed If you do want quotes around byte type fields or delimiters between fields specify those options after selecting the HTML option Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 257 258 e STExport Commands Dynamic Web Pages The Common Gateway Interface CGI feature of your Web server allows you to execute custom programs or scripts and to dynamically generate then display Web pages These custom programs and scripts can be written in almost any programming language Perl is probably the most commonly used language but you could use C or C Applescript on Macintosh or Visual Basic Web Server First your Web server software must be configured to allow CGI scripts On the NCSA server you need to change the srm conf file to include ScriptAlias cgi bin usr local httpd server cgi bin This indicates to the server where the CGI scripts are located If a user enters cgi bin in the Uniform Resource Locator URL the Web server executes the program s
36. or if the input source is Oracle the full field name up to 32 characters to the end of the sd file Suprtool will use the extended names whereever possible The Suprtool List command does not take advantage of the new extended names at this time Suprlink will merge the extended names and create the proper information in the output SD file but will not use the extended name when linking two files Sortfast SET SORTFAST ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Squeeze SET SQUEEZE ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Statistics SET STATISTICS ON OFF Initially OFF STATISTICS causes Suprtool to print statistics at the end of each task This can be useful for determining the effectiveness of Suprtool s If and Sort command versus similar options on the Select command Subsystem SET SUBSYSTEM ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Suspend SET SUSPEND ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX ThousandSymbol SET ThousandSymbol Default comma This setting is used to change the Thousand character which is used to edit the data in a field used by the Number function gt set ThousandSymbol The default character for the Thousand Symbol is a comma Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Userlabels SET USERLABELS ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Varsub SET VARSUB ON OFF Initially OFF This option
37. order The numrecs parameter must be replaced with the number of records that will be created by the Suprlink run The default numrecs is 1023 when the input limit is set to 0 Step 2 Output Erase in Suprlink Once you have created the PowerHouse subfile use the Erase option of Suprlink s Output command to load the file This will overwrite any data in the subfile but it will not touch the PowerHouse mini dictionary in the user labels input invoices created by Suprtool link customer sorted by custnum t toutput invcust erase created by QTP texit Step 3 Report with Quiz The INVCUST file contains the sorted records for the Quiz report Quiz knows the structure of this file because of the initial QTP commands that we used to create the file Now use Quiz to generate the report quiz gt access invcust gt report gt go Notes on Subfiles One of the advantages that Suprlink has over the link function in PowerHouse is that Suprlink does not require the key field in the link files to be a database key Because Suprlink uses a serial merge approach its files only need to have a common field with the same data type and length If you do use Suprlink to link files that do not share a common database key you need some extra steps to create the PowerHouse subfile Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink e 327 Since Suprlink cannot currently write to NM Ksam files you cannot directly writ
38. 100 gt out out5 gt xeq Notes The Chain command is intended to replace a Get and If combination where the primary selection is by key value In many cases it is still faster to use the Get command to read the entire dataset than it is to use the Chain command to use search paths Use Set Stat On to compare the performance of the Chain and Get commands The Chain command always reads the chain values in sorted order by ascending search value You do not need to specify a Sort command to have the output file sorted by the search field 90 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Clean Command CL Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Specifies what characters to clean when using the Clean function CLEAN SPECIAL lt string gt lt range gt Default None Suprtool will clean or replace all of the characters specified in the Clean command from a byte type field when invoked by the Clean function To define what characters that need to be replaced you use the clean command with the character you want to clean in quotes Since most of the characters that you will need to clean are unprintable you can enter the decimal equivalent of the character This is denoted by entering the character in quotes preceding the decimal number of the character you wish to clean An example of how easy it would be to clean your database of certain bad characters in byte type fields would be as follows gt base mydb 1 gt get customer
39. 170 313 NSPE VICE se ecesd slice edie a E E 174 Tist FUE 3s sae in GU heen ences 174 List Char Option iesi iiini an as 170 List Column Headings 00 0 cece eeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeee 174 List Dat defaults scsscssccicescscescitts ces cceveedescacevscoeses 205 List Date option erion sii inian nns 173 List Decimal option s s s ssesssssseeesssesrsresrerererersrere 170 List Duplex Option isise ec eeeceeeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeee 172 List FormFeed default 0 cccccceccceesseceesseeeeeeee 207 List Heading Option 0 0 cceeceeseeeeeseeteceeeeteeeeeeee 174 List Hex option List Leftjustnum Option eeeeeeseeseeeneeeeeeeeeee 171 List Noname Option cecceseeseeseeereesecteeeeeeteeneeens 171 List Norec option List Noskip Option ccececeeceeseeeseeteeteceeeeneeeeeeee Last Octal optionic eiiis ess List Oneperline option List Record Option cceccescecceseeeeeeecteceeeeneeneeeas List Rightjustnum option List Standard option List Time defaulter neriasi neriie List Time optiot senuieren ii ana List Title Option sssrini iiris 172 listing eee eet listing formats s 22 evade nein ei ied 170 listing one per line eee eeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeseeneeeeeeaes 171 listing with subheadingS ccceceeceeeseeteeteeeeeeeee 174 listing without field names ccceeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeee 171 listing producing simple reports eee 173 listing suppressing blank lines
40. 2000 08 12 gt output result gt xeq Select by Year Suppose we want to select all the sales transactions for 2000 Suprtool does not have a short hand for specifying everything in that year To specify an entire year use a date range from January 1st to December 31st gt input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt define purch_date 11 8 gt item purch_date date yyyymmdd gt if purch_date gt S date 2000 01 01 and amp purch_date lt date 2000 12 31 gt output result gt xeq Select Prior Month In the date function use a to indicate the current year month or day Similarly a means the previous year month or day For this example select all the sales 28 e Quick Start Guide for Suprtool Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX transactions for the prior month Note the use of the special keywords first and last to indicate the first and last day of the month gt input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt define purch_date 11 8 gt select from sales gt item purch_date date yyyymmdd gt if purch_date gt date 1 first and amp purch_date lt S date 1 last gt output result gt xeg Selecting by Lists of Values Sometimes you want to find records based on criteria contained in another file or table Finding Data Based on a List Suppose we want to find all orders for the customers 1234 9876 and 5555 We simply use a list of values after the equal sign in the If command A match is
41. 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 249 250 e STExport Commands Examples opt robelle bin stexport Sexit opt robelle bin stexport Sinput invoices Sfloating fixed 2 Soutput invdata Sexit no input was specified format and stop Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Floating Command FL Specify the format and the number of decimal places for floating point fields FLOATING DEFAULT FIXED decimal places SCIENTIFIC decimal places Default Default By default STExport formats floating point fields into either a fixed number or into scientific notation Which notation STExport chooses depends on the value of each field in each input record You can force STExport to choose either scientific or fixed notation and the number of decimal places for all floating point numbers You cannot specify these options for a specific field or make them different for 32 bit versus 64 bit floating point numbers Fixed Format Use Floating Fixed to force all floating point numbers to appear in a fixed format You specify the maximum number of digits to the right of the decimal point If you specify Floating Fixed STExport does not remove trailing zeros from the formatted numbers If you specify Columns Fixed all floating point values will be aligned along the decimal point Scientific Format Use Floating Scientific to force all floating point numbers to appear in scientific notation You must specify the number of d
42. Command X Perform the current task XEQ Xeq checks that you have specified an Input file and an Output file Then it performs the task and creates the Output file Finally it closes the files ready for you to specify another task or Exit If you also wish to leave STExport after completing the task use Exit instead of Xeq 278 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual XML Command XML Use XML to produce XML Documents for either Internet or Intranet applications XML VERSION string DOCTYPE string FILE string RECORD string Example STExport can generate well formed XML output with just a few commands Sinput filelsd xml output myxml Sxeq These four simple commands will generate the following file that packages such as XMLSpy will consider to be well formed XML The result of such an STExport task will look as follows lt xml version 1 0 gt lt file gt lt record gt lt CITY gt Los Altos lt CITY gt lt CREDIT RATING gt 100000 lt CREDIT RATING gt lt CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 lt CUST ACCOUNT gt lt CUST STATUS gt 20 lt CUST STATUS gt lt NAME FIRST gt Ralph lt NAME FIRST gt lt NAME LAST gt Perkins lt NAME LAST gt lt STATE CODE gt CA lt STATE CODE gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Room 655 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Los Altos 040033022 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt ZIP CODE gt 93002 lt ZIP CODE gt lt record gt lt file gt No
43. Datafile and create two new files The file named result does not have duplicate records The other file named archive has only the duplicate records Task 1 Identify which records to delete Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Quick Start Guide for Suprtool e 33 gt input datafile reclen 38 nolf gt define keyl 1 8 gt define key2 13 12 gt define rec 1 38 length of the record gt ext rec gt sort keyl gt sort key2 gt dup only keys gt out dupfile link gt xeq Task 2 Write records to archive gt input datafile reclen 38 nolf gt table duptab rec sorted dupfile hold gt if Slookup duptab rec gt output archive gt xeq Task 3 Delete the records gt input datafile gt if not Slookup duptab rec gt output result gt xeq Decimal Places Data in disc files often has an implied number of decimal places For example dollar amounts usually have two implied decimal places for the cents In this case the number stored is scaled by a factor of one hundred e g you would enter 10000 to represent 100 00 gt input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt def total_sales 40 integer Scr total_sales gt 99900 find sales gt 999 gt out result gt xeq You can use Suprtool s Item command to identify defined fields that have an implied number of decimal places Once you do this you can then enter regular unscaled numbers For example to enter five cents use 0 05 to enter 100 00 use 100 If
44. Date Cutoff xx Suprtool assumes the following a value of 20 for the century if the two digit year specified in the date or stddate functions is less than the value of Set Date Cutoff a value of 19 for the century if the two digit year is greater than or equal to Set Date Cutoff The initial value of Set Date Cutoff is 10 Therefore the default behavior in date and stddate is to treat the two digit years with values of 00 09 as 2000 2009 and the two digit years with values of 10 99 as 1910 1999 yy Value in date With Cutoff 10 With Cutoff 25 00 2000 2000 09 2009 2009 10 1910 2010 11 1911 2011 Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX 24 1924 2024 25 1925 1925 26 1926 1926 99 1999 1999 We recommend that you always provide a four digit year when using date However for reasons of backward compatibility we introduced Set Date Cutoff See Date ForceCentury on page 195 for more information Stddate and Set Date Cutoff When stddate has to convert from a date in only a two digit format the conversion to the four digit date will use the value in Set Date Cutoff For example gt input salesdetail a self describing file gt set date cutoff 15 range is 1915 2014 gt def new ship date 1 4 double gt item ship date date mmddyy gt ext order no sales amount gt ext new ship date Sstddate ship date gt out salesinfo link gt xeq In this example if any ship date has a year of 14 or l
45. EBCDIC conversions seecesceeeeeeeeseeseteeseneees 133 Edit command st ial an en a ciate 107 Edit masks n editing databases nenion R 107 EditStoperror Set option essssseseseseeesrsrerereeeseseees 200 EDSdatte noiet ee eeeeeeeeeeeee 163 BIO QUENCE ee iin aa R AIA 79 Eloquence loading ee eeeeeseeseeeeeeeneeseeneeeeeeeeees 43 Eloquence Ciupdate option 00 0 ce eeeeeeeeeeees 295 Else clause of the IF command eee 140 Else option end of file IMAGE endrecord parameter Environment variables Suprtool2 0 0 eee 366 Eofread Set Option ceeeseeeeeeeseeeneeseeseeeeneees 200 egual to Sign cya ae a EE 379 382 Erase option of Output s sssesseeeeeeeeseereeseeee 333 351 ETAaSiNg MES an ei a eeo s E E EE etek 180 eiror Block SZE soeieto nesae reie ee 378 error messages in Suprtool s s s 234 380 error messages Suprtool2 error code overflow eseessssssseeesssseecesssssreeesssssee error data overflow ssessesesseeesssssesesssssseeesssssee escape Character eesesseseesreereerierrreresreerresrrereses Escape Comima d onin kanonnen ania Euro currency symbol 3 example of Suprlink 0 eee eee cneenerreeeeneeee OxClamiatOn2 meirein earn oe eet exclamation mark Exit command ssssseseseeeeesesee Exit command importance Of ce eeeeeeteeeeee 365 Exit command Suprlink ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 341 359 exit With Verify eee eee eects eneeseeeeeeeeee 46 325
46. Eloquence record numbers These numbers always start with 1 and the endrecord parameter is assumed to be the last record in the dataset if it isn t specified Note that you should use extreme care when you are using the record number selection option on master datasets This is because the record numbers of master dataset entries can be changed as entries are added or deleted from the dataset For example if there are deleted entries in the master dataset then you could get fewer records than expected When debugging software it is convenient to scan the first few records of a dataset Specifying a startrecord endrecord parameter makes this easy Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt get m product 1 20 first twenty records gt list produce a formatted list of each gt xeq record with no output file This example gets any records that are in the first twenty IMAGE locations This may be fewer than twenty records if there were deleted or unused entries in the first twenty record numbers Random Selection The count parameter selects every nth record from the dataset where n is equal to count This option is designed to allow random selection from the dataset It cannot be combined with the startrecord endrecord option Test databases can be constructed from random samplings of production databases Using the count parameter and the Put command we build a test dataset gt base store gt get d inventory 15
47. Entry Length 12 Blocking 64 We load a table with the product number key value prod no and the new unit cost data value unit cost gt table prodcost table prodno file newcosts data unit cost We can then select that unit cost field from the prodcost table using the Extract command gt extract unit cost S lookup prodcost table prodno unit cost Here is the entire task keeping in mind that Update must be specified before the Extract command gt base store suprtpis Database password gt get d inventory gt table prodtable prodno file newcosts data unit cost gt update gt if Slookup prodtable prodno gt extract unit cost S lookup prodtable prodno unit cost gt xeq If you did not specify the If lookup then records that did not qualify under the lookup function in the extract field will result in zeroes for any numeric field and spaces for any byte type fields Data Conversion You can convert numeric fields from one data type to another Any nonbyte field type is considered to be numeric You can also lengthen or truncate character fields The general syntax for doing conversions is EXTRACT target field source field Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 123 124 e Suprtool Commands Target Field The target field determines the byte length data type and repeat count for the expression The expression is extracted during the output phase and cannot be used by other S
48. Files If the output file already exists and you haven t requested the Erase or Append option Suprtool has to decide what to do This is how Suprtool UX handles duplicate output files In Suprtool UX the duplicate output file processing takes place at the beginning of a task in Suprtool MPE it occurs at the end If Suprtool UX is in batch it purges any existing file with the same file name Suprtool MPE chooses a new output file name of the form OutputNN If the Suprtool UX task is on line it prompts the user to purge the file When Suprtool UX purges a data file it always deletes any associated sd file even if the output option is not Query or Link Classic Reals Suprtool UX does not support Classic real numbers real or long If you are porting data files from MPE to HP UX you should first convert any Classic floating point numbers to their IEEE floating point equivalents You can do this by using the Extract command on Suprtool MPE 48 e Running Suprtool under HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX run suprtool pub robelle gt base sample gt get customer gt define ieee credit rating 1 4 ieee gt extract cust no gt extract name first gt extract name last gt extract ieee credit rating credit rating gt out mpefile gt xeq The Classic and IEEE floating point formats are not identical Be sure to check the IEEE values after converting them from Classic floating point Eloquenc
49. Itanium 0 ccccececcccesscceeseeeesseees 43 packed constants ceseeeeeeeseeeee 112 packed fields maintaining the sign 125 packed decimal fields ee eeeseeeeseeteeeeeeeees 96 packed decimal illegal digits eee 331 page headings in List ee eeeeseeseeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 172 parameters Dbedit commands teens 298 parentheses renar ens i Era ira esri riS 141 385 Parm 64 in Suprlink s sssseeseeeeeeesesrerrsrsrsrrrseseseeee 325 password in batch ee eee eseeceeceecneeteeseeseeeeeeeees 86 Password parameter cece cece eee ee eee 86 186 password upshifted oe eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseteeeeeees 86 path default for Suprtool eee eeeeeteereeeees 42 paths IMAGE detail datasets 0 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeee 90 pattern matching eee eneeteeeee 149 210 383 p tsin TOLUSELS sie vec arccosg i eases EA ie iieri 228 PC files kg PCL option Set List ce eeeeeeseeeseeseeeeeeeee 171 205 percent Sigis cs i espsecsdescesgeeseeeeetie eevee 379 385 Performan Ce Ne a eee ee e ea 78 Performance considerations Suprlink 0 330 Performance Eloquence performance of Dbedit cceceeeeceeseeeeeeteeeeeeneeee performance of STEXport c cee eeeseseeeeeeeeees 240 Perl Siptane eer cutee ea ta e e 265 Permanent redo cc cccccsscceeseceeesseeeeees 212 274 354 Persistent redo 212 274 354 personal COMPULETS eee eeeeeeeteeteetetaeeeeteeeees 67 PHdate optio
50. Multiple Commands Semicolon is used to string several Suprtool commands together on a single line gt input a output b xeq complete task is in one line Means a List Comma in Suprtool commands is used to separate parameters gt base actrec data 3 open the database exclusively gt key 1 4 double specify a double integer key gt if acct 764523 456732 98765 Commas are optional in some Suprtool commands e g Output but are required in others e g Extract 1s the abbreviation for the Redo command 18 the abbreviation for the Do command is the abbreviation for the Listredo command or Means String Quotes or are the string delimiters in Suprtool IF NAME BOB Strings that start with must end with gt if name BOB is the string delimiter here Means Start Parameter Left parenthesis is used to specify a subscript see subscript below or to select a specific range of input record numbers Left parenthesis always comes with a right parenthesis Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt input actrec data 10 20 choose records 10 through 20 gt total budget 2 total second repeated field Means End Parameter Right parenthesis is used to complete a subscript or a selected range of record numbers Right parenthesis always comes with left parenthesis Means Percentage In the Numrecs command use to indicate the number of output records as a percentage of the in
51. Que ty sitectess ities tye ieee teehee taser Redo ti eee n Roa 64 Suprtool and Self Describing Files 0 0 eee eecessceseceseceneceeecaeeeseeeseeeeeeeeseaeseeesesesereeseensees 64 Create an SD File from a Table 0 cece cece cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseensecssecsaeenaecsaeenee 64 Create an SD File from a Data File cee cseeeeeeeeeeeceseeeseenecesecnsecsaeeaecsaeenee 64 SD Files asUnput orison osha eeis nA AAG et a es Gl ect ees 65 Tasting SD Piles i285 sisic0c ee eee On RA AGL Sas ne Ee SL aS 65 Decimal Places and Date Formats 0000 0 cece cee cseeeneeeeeeeeceeeeeeensecesecsecsaeesaecsaeenee 65 Extended Field Names caisccis ccs Je dosce 6c o ness kat en eecncetde tes Lecedbieve Setiledbasersed viens 65 Restrictions of SD FUES eoi isee oroe nee Ae codons sce aac o betes were Ses 66 Suprtool and Sorting Files ee eeeeeeeeeecesecesecesecesecsaeceaecseeeseseaeseaeseeseaeseeeeseseseeeeenaees 66 Suprtool and Personal Computers cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeceseceecesecaecsaecseecaeesseseaeeeeeeeeeeereeeensees 66 Downloading to the PC woo cee ceceseceecssecseecseecaeeeseeeaeeseeeeeeeeeseesecsaecsaeenaecsaeeaes 66 Decimal Places 5 sc cicciesteeue Sts eee s fc SAG coheed hes eee Sioa awe 67 Spreadsheets i ae Aiea S R Giese erin yom S E aa mae 67 Suprtool and PowerHouse Applications 00 0 0 eee ee cesecesecese cee caeecaeeeaeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeesees 67 Suprtool With Qui7Z OTP eneen Shisareeeeinccest seve tuesreton EE SR E 67 Step 1 Create
52. Sorted option Suprtool checks the records to make sure they are in ascending order filename A valid HP UX file name the file must be self describing Hold By default the Xeq command resets all tables Use the Hold option when using the same table in more than one extract task When Hold is specified the Xeq command does not reset the table Hold applies to individual tables not all tables 216 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt table part table part file partin hold Data The Table allows for data to be loaded along with matching key values gt table partab part file partin data cost desc You can specify up to 20 data fields as long as the total size of the key fields and data does not exceed 256 bytes The Table file must be Self Describing to use the data option When loading data into a table Suprtool will eliminate the duplicate entries based on the key value so some data values may not be loaded into the table For information on how to retrieve data from the table please see the Extract command or the Examples section of the Table command Examples If all of your part numbers are in the file Partin you use gt table part table part file partin gt if Slookup part table part The following example uses Suprtool to create a file of sales orders for customers in arrears The orders data is in the database but the customer information is in a disc file Suprtool reads the disc file and creates a
53. Two Digit Years to Four Digits oe eee ee eeeeeeee cee eeeeeeee 73 Case 1 Converting a J2 Date from yymmdd to ccyymmdd ee eee eres 73 Case 2 X6 yymmdd Data to X8 ccyymmdd 0 0 elec ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneenseenaes 75 Case 3 Different Date Formats X6 MMDDYY Data to X6 YYMMDD 76 Year 2000 Testing se ee a r EEr rA ERE E NEREA gan RESER N e 77 Performance ISS ues ieee E E E uatevontevcndea banca ERE EEEE I ET EEE E 78 Eloquence Performance sinisiin ee ee EEEE a aE eeraa 78 SOrt Performance s ccccvseseeisiesne A E EE EA EERE EE EE a 78 Oracle Performance nis naa e E EE EE E E E EE E E RA 78 Analyzing Performance Data eesseeseeeeeseeessseeerssrerrsertenrrsreerssenrrsserresesreeeseeersse 79 Variable Substitution rnein r E EEE A E EEE T A A E E A 79 Suprtool Commands 80 General Note Saee E E a E EA 80 ADDreViatiNg e e ee r oR i E a be ea 80 Uppercase or Lowercase necer orron ee E a a a E 80 Multiple Commands per Line esessseeseseeeseeessseeersseerrsrrstesresreeresrerrsserrreesreereseeerssere 81 Com ALI OM o Ae R ching Legh E e R T a 81 Comments on Command Lines 200 0 eeeeceeeseceseeeseeceseeeenceceeeeeneeceseeeeneeceeesenaecenees 82 HP UX Command sis ccs seve a ate ee ach avo E Ar R a 82 Calciatori pren oetsciace ees E undesete devia sebecert e teh anves aber a 82 Controle Y Intern pt x 3 ese geceeiedee so era bebete th E a E a E ett eaete 82 Add Command Add sare i Stith atti ioe esd ae e
54. UX For AMXW version 8 05 01 Build5 and greater you can install Suprtool for AMXW in a more MPE like manner the below instructions rely on the fact that you have installed the software in the usual Robelle location of opt robelle bin You can change the location of this installation but the path cannot exceed 40 characters You will need to create a group and account called PUB and ROBELLE just like on the 3000 You will then need to add a link to all of the suprtool object files There are 3 objects supamxw stexamxw and linkamxw 1 Position yourself in the PUB ROBELLE directory cd NLROOTDIR ROBELLE PUB 2 Make the links Make sure that your umask is set accordingly so that others will have access to these links with read execute access Suprtool and AMXW e 51 Suprtool AMXW 52 e Suprtool and AMXW In s opt robelle bin supramxw suprtool In s opt robelle bin linkamxw suprlink In s opt robelle bin stexamxw stexport In s opt robelle bin supramxw SUPRTOOL In s opt robelle bin linkamxw SUPRLINK In s opt robelle bin stexamxw STEXPORT 3 Make sure that your HPPATH variable contains a refererence to PUB ROBELLE SETVAR HPPATH HPPATH PUB ROBELLE You will be able to run suprtool through amxw using suprtool SUPRTOOL RUN SUPRTOOL PUB ROBELLE Suprtool for AMXW is based on the code for Suprtool for HP UX For the most part the areas of Suprtool for AMXW that uses the AMXW MPE intrinsics re
55. UX Suprtool Commands e 183 Put Command P 184 e Suprtool Commands Directs output records to be DBPUT into an Eloquence dataset Put can be combined with Output to a file but if no Output command is entered Suprtool defaults the output file to null It is your responsibility to ensure that the output records match the format of the target dataset The DATA option of the Output command is the only valid output option when Put is specified PUT setname host service database Default database Base Parameters If database is not specified setname must be a valid dataset of the Base previously opened You must have write access to the dataset selected If database is included the specified database is opened This Put database is closed after the task is completed unlike the database opened with Base It is possible to copy records from one database to another with Suprtool Examples For the first example we assume that the D SALES dataset is designed to contain a week s worth of transactions Each night the transactions from a week ago are moved to the monthly dataset D SALES MON The D SALES and D SALES MON datasets have exactly the same field declarations The following Suprtool task would move one day s transactions from D SALES to D SALES MON gt base store gt get d sales read the weekly dataset gt if purge date 000401 select one day s transactions gt put d sales mon adding them to the monthly datas
56. You may use the List Modify or Delete commands to modify inventory records You are restricted to at most five inventory records per product number Dbedit prompts for commands Quiet Execution By default Dbedit displays the commands in the usefile as they are executed Dbedit can execute commands quietly using the Useq command useq store use no commands are listed Notes Usefiles cannot be nested in Dbedit The usefile may be an EDITOR KEEP file UNN or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record will be processed For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 315 Verify Command V Displays the current status of Dbedit conditions VERIFY ALL BASE DSET SET CIUPDATE Default BASE DSET CIUPDATE changed SET values Only one item can be verified at a time The format of the Verify output is organized into columns Verify with no parameters prints the database the current dataset and whether critical item update is enabled or disabled It also prints those Set options which are not currently at their default setting Examples 316 o Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to Suprlink Welcome to Suprlink Welcome to Suprlink for HP UX Version 5 4 Suprlink is a program that works with Suprtool to add multifile capability to Suprtool Rather than take the re
57. a field is a dollar and cents amount scaled by 100 use the following to tell Suprtool about the decimal place gt item total_sales DECIMAL 2 With the Item command the previous example becomes more understandable gt input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt def total_sales 40 integer gt item total_sales decimal 2 gt it total_sales gt 999 find sales gt 999 gt out result gt xeq Converting Numbers There are several ways to convert binary numbers e g I2 P8 into human readable ASCII form You can use STExport s Output ASCII or Output DISPLAY if you want to convert all numbers 34 e Quick Start Guide for Suprtool Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX If you want to convert only some of your numeric fields you can use Suprtool s numeric conversion feature to convert the binary fields to display fields define mynumber 1 6 display get dataset ext some fields ext mynumber binary number output filename xeq Note that this technique also works for converting a number from one numeric type to another numeric type You can also convert from binary numbers to a formatted byte field using the edit function gt in mysdfile gt def a 1 10 byte gt def b 1 10 byte gt ext a Sedit int field 5 99 gt ext b Sedit int field 999999999 gt list gt xeq gt IN FILE1SD NEIL GREEN 0 gt OUT SNULL 0 A 11 11 B 000001111 Counts and Subtotals Count and Subtotal on Sort Keys This
58. ain gotes Nonea eneo ie R CUOtES SIT Ol Ss visti cecnses lassdocecanys segue soteosvea seestveitaceness R random sampling Tan se of fields anean a Reese 115 range extracting aeron harita es 115 readonly Mode s s 2 seccessepetetiertiorseeseeeeeteeeedehdee 204 reals classic record format output 0 0 eceeeeeseeteceeeeteeeeeeeeteeeaees record TEN Sth aiios ennon eK R Record Mode List option record nUmber 0 0 ceeeccccesssceesssccesssecessseeeessseceeeee record number selection c ccccccsccceeseeeees record number IMAGE record number Output ssseseeeeeeeererserrrrrsrersrsee record number XSORT cccccccccscccessscceessseeeseee records number of qualifying Redo command cccsseeecceeeeeee Redo number of commands ccccccccessseeesseees 189 Redo Set ee TEduced Output o rese a t Ere EEE e ERES 205 Reflection nn nson a 67 Related option Dbedit eee eeeeeeeseeseeseeeeees 300 relative dates nara EE REORG 151 relative field definitions ccccccccccceesseceesseceeseees 94 Remote Oracle Database removing spaces Ses Pepeated HES iss oere settssoeteecdoleehetegecssecestest Queers 145 Suprtool 5 3 11 for HP UX User Manual TEPOS irate oense are leben eie eer oweaas tag E Reset command Reset Set Optioner aa n ARRO eE Resolving Variables ccceeceeseeteeeeees Resolving Variables like MPE restrictions in Dbedit
59. aligned File Options By default totals are written to stdlist Use the file option to have the totals written to a file or to the List device When writing to a file the default is to create a new file If Suprtool cannot save the file it produces an error The Append Erase and Temp options are the same as in the Output command although the TEMP option on HP UX is simply ignored and a new file is created If you want the totals written to the end of the List device the output of the List command specify list as the file file name All other options are ignored when list is specified To write totals to the output file use Total file xxx Append where xxx is the name of your output file Appending totals to the output file only works if the output file is a disc file Examples The first example prints the totals for a single field gt in filel r 40 nolf gt def amount 1 5 gt total amount gt xeq Totals TUE OCT 10 2000 4 30 PM AMOUNT 611105 The next example is identical to the previous one except that we qualify the total with the number of decimal places Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 219 220 e Suprtool Commands gt in filel r40 nolf gt total amount 2 gt xeq Totals TUE OCT 10 2000 4 31 PM AMOUNT 6111 05 The previous example specified the number of decimal places by using the Total command The next example is the preferred way to specify decimal places because
60. always 00 00 i e midnight Extracting Relative Dates The Extract command provides the same relative date features as the If command see Date Selection on page 149 for a complete description of the options of Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX date You must first use the Item command to identify the field name as a date Suprtool uses the field type and length along with the date format to determine the output format of the date Note that the three parts of DATE are always specified in year month day order regardless of the date format of the field gt item field date mmddyy gt extract field Sdate today s date gt extract field Sdate 1 01 start of last month gt extract field Sdate 1 last end of last month Oracle dates include both the date and the time If you extract an Oracle date using date the time is always 00 00 i e midnight Stddate Similar to the If command the Extract command is also capable of utilizing the stddate function This will allow for conversion of any of the supported Suprtool date formats to be converted to a date in the ccyymmdd date format in a double integer container For example gt in sdfile a self describing file gt def new_ship_date 1 4 double gt item ship_date date mmddyyyy gt ext order_no sales_amount gt ext new_ship_date S stddate ship_date gt out salesinfo link gt xeq Invalid Dates Because the stdda
61. are quickly copied to the output choice Some of your processing choices are 1 Sort the records into ascending or descending sequence Sort or Key No records are output until all of the selected input records have been sorted 2 Total one or more input record fields Total 3 Remove or select duplicate records Duplicate Output Choices Usually you wish to extract a subset of your records to feed into a report program so the default output file is a data file The default output file format matches the input file format unless you use the Extract command You can specify different formats for the output file by qualifying the Output command To have readable ASCII output use output xxx ascii To produce self describing files use Output Xxx Link By default every output record is identical to the corresponding input record The Extract command assembles output records by stringing together fields extracted 58 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX from the input records With the Extract command you can insert constant values into the output record Each output record is written to the output choice You can also see a formatted listing of each record with the List command Large File Support Suprtool can read sort and write files greater than 2Gb on HP UX 10 20 or higher Suprtool is limited to processing files with 2 1 billion records or less Suprtool and Allbase Specify an Allbase database
62. as Suprtool Commands e 145 146 e Suprtool Commands gt if Sabs credit 100 1 07 gt 500 00 This function will also work in the Extract command gt def newcredit 1 4 double gt ext newcredit Sabs credit 100 1 07 Truncate function Suprtool supports a truncate function which returns the number to the left of a decimal place For example if the field stddev contains the value 547 83 the truncate function will return 547 Note that there is no rounding This function will work fields and expressions gt if Struncate stddev 100 1 07 gt 200 This function will also work in the Extract command gt def newdev 1 4 double gt ext newdev Struncate stddev 100 1 07 String Expressions You can do comparisons with byte type fields in numerous ways using Suprtool These powerful features minimize the number of tasks you must execute in order to select the data you need The fewer the number of tasks the faster your data is delivered to the users and applications that need it You can combine byte type fields together and use the built in string functions to create string expressions String expressions involve the operator and the other string functions such as lower upper trim ltrim and rtrim Fixed vs Variable Length Strings String comparisons are done using fixed and variable length strings For most users there should be no difference between the two types of strings When doing string
63. at the end of line deletes from the end Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column Control G recovers the original line Suprtool Commands e 87 Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see Redo on page 208 for details 88 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Chain Command C Selects an Eloquence dataset and a search path as the input source for the next extract For detail datasets the Chain command does a DBFIND on the specified search path and uses DBGET mode 5 to read the records For master datasets the Chain command uses DBGET mode 7 You must have read access to all fields in the dataset entry Only one Chain Get or Input command is allowed per extract task CHAIN setname search field value CHAIN setname search field table name When using Chain the size of the output file defaults to the size of the Chain dataset If the dataset is large and the selected subset is small you should use the Numrecs command to reduce the size of the output file Selection by Individual Values Suppose you want to find all the sales records for customer account 1234 Assuming that cust account is a search field in the d sales dataset you would use this gt base store 5 READE
64. be changed The existing value of each field is printed before a new value is accepted Entering a carriage return preserves the old value If a new value is entered it replaces the old value The ALL option allows you to review and modify all of the entries in a dataset in serial order If CIUPDATE is On or Allowed in the database the UPDATEKEY option executes much faster modify m customer credit rating Modify in File M CUSTOMER CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 Enter new values or lt return gt to leave as is CUST ACCOUNT 4003302 CREDIT RATING 1000 00 2500 00 CUST ACCOUNT 4003302 CREDIT RATING 2500 00 Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Q Command Q Prints a message on stdlist Q string Default print a blank line The string of up to 80 characters is printed on stdlist The string should not be enclosed in quotes unless you want the message printed in quotes You can use Q to include instructions in usefiles Use COMMENT in usefiles for a nonprinting comment line Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 311 Redo Command REDO Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from as entered and the las
65. be sorting on cust accountx as transformed by the edit function but rather the first six bytes of d sales Therefore it is important to note when you are using extract to transform a field you will not be sorting on that transformed value Therefore the way to do the transformation would be to either divide into two tasks or if you can logically sort on the field before the transformation in order to achieve the result so the task could be gt base store 5 gt get d sales gt def cust accountx 1 6 byte gt ext cust accountx Sedit cust accout zzzz99 gt sort cust account Note sorting on source field gt dup none keys gt output dsales gt exit or if two tasks are necessary gt base store 5 gt get d sales gt def cust accountx 1 6 byte gt ext cust accountx Sedit cust accout zzzz99 gt output tempsales gt xeq gt in tempsales gt sort cust acctx gt dup none keys gt output dsales gt exit Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Table Command TA Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Builds a table of values for testing in the If or Chain command There can be up to ten different tables TABLE tablename itemname table keyword table values HOLD DATA field Tables are used by the lookup function of the If command and as input to the Chain command The table keywords are Item File and Sorted The total amount of table space is restricted by Set Limits Tablesize Use the following scheme to select input
66. bin sx_orders pl gt or invoked through a link in a regular Web page Just click lt a href cgi bin sx_orders pl gt run script lt a gt 262 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual If you enter the URL choose the submit button on a form or click on a link the server will start execution of the Perl script In turn Perl will run the shell script Suprtool and STExport will finally be executed A status code and a file name will be returned to Perl It will print either an error page or the extracted information depending on the status code There is a lot more you can do with CGI scripting and Suprtool You could pass parameters to extract information out of different tables in Oracle and Allbase or specify the sort sequence and the selection criteria Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 263 Input Command I Specifies the primary input file INPUT filename There can be only one Input file per task The Input file must be a self describing file which should be created by Suprtool using the Output Query or Output Link option If you want STExport to format date fields and implied decimal places you must use the Output Link option of Suprtool when you create the file for input to STExport Every record in the input file is formatted into a corresponding record in the output file It is best to have Suprtool Extract only the fields you actually need Only those fields needed for import in
67. causes every field to be shown on a different line Listing without Field Names Noname When Suprtool knows the record structure of the output file it shows the name of each output field The Noname keyword causes the field names to be suppressed By only extracting a few fields it is possible to fit the listed output for each record on one line Suppressing Blank Lines Between Records By default Suprtool prints a blank line between each record The Noskip keyword removes this blank line If you combine the Noskip Norec Noname and Title options when extracting a few fields Suprtool can produce a simple report Numeric Justification Leftjtustnum and Rightjustnum The List command normally left justifies all numeric fields Specifying List Standard causes all numeric fields to be right justified unless you override the default with the Leftjustnum keyword Use the Leftjustnum or Rightjustnum keyword to specify the alignment of the numbers The two keywords are mutually exclusive The last one that appears on the command line is the one that is applied LaserJet Listings There are two methods to select different printing options for a LaserJet and other PCL compatible printers You can permanently set the PCL option for all listings by using Set List PCL or you can use the List command to select the PCL option for just one task PCL stands for Printer Command Language which is an HP standard for printers The following is a su
68. cccissercvscostebeosepevtevnssteberesvoneeseteeke 255 If lookup 142 Tf command 000 eeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeees 140 If command too long use read 156 If command too long use Table 219 If command combining with Chain 91 If command decimal places K If command prompting for values 0 0 0 Ifcheck Set Option 0 eee eeeeeeeseeseeseeeeees Ignore Set Option eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeneeseeseeeeseees illegal digits packed or zoned be IMAGE end of file ccccccccceescceesseeceeseeeeesees initial command line cece eee eeeetetteeeeeeeeees initializing a field ais PUE CHOI CESS ioseneesroek orane eraann e e aria Input command sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeererees input file cernens iiis input file maximum block size input file maximum fields 0 0 00 cece input file maximum record length INPUL IES 2 eed era aah ne nas input key fields eee eceeseeeeeseeeeeeteeeeeenees input from Stdlist input line feed Ss ssc raei oea ia aE Se EEEa eT installation AMXW installation HPUX installing STExport installing Suprlink Interactive Set interrupt Introduction introduction to Dbedit i 292 introduction to STExport introduction to Suprlink invalid dat s Ae ers usanii 74 152 248 Invalid Date Soa R A R 153 ISO 8859 1 characters HTML output 261 Item COmMANA c cccccceesssseeeeeeeesseee 161 2
69. changed In all cases the DBLOCK is done unconditionally This means that Dbedit always waits for other locks to be released possibly holding up your terminal Decimal Points If you use Suprtool s Item command to specify implied decimal places for an item Dbedit scales all input values according to the number of implied decimal places When listing records fields with implied decimal places are formatted with a decimal point For example gt item unit cost decimal 2 two implied decimal pts gt edit add d inventory unit cost SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons PRODUCT NO gt 2001001 UNIT COST gt 10 50 SUPPLIER NO 5051 PRODUCT NO 50513001 UNIT COST 10 50 Type to get a description of When Dbedit prompts for field values you can the field type a question mark to obtain a description of the field If the field has implied decimal places the field description will include the number of decimal places e g lt lt 2 gt gt for two implied decimal points 290 e Welcome to Dbedit Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Critical ltem Update Like IMAGE on MPE Eloquence has the critical item update feature This feature allows programs to change critical fields in detail datasets search fields and sort fields by using DBUPDATE Prior to critical item update programs had to use DBDELETE and DBPUT to change critical fields By default Eloquence databases have critical item update disabled It is enabled usi
70. concept of record size is not the same on HP UX as it is on MPE it is still important in some areas within Suprtool In this case the RECLEN parm merely tells the List command where to fold the lines The Reclen parm can be a value from 56 to 256 and defaults to 80 bytes Device LP Use the LP option to send listings to the lp command The LP option assumes the list device is 80 columns wide gt list lp User Specified Device Use the Device option to specify a specific logical device for the listing The device name must appear after the Device option The device name is case sensitive so that the device SHIPPING is different than the device shipping The Device option assumes that the list device is 80 columns wide gt list device LP same as List LP gt list device serialp send to device serialp Listing to Attached Printer If you wish to list to a printer that is attached to your terminal use List Record Suprtool uses Record mode on your terminal or PC to print on the attached printer To use this option you must be using an HP terminal or HP terminal emulator and your data communication settings must be setup correctly You can combine this option with other listing options You cannot interrupt Record mode with Control Y but you can do a Soft Reset This unlocks the keyboard and causes the rest of the output to appear on the screen You can then stop it with Control Y List record may not return complete control
71. created by HP in MPE so that files could be fed into HPWORD and HP graphics packages One problem with HP s definition was that no provision was made for compound fields e g 10J2 When Suprtool creates an SD file with compound fields via the Query option it uses a special data type When you input such a file to Suprtool all compound fields are treated as byte arrays Suprtool correctly copies and extracts these fields but you cannot select with them The Query option is not capable of retaining information about decimal places or date formats Suprtool and Sorting Files When Suprtool sorts two records that have the same key value the first record read by Suprtool is the first record on the output file For data files this means that input records with the same key values appear in the same order in the output file Suprtool and Personal Computers You can format files to be downloaded to your PC for use in spreadsheets or databases with the PRN option of the Output command Suprtool formats your file as a PC structure a comma delimited file Not all PC applications support the PRN format For more precise data conversion create a self describing file then use STExport See the STExport manual for details You transfer the Suprtool output file to your PC and then import it into your PC application Downloading to the PC After you have created a PRN file using Suprtool you can use FTP or any of the many terminal emulator programs a
72. date function of Extract date function OF Tl isecsciess neces curtigebeeseeietaeegets date Titintt a ninsis erresis IDEIO 0 i1011 PREE ES date selection 0 eee esesseeseesceeseeeeseeseeseeeeeeaes date selection with ASK MANMAN Date Setshasty ccccossctssetl a e RA Date Set Options 2y csse0s cd pereiensdavebes nina 197 198 dates in the output file 113 114 dates defining dates relative days TUNCHON wesc siieeel vein iE EN DBCONTROL intrinsic eee eeeeee ese eseeeeeeeeeees Dbedit decimal points ddd dates 0 ddd date format Decimal command ce eeeseeseeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees decimal Places esnin ianiai decimal places Chain command decimal places constant valUues ccseeseeeeeeeees decimal places Dbedit cceeceeceeceesseeeeneeeeeeeee decimal places defining ceeeceeseeteeteeeeeeees decimal places Extract command e cesses 112 decimal places If command decimal places List command teers 170 decimal places Table command ou teens 220 default field filling in Suprlink default processing Defer Set option deferred output in IMAGE eee eeeteeeeeeeee Define command eeeeeeeceeeeeeereeseeeeeeeeeee Defining fields definition parameter delete all records warning Delete command eee eee eeseeteeeeeees Delete command locking 0 0 ee eeceeseeeeeteeeeeeeeeee deleting duplicate records deleting entr
73. delete all input records Answer No to this question to abort the task It may be possible to remove duplicates from an input dataset using Suprtool but only through roundabout methods These are too case specific to document here If you need to do this call Robelle technical support for assistance Self Describing Files When you are using the Count or Total options the sort information is not retained in the output file This means that if your output file is in LINK format there are no sort keys If you are going to use this file from Suprlink use the BY clause of the LINK command to manually specify the sort keys Non Self Describing Files If the input file is not a self describing file and you are using Count or Total you also need to extract all the fields from the file You can quickly extract the fields by defining a new field that contains the entire record For example if your records are 56 bytes long then you do the following to extract all the fields Suprtool Commands e 103 gt define entire 1 56 byte gt extract entire Output Restrictions When you are using the Count and Total options the only Output formats that you can use are Data Data Num Query and Link If you want to quickly see the Count or Total results without using a second pass use the List Standard command gt select from table gt sort key_field gt duplicate none keys count total data_field gt output result link gt list standard
74. either format for date gt item trans_month date yymm gt item purch_date date yymm gt if trans_month lt S date and amp purch_date gt date 00 01 Because dates beyond 1999 in the yymmdd and yymm date types do not collate correctly relative comparisons are no longer valid Suprtool produces an error in the following case gt item trans_date date yymmdd gt if trans_date gt Sdate 2004 01 01 Error Cannot use a date beyond 1999 for this date format You can override this setting by entering the Set Date Ifyy2000error command gt set date ifyy2000error off gt item trans_date date yymmdd gt if trans_date gt Sdate 2004 01 01 Century and Date Suprtool needs to generate a date or today date in the ccyymmdd format If you specify a two digit year in the date function Suprtool needs to assume a century for the given date gt item trans date date ccyymmdd gt if trans date gt Sdate 01 01 01 Suprtool assumes 20 for the century if the specified year is less than the Set Date Cutoff value and 19 if the specified two digit year is greater than or equal to this value Oracle Dates Oracle dates contain both the date and the time The date and today functions check the date but ignore the time Date Limits The date function in Suprtool can generate dates between the years 1583 and 2583 Some date formats have limits based on their particular format such as 2027 for a
75. enter at the Suprtool prompt are saved in something called the redo stack You can recall commands from the redo stack using other commands such as Before Do and Redo By default the redo stack is stored in a temporary file and discarded as soon as you exit Suprtool This temporary stack is not preserved across Suprtool invocations Set Redo allows you to assign a permanent file as the redo stack The redo stack is then available for future Suprtool invocations To assign the Myredo file as a persistent redo stack enter gt set redo myredo If the file does not exist Suprtool creates it If it already exists Suprtool uses it All subsequent commands are written to the persistent redo stack The setting is valid for the duration of the Suprtool session As soon as you exit Suprtool the setting is discarded Next time you run Suprtool you will get the temporary stack If the filename is not qualified the redo stack is created in the current working directory This may be desirable if you wish to have separate stacks If you wish to always use the same persistent stacks you should qualify the name The Verify command shows which stack is currently in use If it shows lt temporary gt it means Suprtool is using the default stack Anything else is the name of the file used on the Set Redo command Concurrency When Suprtool uses the default temporary stack it is only accessible to that particular instance of Suprtool You can run as m
76. every 15th record is read gt put d inventory test put to the d inventory dataset in gt exit Test database Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 137 Help Command H Show what commands and options are available in Suprtool HELP command keyword option Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a Suprtool command If you know the structure of the help file you can additionally specify one of the keywords under the command name gt help ext help on the Extract command gt help ext notes Notes section of the Extract command Keyword Help If Suprtool cannot find any help in the Commands section of the help file it assumes that you specified one of the outer level keywords in the help file To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You see a short introduction to Suprtool and then a list of keywords You can specify any of these keywords on the Help command You can also specify a subkeyword gt help start Quick Start section gt help start task Task section of Quick Start Quick Help HQ HQ asks Suprtool to look under the keyword Quick in the help file Quick contains the text from the Suprtool Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command gt hq input quick description of Input gt hq commands quick list of command na
77. extract statement tells Suprtool to extract the bytes beginning with the second occurence of the character to the second occurrence of the space character If the target field is not long enough to hold the data Suprtool will abort with an error You can easily prevent this from happening on blank fields by nesting the split statement within a trim or rtrim function First Last The split function also has a Last keyword whereby you can split the field from a given occurrence of a character to the end of the field So in the given example from above the extracting out of the middlename could be coded as such gt extract middlename Strim Ssplit wholename 2 last The above means to extract out all the data from the second occurrence of the to the end of the field and trim all spaces Naturally as noted above we also have the First keyword which indicates the start of the field Unprintables You can specify an unprintable character for Suprtool to use as the character to split on using the following syntax gt extract middlename Ssplit wholename 9 2 last which means that the split would start at the second occurrence of Decimal Nine or the Tab character Please note that for specifying unprintable characters you do not put in quotes Cleaning your Data In this day and age of migrations we were looking at issues that customers have run into when importing data into new databases What came from this invest
78. extracted field must be an Eloquence field name an SQL database table column or a field in an SD file or a Defined field If the field requires an Item definition then the Item command must precede the Extract command Extract specifies a rearrangement of the Input data fields to produce the Output data record The subscript parameter is valid only for compound items The total item is extracted if it is compound and no subscript is specified gt extract account extract the key value and gt extract rating one other field gt output outl output file has two fields Cumulative Extracts The Extract command is cumulative If two Extracts are specified in one run all fields of the two Extract commands are used gt extract status balance account purchased is equivalent to gt extract status balance gt extract account purchased Constants Extracting Constants The value part of the Extract command is used to place a constant in each record of the output file In this case the field defines the type and length that the value occupies The value portion must match the type of the field String values will be extended with blanks to fill the entire field If the input data does not have a field of the correct size and type you can create one using the Define command gt ext account key value gt ext rating 0 place the value 0 in the rating field gt output out2 The total number of bytes that you can extrac
79. gt clean 9 10 0 7 gt update gt ext address 1 clean address 1 gt ext address 2 clean address 2 gt ext address 3 clean address 3 gt xeq The SPECIAL keyword automatically defines Clean characters of Decimal 0 thru to Decimal 31 gt base mydb 1 gt get customer gt clean special gt update gt ext address 1 Sclean address 1 gt ext address 2 Sclean address 2 gt ext address 3 clean address 3 gt xeq You can also specify a range of characters with the following syntax gt base mydb 1 gt get customer gt clean 0 10 gt update gt ext address 1 clean address 1 gt ext address 2 clean address 2 gt ext address 3 Sclean address 3 gt xeq The above task would clean all byte type fields of any characters from Decimal 0 Null to Decimal 10 Line Feed Removing Bad Characters You can have the Clean function clean the field and instead of replacing with a space the clean function will essentially shift characters to the left by Setting the CleanChar in the following manner Suprtool Commands e 91 gt Set Cleanchar lt null gt Suprtool will pad the field that was cleaned with the appropriate amount of characters with a space at the end of the field 92 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Define Command D Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Defines fields that can be used in the Duplicate Extract If
80. gt def post1 1 7 byte gt def post2 1 7 byte gt ext postl edit postal code xxx xxx gt ext post2 edit postal code xxxbxxx gt list gt xeq gt IN POSTAL NEIL GREEN 0 gt OUT SNULL 0 POST1 L2H 112 POST2 L2H 1L2 gt IN POSTAL NEIL GREEN 1 gt OUT SNULL 1 POST1 L2H 112 POST2 L2H 112 Z placeholder for byte fields The Z placeholder character works differently for byte fields than for numeric fields For byte type fields if the Z placeholder and the corresponding data is 0 then the zero is suppressed regardless of the position This is primarily for suppression of zeroes in byte type date fields ext a Sedit date field xxxx zx zx The above edit mask would then edit a byte type date of 20031005 to be 2003 10 5 Overflow and limits An edit mask is limited to 32 characters in total for both numeric and byte type fields If data overflows the edit mask by default Suprtool will fill that field with asterisks There is an option to have Suprtool stop when it encounters a formatting overflow Suprtool Commands e 127 128 e Suprtool Commands gt set editstoperror on will force Suprtool to stop if there is data left over after applying the edit mask With byte type fields leading spaces do not cause overflow Therefore if your data consists of E L2H1L2 and your edit mask is XxXxBxxx It is not an overflow since there are only spaces to the left of the L If the data was
81. heropenen dev aa eea R a ie 162 Aa re AEE EEEE EE EEE TEE EEE T EE EEE EEE 163 Key Command K iieiea aa a a E R A ER 165 Link Command LIN eea erae rhe Ea EK RES N EE SR E aR 167 Last Command E ar t aTr r ee rap Aa E ar an a decades 168 FORMA AAEE EEEE TEE EEPE EEEE PEE EE T EE EEE EEE 168 LaserJet Listings os css ese ssvecssseaseesapesvevecbecs ccsapbuyevens sasaus dent Oe Een a er SREE Sea 169 Headings In Listingss seseris serri eserse areari spea spero SEa EKSE ERS ET OSEE ET Eo S KESEKESE i3 170 SUMPIE REPOrts EEEE 171 ERA DEVICE Sissies Ae E A eee ees ee aes i ds de Ot 172 IERA aI ARA cet eee es ts a Sees ese aida reek LA ete E che 172 Listredo Command LISTREDO cccccccsssccesssecessssceceessececseaaeceseneeeceeaeeecseseeeeseeeeeenenes 175 Numrees Commiand ai BA A Aves cecil E ected atin iene 176 Open Command OP EERE costa soeet each vhs A ca iste beentutsca totais 177 Remote Databases and Oracle Issues 0 ccceesseceessececeeneececseeeecessececeenseeeeeneaeeees 177 Output Command KO A sss iscte acces shecssels ve se sve sees A tas beots cd vistas sent vtsca totais 178 Put Gommand Pleo 3s eee is edeest kt eek es ti ee et ae 184 OR Command QO ciisid ation eile Boe eae ee eet Bae ee 185 Redo Command REDO cs ves ecicti hi eesti cal cet Ane Aa ee ARR 186 Reset Command R 4 02 80008 Geek tn es ene A eh eel 189 Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Select Commiand SBI iis s c in eak eic
82. i aha s encase it oth meeete tates hee see 207 PLOMPE EE E EEE 208 Real Map rna e A E Sih a N A ERA 208 Table of Contents e 9 Suprtool Errors and Warnings Welcome to STExport Accessing STExport How To Run STExport How to Xeq an STExport Task Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable ROBELLE Variable Using STExport in Batch Command Line Options Default Outcount File Name oc Variable Substitution v Introduction to STExport 10 e Table of Contents ThousandSymbol VarsubCompat Sort Command SO Table Command TA Adding Individual Values to a Table Adding Values from a File Total Command T Update Command UP Use Command U Userpause Command USER Verify Command V Xeq Command X Calculator Command Two Types Of Messages Welcome to STExport Installing STExport Importing Data Formatting Commands Performance Considerations Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX STExport Commands 237 Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX General NOtGSi22 45 Sat Ae Ac aloe ROG OA een MO ee 237 AbbreVialin ge aeeeR ath Sie Saks Sint ae A A i lee tes 237 Uppercase or Lowercase anooiiiai eA e E E EO E ER ES iS 237 Comments on Command Lines ccccceesseceessececeessececseceecessneeeceeaeeecseaeeeessneeeenes 237 HP UX Commands sereen eaa e Ee SE a e EESE AE OA E 237 Bile Names E a S Shine E wees ee ee 238 Calculator x scoascrechiew Sei organ cba niet Seda eee a ee 238 Comnttoley E E EE Ae whee ee enn 238 Before Co
83. in Suprtool UX MAKEABSENT ONIOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX NLS number NUMBUG ON OFF OPENMODE number has no effect in Suprtool UX ORACLE ROWS number not supported in Suprtool MPE ORACLE INTEGER ON OFF not supported in Suprtool MPE ORACLE OPENFIX ONIOFF not supported in Suprtool MPE ORACE ZERONULL ON OFF not supported in Suprtool MPE PATTERN NEWIOLD PREFETCH number not supported in Suprtool UX PRIVMODE ONIOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX PROGRESS Percent number Minimum number PROMPT character REALMAP ONIOFF RECOVER ONIOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX REDO filename SDEXTNAME ONIOFF SORTFAST ONIOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SQUEEZE ONIOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX STATISTICS ONIOFF SUBSYSTEM ONIOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SUSPEND ONIOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX THOUSANDSYMBOL lt string gt USERLABELS ONIOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX VARSUB ONIOFF VARSUBCOMPAT ON OFF VARSUBDEBUG ON OFF WARNINGS ONIOFF Each option is its own Set command That is you cannot specify multiple options in the same command Instead use multiple Set commands For example to Set Statistics On and to define a PCL format for the List command you would specify two Set commands gt set stat on gt set list pcl 1 or Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Add system wide Set commands to the opt robelle suprmgr configuration file Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt set stat on set list pc
84. integer plus a decimal value that resolves the Julian count to precise parts of a day Suprtool supports the JulianDay number and does not attempt to support an hour or point in the day aammdd and Related Date Formats The aammdd attribute is similar to yymmdd except the aa portion of the date uses a combination of letters and numbers in order to represent dates beyond 1999 The aammdd date format was developed by James Overman of HP for use in their MM3000 product This format is available only for X6 data type Suprtool Commands e 161 162 e Suprtool Commands By substituting a letter of the alphabet in the first position of the year we can extend a six digit date and also ensure that the dates collate correctly For example YY of AAMMDD CCYY 00 09 1900 1909 90 99 1990 1999 AO A9 2000 2009 BO B9 2010 2019 CO C9 2020 2029 Because letters are greater than numbers in the collating sequence you can ensure that aammdd dates beyond 1999 will order correctly Suprtool also supports other date formats with this two character year representation These formats are aamm mmddaa and ddmmaa Oracle Oracle dates include both the date and the time The date and today functions only apply to the date part of Oracle dates SRN Chronos The Srnchronos date format is used in applications from Software Research Northwest Like Oracle dates this format includes the date and time but the time portion is ignored by th
85. it will be over written unless you specify the Append option If you specify the append option the new report will be added to the file So if you want to incorporate multiple reports you just need to do the following gt in test filelsd gt list stan file myslist gt xeg gt in test file2sd gt list stan file myslist append gt xeq Changing the Output Record Format Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX You can change the output file record format by using the Extract command The Extract command causes Suprtool to assemble Output records by stringing together fields extracted from Input records You would use the following to extract two of the nine fields from the customer records input from a table extract the key value and one other field output file will have two fields gt select from customer gt extract cust_account gt extract credit_rating gt output outl gt xeq You can easily insert data into the middle of a record again using the Extract command Define the first and second halves of the record as two big chunks Now Extract the first part note the constant you wish to insert then Extract the second part Quick Start Guide for Suprtool e 37 95 bytes wide first 60 bytes gt input myfile reclen 95 nolf gt define partl 1 60 byte extract an 8 byte constant 103 bytes now gt extract partl constant part2 gt define part2 61 35 byte remaining 35 gt output newfi
86. line number do command lines 5 to last Notes The Do command cannot be abbreviated Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 303 Exit Command E Leaves Dbedit and returns control to Suprtool EXIT 304 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual File Command F Establishes the current file field list and search field FILE file options Options numeric valuelAll KeylLimitlRelatedlUNderlUPdatekey If Set Reset is Off you can use the File command to specify the KEY for the specified file For example set reset off file d inventory key product no will cause all subsequent commands to prompt for the PRODUCT NO before the SUPPLIER NAME Specifying a new file or options parameter in the Add Change Delete List or Modify commands overrides and replaces the current file and option values Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 305 Form Command FO The Form command displays a description of the items and datasets in a database FORM SETS ITEMS PATHS dataset data item filename Default fields in current dataset If you request information about a specific detail dataset Suprtool will print the path information in DBSCHEMA format The path shows the related master dataset and the sort item name The capacity is also shown in DBSCHEMA format The blocking factor appears after the capacity in parentheses When showing the form of a dataset Dbed
87. lt cmd_max_len i MyControl gt command i Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Examples of Calling Suprtool e 367 i 0 for i 0 i lt cmd_max_len i MyControl gt command i cmd i void main char cmd 256 struct SuprControl MyControl init_st2 amp MyControl assign_cmd set varsub on amp MyControl call_suprtool2 amp MyControl assign_cmd in infile amp MyControl call_suprtool2 amp MyControl assign_cmd out outfile amp MyControl call_suprtool2 amp MyControl assign_cmd set varsub on amp MyControl call_suprtool2 amp MyControl assign_cmd set varsub on amp MyControl call_suprtool2 amp MyControl assign_cmd exit amp MyControl call_suprtool2 amp MyControl Installing the Suprtool2 Interface Installing There is no need to Install anything for the Suprtool2 Interface on HP UX We provide two files for PA_RISC machines Suprcall o and Suprcall sl a simple object file an a shared library The PA_RISC files can be found in the lib directory whereever you have installed the Robelle software typically opt robelle lib The same files for Itanium are found under lib itanium We provide three files named suprcall o suprcall s and suprcall so Either can be used depending on your linking and or naming preferences and conventions Just link it in with your Cobol or C program 368 e Installing the Suprtool2 Interface Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX
88. made if a customer matches any one of the values in the list gt select from order_details gt if cust no 1234 9876 5555 gt output orders gt xeq If we wanted to find orders for all customers except 1234 9876 and 5555 we would simply change the equal sign in the If command to a not equal sign A match is made if a customer does not match any values in the list gt select from order_details gt if custno lt gt 1234 9876 5555 gt output orders gt xeq Finding Data Based on a File If you have a large list of values in a file you can load them into Suprtool and select data based on this list First use the Table command to load values from an external file into a table Then use the lookup function of the If command to match data to the table Suppose our list is in a self describing file called Custlist We create a program temporary table called cust_table Note that this is not the same as an Oracle table gt select from order_details gt table cust_table cust_no file custlist gt If lookup cust_table cust_no gt output orders gt xeq If you want to find all customers not on the list just negate the If condition by simply putting not in front of the lookup Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Quick Start Guide for Suprtool e 29 gt it not Slookup cust_table cust_no Finding Data Based on Another Table s Criteria Sometimes you need to find data from one table based o
89. match both keys Secondary Input Key It is possible that the second key field has a different name in the input file and the Join file The FROM clause lets you handle this case Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Note that you must specify the Input file key field as part of the FROM clause This example is identical to the previous secondary key example but in this case the current major field is called products in the ordhist file and prod in the orders file Optional Join If there are no join records for a given key value of the input file that input record is dropped from the output file this is the default option REQUIRED To make the join optional specify the OPTIONAL keyword When you use OPTIONAL and Suprlink does not find a matching join record in the file Suprlink fills in the linked fields with default values The default for byte type fields is spaces for zoned type the default is ASCII zeros 0 and for all other types the default is binary zeros For example input custfile key name is custno join addrfile optional don t drop customers toutput custaddr if there is no address texit Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 341 Link Command L 342 e Suprlink Commands Link the Input file to another Link file maximum of seven input files LINK filename BY link keys FROM input keys OPTIONAL REQUIRED Default REQUIRED File Name The Link file should
90. month In our example Suprtool would use April 30 2000 Suprtool will take leap years into account when calculating the last day of February Today s Date To select records based on today s date use the following 150 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt if field Stoday today s date gt if field Stoday 1 yesterday s date gt if field Stoday 1 tomorrow s date Use the Item command to qualify the field as a date The today function accepts one optional argument which is the number of days before or after today The maximum number of days in either direction is 9999 yymmdd and Beyond 1999 Because dates spanning the turn of the century will not collate properly for the yymmdd form you need to use stddate to compare these dates gt item ship date date yymmdd gt if ship date lt Sdate 2000 12 31 will not work gt if Sstddate ship date lt S date 2000 12 31 will work Finding Invalid Dates Use the invalid function to find invalid dates An invalid date is a number in a date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on a calendar For example a month value of 99 would be considered invalid gt input sdfile a self describing file gt item deliv date date ccyymmdd gt if Sinvalid deliv date gt out baddates link gt xeq Stddate Function The stddate function converts any date format in nearly any data type container and internally converts it to the ccyymmd
91. new prices then do Extract with lookup to replace the existing price with a new one The Update command forces a database update on each selected record and must come before the Extract command Now let s see how a Table can be used to add additional useful information to a record Let s say we build this table of Canadian provinces The file prov file is Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX assumed to be a Link or self describing file created by a previous pass of Suprtool gt table provtab prov code file provfile data prov name At this point the key into the Table is the prov code item and for each entry in the Table there is one associated prov name To append prov name to each output record we read the customer dataset extracting the customer name We also Define prov name as a new field and extract it for the output record but we fill it with a value that is based on the prov code for each customer entry customers cust name full prov name 1 30 full prov name lookup provtab cust prov code prov name somefile To update a dataset you do the same commands but you insert an Update command prior to the Extract from a Table Below is an example that shows how to update an Eloquence record using data values from a Table Let s assume that we have new unit cost information for each product gt form newcosts File NEWCOSTS NEIL GREEN SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset PRODNO Z8 1 UNIT COST P8 9 Limit 13 EOF 13
92. new self describing file of customer numbers that are in arrears This SD file is then used to select the orders for these customers from the orders table in the database The account item occurs in both the disc file and the database When the Suprtool table is loaded the account field information is obtained from the self describing arrears file gt input customers r 60 nolf disc file gt def account 1 8 display gt def status 40 2 gt if status 30 customers in arrears gt extract account status gt out arrears link self describing output gt xeq for the Table command gt open oracle demo reader gt select from orders sales orders gt table cust table account file arrears gt if Slookup cust table account gt output badorders gt xeq In this next example low inventory items from the Inventory table are saved in the SD file Invent We use this file to load a Suprtool table and select the records from the Product database table On the table command we use the sorted table keyword instead of file because the Invent file is already sorted We then create a new file Lowprods with all the product information of the low inventory items Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 217 gt select from inventory gt if on_hand_qty lt 10 select records gt sort product_no sort by key value gt out invent link later use this file gt xeq in the Table command gt sel from product contains
93. not in your current directory Existing Files The filename is the name of an old disc file to erase Output xxx erase or to append to Output xxx append Output xxx erase does not purge the existing file it simply overwrites the contents of the file Stdlist Specify output to stdlist by a single asterisk Output Use this filename with the ASCII option for a quick listing of a file or database table Format Options The format and length of the output records is determined by which of the following format keywords is selected Keyword s Format DATA Default ELSE Records not qualified by if condition KEY Sort keys only NUM J2 record numbers only NUM KEY J2 record numbers plus sort keys NUM DATA J2 record numbers plus data record QUERY Self describing file LINK New format self describing file NUM QUERY Query numbers format ASK COGELOG ASK select file ASCII Convert numeric to ASCII DISPLAY Convert numeric to display zoned decimal PRN Personal computer format NOLF Do not write out Line Feeds to the end of the Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX record LF Write out Line Feeds to the end of the record DATA DATA is the default output records are the same length and format as the input records ELSE ELSE tells the output command to output any records to the else file that do not qualify under a certain if command If you have a task that looks for all records with an amount gt 0 then the
94. not spelled right TL 2sd the edited command is shown you press Return gt listredo all gt redo 5 redo 5th command in stack gt red redo previous command gt redo 2 redo command before previous gt red redo 8th through 10th gt red redo 10 through last gt red redo last rm command gt red redo last rm temp gt red redo last containing temp Notes The Redo command can be abbreviated to a comma as in MPEX You cannot use myn to combine commands on the same line Hpmodify Keys Reference Here are the MPE style REDO sub commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX i INSERT If text follows the i this text is inserted in the current line starting at the i position T REPLACE If text follows the r this text replaces the same number of characters in the current line beginning at the r position DELETE Deletes a character from the current line for each d specified in the edit line Note that d d does not specify a range as it does in MPE V but simply deletes one character above each d Multiple d s may be followed by an INSERT or REPLACE operation DELETE Deletes to the end of the current line from the position specified by d gt May be followed by an INSERT or REPLACE operation APPEND If text follows the gt this text is appended to the end of the current line If a gt without text is positioned beyond the end of the current line then a simple replacement is
95. of functions Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 229 Suprtool Errors and Warnings Two Types Of Messages Errors Suprtool prints two types of messages errors and warnings In both cases Suprtool is letting you know that it has encountered a condition of which you may want to be aware This appendix describes both kinds of messages and gives a partial list of warning messages Errors are defined as conditions which immediately prevent Suprtool from continuing or which allow it to complete a task and then stop because continuing would likely cause undesirable or erroneous results When Suprtool detects a serious error condition such as a syntax error in a command a file system error or a sort error it prints an error message For example Error Unknown command name try HELP Error Unable to open gt OUTPUT file Finding Errors Automatically If you have software that scans spool files for error conditions have it look for Error File System Errors When a file system error occurs Suprtool prints the HP UX error message An error during processing terminates the current task exceptions bad data with an If command when Set Ignore is On Arithmetic Trap Abort If Suprtool should Abort with Parm 99x an error has been detected in the Arithmetic Trap Routine This should never happen so please report it to Robelle Solutions Technology Inc NUMRECS exceeded some records not processed Yo
96. origdate date yyyymmdd gt item yesterday date yyyymmdd gt ext origdate gt ext yesterday Sstddate Sdays origdate 1 or 7 for next week gt out tmpfile link gt xeg Sample output ORIGDATE YESTERDAY 19990101 19981231 19991231 19991230 19990301 19990228 Date Limits The date function in Suprtool can generate dates between the years 1583 and 2583 Some date formats have limits based on their particular format such as 2027 for a Calendar date and 2259 for the aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa dates Range of Fields Extracting a Range of Fields You can specify a range of fields to extract using the following Extract Field1 Field4 This feature only works with Eloquence fields input files equated to an Eloquence dataset and for self describing files If you specify a range Suprtool extracts all 4 of the field names between field1 and field4 inclusive When specifying a range of a self describing file that has been equated to an Eloquence dataset the Eloquence dataset definition takes precedence gt get d sales a self describing file gt ext product no sales qty gt out dsales gt xeq is exactly the same as d sales a self describing file product no first field in the range product price purch date sales qty last field in the range dsales Extracting a Range of Subscripted Fields Suprtool accepts a subscript on either field in a range You can even use this feature to extrac
97. product description gt table product table product_no sorted invent gt if Slookup product table product_no gt sort product_no gt output lowprods gt xeq Suprtool can load up to ten tables either from separate files or the same file The following example assumes that the files are self describing gt input customer gt table cust table custno file custfile gt table zip table zipcode file custfile gt if Slookup cust table custno and S lookup zip table zipcode gt output newcust link gt xeq Keep in mind that using multiple tables may be more memory intensive and require more resources Data Example Your boss comes to you with a list of new prices for certain parts and asks you to update the Part Master dataset Just load the new prices into a Table index by the product number prodno then Extract the price field from each record and replace it with a lookup on the table Here is the code gt table newprices prodno file bosslist data price gt get part master gt if Slookup newprices prodno gt update gt extract price Slookup newprices prodno price gt xeq We do the If lookup to select only the parts which have new prices then do Extract with lookup to replace the existing price with a new one The Update command forces a database update on each selected record and must come before the Extract command If you did not do the If lookup then the price field would conta
98. prompts for field values it prints a series of underlines to show the field width Underline Off disables this feature Users with slow printing terminals will find Dbedit faster with Underline Off The Under option may be used to temporarily enable underlining for a single command Verify SET VERIFY ONIOFF Initially ON When you are adding new records to a dataset Dbedit lists the contents of new records after you have entered all of the field values Turning Verify Off causes Dbedit to stop listing new records after they are added 314 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename Examples A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file Usefiles can also be set up for data entry functions such as adding a new customer into the database e g add one master entry add one billto entry add multiple shipto entries and then list the master entry plus RELATED details For example here is a usefile that uses the File command to define a dataset file d inventory key product no 5 key and limit You may use the List Modify or Delete commands to modify inventory records You are restricted to at most five inventory records per product number Use the file inside Dbedit gt base store gt edit enter Dbedit useq dinvent use specify commands from the usefile
99. r we Last Name toy r J add City J Add State Column Headings It is difficult to get headings right when you have to specify all the quotes and delimiters with the Heading Add option Instead use Heading Column to specify individual column headings without having to type formatting information STExport then uses the current quote and delimiter settings in the heading Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 253 For example if you specify Column Account Column First Name Column Last Name Column City Column State and Quote Double and Delimiter Comma are in effect then the heading STExport produces will be Account First Name Last Name City State Notes You cannot combine the Add and Column options You must specify one or the other If you start with Heading Add and then later specify Heading Column STExport erases the heading you created with Heading Add and starts over with the first column that you specify with Heading Column Similarly if you start with Heading Column a Heading string or Heading Add will start over with a new heading 254 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Help Command H Show what commands and options are available in STExport HELP command keyword section Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you wan
100. re a r E E E E EE EEEE E E 345 Redo Command REDO e e e ae EE EE a RT a iiiar 346 Reset Command R nen e lenges e eE cates sti EEE EER a Ern T pean cgesttsteadapusndueatis 347 Set Command S e e aa e eie aa secede ARE Ear eR aie E rr reet iai ari 348 Mapped rken r A a AEE heed aaa ese eto 348 Redo er r eere Ee eE AREE icv EEE eE ae ida aie err rekt aikan 348 Statistics vised nenn rE eie EEr Een eE E E TE EKE aa speedos EERE IAr ek ren h eK eiio 349 VarsSub enre ee EEEE EAEE EE e EEE eE E ida REER EE at ens ieia 349 VarsubCompat oe noe een es EEE oul EEE EEEE R EEEE E EEEE E EERE E E vente 349 VatsuBDeDug neier aeren oee eE EER EE E ooh EEEE EEE EEEE 350 Us Command N ON A tein it A ee el A E I ee as 351 Verify Command Vie acsesteeciliveienscsii chisel cxceneovevccvsnbonscd E a a a chuatuesnecpanns 352 Keg Command Xe e e ea aae E E E EA a A EEES 353 Example Suprlink Output 355 Examples ienien e e aeneae e AGA A ame RAT Aa E NETESE emis 355 Limits Within Suprlink 357 Maxim MS ene e ae e eE gies ie pea ee Nec ri e E mete 357 Welcome to Calling Suprtool 359 Calling Suprtools eani A EAE E RE EE E EE i 359 S p tool2 ROULIME 3 5 2 selec ces cease n a e E oo babe A E E E 359 Importance of the Exit COMMA eee eeecesneecsseceeececeseeesaceceaeceeacecsaeceeaeecaeeeeaeeceaeeeeneecsas 359 Environment V artables c c2 2 cccecc5 feseeceicescatcecepedsveses edocs des catebces cvbseccg cisehecs ER ieS orik eretia 360 Control Record a
101. records based on many data values Load a table with the values you are interested in Use the lookup function of the If command to search the table Or use the table with the Chain command to read a selected set of key values Adding Individual Values to a Table To add a value for an item to a table use TABLE tablename itemname ITEM value value When you start entering the values for a table you must enter all the values for that table before starting another table Once you switch to another table the previous table is closed and you cannot enter anymore values into it Parameters tablename Any identifier name up to sixteen characters long This name can be the same as the name of a Define field or database itemname but we recommend that you choose a unique name itemname An item from the database specified in the Base or Open command or a Define field This cannot be a real type item value A specific value that must match the type of the item String values are extended with blanks to the length of the item Examples Suppose that you wanted to look for several part numbers You could use the following If command gt if part 12345 67890 39201 92308 14892 You could also load a table with the part numbers Suprtool Commands e 215 part table part item 12345 part table part item 67890 part table part item 39201 part table part item 92308 part table part item 14892 an
102. self describing input file date yyyymmdd dates with a dash separator Soutput output to stdlist Sxeq 10020 1993 10 05 50511501 98 31 1993 10 01 0 02 27 53 224 15 10003 1993 10 15 50511501 98 31 1993 10 15 0 01 13 76 112 07 10003 1993 10 15 50512501 145 62 1993 10 15 0 01 20 39 166 00 10003 1993 10 15 50513001 192 20 1993 10 15 0 01 26 91 219 10 10016 1993 10 21 50521001 24 59 1993 10 21 0 03 10 33 84 11 10016 1993 10 21 50532001 139 85 1993 10 21 0 01 19 58 159 42 There are no byte type fields in the input file so all fields are converted from their internal numeric representation to a string of digits All date fields were converted from their internal yyyymmdd format to the external yyyymmdd format with a dash separator between day month and year All fields with implied decimal places have been converted with a decimal point Load Data Into Oracle If you need to load the export file into an Oracle database you can use Oracle s own SQL Loader Files created with STExport can be processed immediately with SQL Loader Suppose we want to load the data extracted in Salefile We would use STExport to format the information and store the results in Expsale run stexport pub robelle Sinput salefile self describing input file date yyyymmdd dates with a dash separator Soutput expsales output to a file Sxeq If the Oracle database resided on an HP 9000 we would need to transfer Expsale How you
103. small logical Itanium only An extract operation where the target was a single integer and the source was a double integer would not work properly Itanium only Suprtool did not properly erase the output file when using out in dup none key on HP UX Suprtool Version 5 4 e 19 Set Oracle SpaceNull has been added to convert byte char and date fields when Null to spaces or leave them as null If SpaceNull is on then spaces will be placed in the fields If SpaceNull is off then the field will contain nulls Suprtool did not properly coerce data from Packed to Quad integer when using Set Ifouroutput on and Set Oracle Integer on Itanium only Set Oracle Passshift Off now turns off password upshift for the oneline syntax method when you are including the service name Highlights in AMXW version 5 3 20 e Suprtool Version 5 4 Suprtool now supports output append access to vision file system KSAM The Add command which adds an input file to an Oracle table now allows for the syntax of ownername tablename A Select operation on an empty table or if the select would result in zero records it would fail if Set Ifouroutput was on This was for the Itanium version only Suprtool would not properly store the number of bits to store on a bitwise operation in the if command or extract Itanium only The chain command would not work if a data set entry length was evenly divisable by 128 Itanium only Extract to a Logical targe
104. solve data processing problems In a task Suprtool reads information from a file or database selects and processes some information and writes out the result You can visualize a Suprtool task like this Input Suprtool Output Records selects and Records processes The examples that follow all consist of Suprtool tasks Simple solutions require only one task Complex solutions consist of several tasks often with the output of one task becoming the input for the next task Quick Start Guide for Suprtool e 23 Copying Files Copying One File Use the Input command to specify a data file gt input filel reclen 80 nolf gt output result gt xeq The Output command creates the file called result which is a copy of the input file Appending to a File To append to an existing file use the Append option in the Output command gt input file2 reclen 80 nolf gt output result append gt xeq Fields in Data Files What is a Self Describing File A self describing SD file is actually a pair of files one with data and the other with field information These files have the advantage of behaving like data files which can provide field information to Suprtool without you having to Define all the fields The Input command is also simpler because there is no need for either the Reclen or the LF parameters Creating an SD File To create an SD file use the Link option in the Output command gt select from sales
105. sort ename The select command can contain any expression or clause that is supported by the SQL database Some features e g ORDER BY may be done faster by Suprtool e g the Sort command Some Select commands can exceed the 256 character command line limitation The Select command however can be considerably larger if you use the read feature of the Select command This feature is similar to the If command read feature and is invoked by entering the Select command on a line by itself unlike If you do not specify read explicitly gt select ename salary tax_paid from scott employee order by ename f gt wow The Suprtool prompt changes from gt to after entering the Select command by itself on a line The entire command gets sent to the Select command parser after terminating with two slash marks or a blank line You might realize greater performance gains with the Select command if you specify only the columns that you need in your output file for either tables with many items or when you need only a couple of items from a given table The following Select command gt select coll col2 col3 from user account emp may be faster than gt select from user account emp Your mileage may vary Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Set Command S Enables or disables certain operating options within Suprtool These options are not reset by Xeq or Reset commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX SET SET SE
106. tells Suprtool to resolve any environment variables in any command The default value for VarSub is Off for backward compatibility Please note that Suprtool will not resolve any of its internal options such as LOOKUP DATE etc If you are using Suprtool for AMXW Suprtool will try to resolve CI variables with and then any environment variables left over VarsubCompat SET VARSUBCOMPAT ON OFF Initially OFF The Set VarsubCompat flag has been added to have variable substitution be more flexible On MPE variable substitution would pass the name of the variable thru to be parsed even if the variable was not set On HP UX the default behaviour was to return spaces if the environment variable was not set This is still the default behaviour however if you set varsubcompat on Suprtool will return the environment variable name similar to how MPE works with unresolved variables VarsubDebug SET VARSUBDEBUG ON OFF Initially OFF Suprtool now has a setting called Set VarsubDebug on which will print out the line after the variable substitution has occurred This setting only works if Set Varsub is on and Set VarsubDebug is on export outfile amp GREEN SUPRTEST filename 901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123 45678901 opt robelle bin suprtool SUPRTOOL UX Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2007 Version 5 4 Internal TUE OCT 30 2007 2 58 PM Type H for he gt set varsub on gt set varsubdebug
107. the character itself however it is probably most convenient to use the Decimal notation for the characters that you wish to clean The Decimal notation is indicated by the character Setting the Clean Character By default Suprtool will replace any of the characters specified in the clean command with a space You can specify what character to use to replace any of the characters that qualify with the following set command gt set CleanChar This will set the character to replace any of the qualifying to be cleaned characters to be a period Cleaning a Field You call the clean function the same way you normally use other functions available to if and extract For example ext addressl Sclean address1 shows how to clean the field address1 You do not necessarily need to have the target field be the same as the source field Suprtool Commands e 121 122 e Suprtool Commands def new address 1 30 ext new address clean address1 Cleaning your data An example of how easy it would be to clean your database of certain bad characters in byte type fields would be as follows gt base mydb 1 gt get customer gt clean 9 410 0 AT gt set cleanchar gt update gt ext address 1 gt ext address 2 gt ext address 3 gt xeq clean address 1 Sclean address 2 Sclean address 3 The above task will look at the three instances of address and replace the tab linefeed n
108. the details typically from the MPE manual that are specific to Suprtool for AMXW and not Suprtool for HP UX 54 e Command Details for AMXW Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Numrecs Command N Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Specify the size of the input file for tape files output file for datasets and the sort scratch file NUMRECS size percentage default size 10 000 or EOF of input source Parameters When you know that you are selecting a small subset of the entire input source use the Numrecs command to reduce the size of the sort scratch file and if required the size of the output file If you select more than size entries Suprtool prints a warning message and ignores the rest of the input records However the output file will have the records that were selected Use a percent sign to specify the Numrecs as a percentage of the input file size The percentage can range from 1 to 500 Using Numrecs for Tape Files The Numrecs command is required to read more than 10 000 records from a tape file Suppose you want to read a tape file with 30 000 records You would use the Numrecs command to increase the size of the output file define tape file gt file t dev tape gt input t specify Suprtool input gt numrecs 30000 make room for 30000 records gt output out2 output file will have room for gt xeq 30000 records Reducing File Sizes Suppose that the d sales dataset contains 100 000 entries but you use the
109. the output file is to obtain a quick listing of the ASCII fields in the input source The following example lists the Account Lastname and Firstname columns of the Customer table and separates them by two spaces gt open ora demo reader gt select from customer gt extract account gt extract input from a database use the Customer table account number will be first two spaces gt extract gt extract firstname gt output gt sort account gt exit two more spaces the customer s first name output the records to stdlist sorted by the account number gt extract lastname the customer s last name The following examples demonstrate other combinations of options on the Output command The entire Issues chapter of the manual should be reviewed for extended examples using the Output command Many Output options were intended for specific application areas 182 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt output newfile gt output accum append gt output keyfile key gt output transf num data gt output querynum num query gt output null If you want to find out how many records are qualified by some selection criteria without producing an output file send the output to null The Out count on stdlist displays the number of qualifying records Notes The output file must be an old existing file if the Append or Erase option has been specified Suprtool 5 4 for HP
110. the separator between the Ownername and Tablename Although this may seem like incorrect behaviour it was the best way to allow for backward compatibility and not breaking our other parsing behaviour and is documented here for completeness Examples The first example shows a typical Add task A self describing file s records are added to the table called customer This assumes that the self describing file has the same structure and that the field names are the same as the column names gt open oracle scott tiger open SQL database gt in custrecs input file you wish to add gt add customer specify the Oracle table gt exit execute the task Our next example shows how to add by redefining the fields from a self describing file into a table The names are redefined so that the field names being extracted will match those in the table of the SQL database Suprtool Commands e 83 gt open oracle scott tiger gt in custrecs open SQL database input file you wish to add gt def cust_addr address gt extract cust_name gt extract cust_addr gt add customer specify the Oracle table gt exit execute the task the names in the table extract data under the column name gt def cust_name custname redefine the items to match Another example shows input from a flat file gt open oracle scott tiger gt in salehist gt def cust_number 1 6 byte gt def item_no 7 10 byte gt def sales 18 4 double g
111. then report that file with Microfocus COBOL Eloquence Performance Suprtool UX has high speed dataset reads for Eloquence databases Suprtool for HP UX by default calls dbget to do serial reads however if you use Set FastRead On you will efficient large reads Testing has shown that the CPU time can be improved by anywhere from two to five times and Wall time has improved anywhere from two to six times faster In order to turn this feature on for all accesses you can put the command Set FastRead On into the file opt robelle suprmgr This means that Suprtool will use the faster reads for all runs of Suprtool Set FastRead On must be set prior to the Base command otherwise it will be ignored Starting with Suprtool version 5 1 Fastread is now on by default in the regular version of Suprtool for HP UX The regular version of Suprtool for HP UX AMXW refers to the version that does NOT use the ROBELLELIB_IMAGE variable to find and load the IMAGE intrinsics Sort Performance Suprtool UX uses its own set of sorting routines These routines are generally faster than the sorting algorithms provided with software tools and SQL databases If you have the right data Suprtool UX can sort much faster than other HP UX tools Because sort performance varies a lot from application to application we recommend that you test Suprtool UX in your own environment You can improve the performance of sort operations by moving the sort workspa
112. there is a File command abbreviated F in Dbedit gt base store pub 5 gt edit 1 m customer all e Uppercase or Lowercase You may enter letters in either uppercase or lowercase because Dbedit upshifts everything in the command line These two commands are identical LIST M CUSTOMER list m customer Continuation The maximum physical command line is 256 characters You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line The maximum total command length is 256 characters Multiple commands cannot be placed on one input line Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual The separating semicolon colon or comma in commands is REQUIRED not optional run suprtool pub robelle gt base store pub 5 open the database in Suprtool gt edit enter Dbedit list m customer use all of the defaults list m customer all list all records in m customer exit return to Suprtool Control Y If you press Control Y during an operation Dbedit responds by printing a blank line and stopping the current operation Please note that on HP UX the Control Y or Interrupt character may be defined as Control C Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line when they are surrounded by braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of each command line You can enter a comment as the only item in a Dbedit command li
113. this optional and make the default to return Nulls due to problems when using the to_char function in the select statement Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Pattern SET PATTERN NEW OLD Initially NEW Prior to Suprtool for MPE version 3 1 there was no method of checking for the 2 or characters in a pattern Version 3 1 introduced a new pattern matching routine adding an escape character amp and two new reserved characters A and Old Suprtool tasks that look for the specific characters amp or will not work with the new pattern matching routine Users who are concerned about this can add the following command to their opt robelle suprmegr file set pattern old Prefetch SET PREFETCH number This command is not supported in Suprtool UX Privmode SET PRIVMODE ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Progress SET PROGRESS Percent number Minimum number Initial amp Defaults Percent 5 Minimum 50000 The Set Progress command is used to turn the Suprtool progress report feature on or off The PERCENT value specified tells Suprtool by which percentage increment to report the progress messages of any given input or output phase The allowed range for set progress is from 0 to 25 the default is every 5 percent If the PERCENT parameter is not specified then the next parameter is considered to be the PERCENT value This is to remain compatible with some e
114. to assign the Myredo file as a persistent redo stack enter set redo myredo If the file does not exist Suprlink creates it Otherwise Suprlink uses the existing file All subsequent commands are written to the persistent redo stack The setting is valid for the duration of the Suprlink session As soon as you exit Suprlink the setting is discarded Next time you run Suprlink you will get the temporary stack If the file name is not qualified the redo stack is created in the current working directory This may be desirable if you want to have separate stacks If you want to always use the same persistent stacks you should qualify the name The Verify command shows which stack is currently in use If it shows lt temporary gt it means Suprlink is using the default stack Anything else is the name of the file used on the Set Redo command Concurrency When Suprlink uses the default temporary stack it is only accessible to that particular instance of Suprlink You can run as many Suprlink instances as you need and each one gets its own redo stack With temporary stacks you will never get into concurrency problems Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual If you start using a persistent redo stack however you might start running into concurrency problems A persistent redo stack can only be used by one Qedit instance at a time If you try to use a persistent redo stack that is already in use you will get the following message set r
115. to specify the number of implied decimal places in an item If you do not do this you must scale all numbers in the If command For example let s assume that you want to find all inventory records with a cost equal to 80 59 If you do not use the Item command your If command would look like this gt if cost 8059 no decimal places By telling Suprtool about the number of decimal places in the cost item your If command looks more natural which usually means you will make fewer mistakes Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt item cost decimal 2 gt if cost 80 59 decimal places included Numeric Conversion The If command can compare two numeric fields to each other not just one field to a constant All relation operators are supported lt lt lt gt gt and gt However you cannot compare a byte field to a numeric type field Suprtool usually converts the field on the left side of a relational operator to floating point Then the floating point number is converted into the type of the field on the right side of a relational operator and the comparison is done The exceptions to this rule are integer to double packed to packed and display to display comparisons which use a direct comparison algorithm Truncation errors can occur when Suprtool converts from one field type to floating point See also Accuracy and Numeric Truncation Arithmetic Expressions You can specify arithmetic expre
116. transfer the file is not important as long as it gets there in the same format including line separators Also note that the file should have an extension SQL Loader expects a dat extension by default The Oracle table should have all the necessary columns To create a table with the fields in Salefile you could use the following create table sales_details CUST_ACCOUNT dec 8 DELIV_DATE date PRODUCT_NO dec 8 PRODUCT_PRICE dec 8 2 PURCH_DATE date SALES_OTY dec 6 SALES_TAX dec 8 2 SALES_TOTAL dec 8 2 tablespace USERS SQL Loader requires what is known as a control file It contains the load specifications such as the data file the destination table the field delimiter the text field delimiters and the column specifications In this case the control file expsales ctl looks like this Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Example of STExport Output e 285 load data Specify input datafile dat extension is assumed Infile expsales Name of the table where the data is loaded Append new rows to existing data if any Append Into Table sales_details Fields are separated by commas Fields Terminated By Character fields are enclosed in double quotes Optionally Enclosed By Specify the column names as they appear es in the data records os For a Date type column specify the input format Example column Date YYYYMMDD CUST_ACCOUNT DELIV_D
117. value Days SHIP DATE will be zero and the resulting calculation will be a negative number Notes on Relative Dates The date and today functions always generate a constant from the date just as if you had typed it For example when run on February 13 2004 the follwing task gt item field date yymmdd gt if field gt Stoday is the same as gt if field gt 010213 Suprtool normally does no date conversion of the actual dates Dates that do not start with the year do not collate correctly so Suprtool does not allow relative 152 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX comparisons with them lt lt gt and gt although you may still compare for strict equality or inequality The following examples will be rejected by Suprtool gt item trans_date date ddmmyy gt if trans_date gt Sdate 1 first and amp trans_date lt S date 1 last Error Invalid date format for the comparison gt input myfile reclen 80 nolf gt define mydate 1 6 gt item mydate date ddmmyy e g 301100 gt define gt if mydate gt S date 00 11 01 Error Invalid date format for the comparison gt if mydate gt date 01 11 00 Error Invalid date Year 1 Month 11 Day 00 If the date format does not allow the specification of a certain day such as yymm ccyymm yyyymm aamm ccyy and mmyyyy then you do not need to specify the entire date format although Suprtool will allow
118. with the Open command Once Suprtool has opened the database use the Form command to obtain information about the tables in the database Use the Select command to choose what data to read from your Allbase database Allbase access is available as a separate add on module to Suprtool Data Types When you specify a Select command Suprtool figures out how to translate the Allbase internal data types into ones that Suprtool can process Not all Allbase data types can be processed by Suprtool The following table lists the Suprtool data type that corresponds to the Allbase data type Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Allbase Data Type Suprtool Data type Integer Double Smallint Integer Binary Not Supported Char Byte Varchar Byte Real Ieee 32 Float Ieee 64 Decimal Packed Numeric Packed TID Not Supported Date Byte Time Byte Datetime Byte Interval Byte Varbinary Not Supported Long binary Not Supported Long varbinary Not Supported Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 59 Date and Time Types Allbase has four types of fields that are associated with dates and times These fields are converted to byte type data and are returned with specific lengths The date and time fields are returned with the following byte lengths Data Type Length Date 10 Time 8 Datetime 23 Interval 8 Restrictions Suprtool cannot currently handle all Allbase database concepts The current restrictions are Suprtool requires that the ownername be specified w
119. with the way letter size rows and columns work on A4 paper simply do not add 2000 to the PCL code Roman 8 vs ASCII The PCL option requests a Roman 8 character set but some combination font cartridges only supply the ASCII character set half as many characters means twice as many fonts in a single cartridge If you ask for Landscape Lineprinter and get Landscape Courier instead your Lineprinter font probably has the ASCII character set instead of the Roman 8 character set To request an ASCII font add 1000 to the PCL code For example if you have a Super Cartridge 55 fonts in one use PCL 1001 1004 and 1006 To select both ASCII and A4 paper add 3000 Double Sided Printing on LaserJets The LaserJet IID and IID can print on both sides of the paper The Duplex keyword enables double sided printing on these printers gt list duplex Headings in Listings Specifying a Title in the List command forces Suprtool to produce a formatted listing with page headings page numbers today s date and the current time If you want just the date and page numbers use an empty string For example gt list title The following example prints a report on a LaserJet in Landscape sideways mode using the tiny Lineprinter font including a page heading with the title The physical command line limit is 256 characters As a result the maximum size of the heading is less than 256 characters because the List command and heading options need
120. with two date fields J2 items and in the date format yymmdd Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 73 Database STORE DB GREEN D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 1 M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE J2 9 PRODUCT NO Z8 13 M PRODUCT PRODUCT_PRICE J2 21 PURCH_DATE J2 25 SALES TY J1 29 SALES TAX J2 31 SALES_TOTAL J2 35 Capacity 602 14 Entries 10 Highwater 10 Bytes 38 First we need to know and understand our data Are there any invalid dates If so does the value have some other logical meaning gt get d sales gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt item purch_date date yymmdd gt if Sinvalid deliv date or Sinvalid purch_date gt list gt xeq gt GET D SALES 9 gt OUT SNULL 0 CUST ACCOUNT 10010 DELIV DATE 999999 PRODUCT NO 50513001 PRODUCT_PR 19220 PURCH_DATE 999999 SALES QTY 2 SALES TAX 269 SALES_TOTAL 21910 GET D SALES gt OUT SNULL 1 UST ACCOUNT 10010 DELIV DATE 125213 RODUCT NO 50513001 PRODUCT_PRICE 19220 URCH_DATE 1 SALES QTY 2691 SALES TAX 21910 SALES_TOTAL 21910 IN 10 OUT 2 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 In this example we see two records that do not contain proper dates The first record contains all 9s which is probably used as some sort of flag We may need to add 99 in front of these dates But the second record is obviously wrong We can use Dbedit to correct this before converting the other dates We need to know our data to
121. 0 TICE PACE VE ss e er es eves E E EE En E a a a e oee 200 LabeledTapeRewind sninen riete E oeae ea aE nE E piatebent neta 200 EETA EE AEE E E E E EEEE 200 TADIE S1Z6 rke eneee aee a e a ee a anase ie a ee E 201 Read Only oss os ie sencescastnsssacvesslaacdess eenaa a e a RNE devs encenscabsepatvebesvtsndnes eegtheeys 201 VAS ROERE AEEA EEEE ET EEA T EEEREN E AE EEEE deste VEE PAD RAES E EEE evade ctecel E EEE 201 ist Pate asen erranera a ae ae a aE eae a a en aaie 201 PASE PCE eo naeran aea a a a aeaea e e adea 202 List ME errar en nee a E e a e e o ae aie 203 List FormFeed herno rerea eene a aea e l iade 203 TOC LAON EAE PEENEST EE TEADET ET NEE EEEE ETSE EEEE E TAE EE 203 MakeAbsent e erresiren aea a ae ea e l i ad 204 IA D EAS clad cle AR EE AORE EEEE EEE ETARE E EESE TAE EE A 204 N MmB UG ercis peirer ireren e eeaeee n er oeo ITS E esen p e r e SREE EEES enS 204 OPenMOde aE S 205 Oracle ROWS EEEE EEE E 205 Oracle Inte Ber ARER E ET 205 OERO alaini ni D CPE EE 205 Oracle PassShift EE EERE EE EE EE AEE EES 206 Oracle SpaceNull EE EE T 206 Oracle ZerONul cccccccccccccccccccccececccccccececceeseseseseseseseseseseseseseseseseseeesseesseesseseseanaes 206 Patterned st ects hs cieree tice eet acest elena Laat ibe ae ht ee 207 an E AL E PATEE AEE EE ASEE AES se et edt te ba cats ath ais bd st bin odd eh it a aes 207 PYivimOd6 253 ccc EE Peete ec cet en ek sit Lae eth ae eb ee 207 PLOBTOSS sss cyss sbi desvedt seus esescictetistesetetsneds
122. 0001010 note negative value 2 s complement Result 2 11111111 11111111 2 11111111 11110110 1000000000 b high order 16 bits are non zero Result 2 00111011 10011010 2 11001010 00000000 Input Format The calculator supports different input formats for numbers Octal values are prefixed with a percent sign and hex values with a dollar sign An ASCII string of up to 4 characters is entered in quotes The result of the last calculation is referred to using 12 octal 12 or decimal 10 Resul 12 octal input and octal display format Resul 10 Resul 177766 octal number that is really negative 1t 10 0 abcd h 1t 61626364 use result of last calculation 1t 6162 97 98 ab 6364 99 100 cd Programmers who make use of the MPE DEBUG software are often frustrated with the format that Double Integer numbers are printed DEBUG prints them as two octal numbers Calculator accepts two octal numbers as input and prints the result in standard decimal format 228 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX 35632 145000 treat as one double integer value Result 1000000000 0 177777 177766 negative double integer value Result 10 0 Calculator Help It may be difficult to remember all of the various options that the calculator offers For this reason you can obtain a short description of the calculator by entering the following gives help prints a summary
123. 03 226 J Join COMMANA seescdsenkeorirsietis iia Join command example Sh Joni key elds sss tess ian r re sends ATi Julian dates n toe n tees Julian day number Ke JulianDay data format eee eeeeeeeseereeeeeees K Key commands cisccise duncan E A key fields input file key fields join file cece eeeecceseeeeeteeeeeeeeeneeenees Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX key fields link file 0 eee eeeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeeeee 348 Key option Key option Dbeditsss cin nann nenne na 300 K m shell eT a e a EERE aa KSAM files i KSAM order Of SOFrt eats nei a raionet 66 L labelled tapes nin nena nnn e aa landscape output Large files HP UX LaserJet we LG AGING Sididae dhe Sevens entesos e aean lessthan 2asote seer incoeeciecee even OES Libary Loading pre Libraries have not been loaded ccccscceesseeseeeeee 43 Limit option Dbedit 00 0 eee eeeeeesecneeeeeeteeeeeeee limits within Suprlink Ten iitS Sets Lies EEA EEA EEE EEES line feds iiss essa Oe i 48 184 270 Link command 169 325 348 Link file maximum block size Link file maximum fields 00ccceeeececeeeeeeeeee Link file maximum number of Link file maximum record length eee 363 Tink Key FELAS i5 occ e r E a et 348 Link option linkine files oo ikec elie eee tool stale a scsebets 327 List clears ser n 43 5 sc3edscecees sasesdebsssecessvesdseesves deveieess 172 List command
124. 22 EEE 22 22r F 2222 Signs As shown in the example above there are also numerous format characters for numeric edits including four ways to specify the sign You can specify a sign with or the typical accounting specification of CR and DB You will note in the example above that the cr in the mask was up shifted to be CR This is because the entire mask is up shifted as the mask is being parsed You can specify more than one sign in a numeric field edit although Suprtool will give you a warning that having two sign edit mask characters does not really make sense Cobol gives a Questionable warning when compiling an edit mask with two sign characters Suprtool will apply the sign in both places Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Keep in mind that most data has three states Postive Negative Neutral Any neutral data will not display the sign If you specify a sign in the edit mask wow and the data is negative it will of course display a sign Decimal Places For numeric type edits Suprtool attempts to adjust the data according to the number of decimal places in the edit mask when compared to the number of decimal places defined in the field For example if the data field has one decimal place and the edit mask has two decimal places then the data is adjusted Data and Edit mask 102 3 ZZZZ 99 will result in the final data being 102 30 Similarly if the data has three decimal places and the
125. 25 the first sub item is the default if no subscript is specified You can sort on any sub item by specifying the subscript For example gt sort address 2 sorts on 2nd sub item Descending vs Ascending Order By default sorts are done in ascending order Descending specifies that the field is to be sorted in descending order Examples The most common use of the Sort command is to specify a sort field of a database field You may use the Key command to specify all sorts We recommend that the Sort command be used wherever possible If the structure of your database changes your Suprtool tasks still work if sort fields are specified with the Sort command gt open oracle demo reader gt select from sales input from a table gt sort account primary sort field gt sort purchased desc newest transactions first gt output dsales write the sorted records to a disc file gt exit In the next example we sort a disc file We create a field using the Define command Rather than using the Key command we use the Sort command to specify the sort field If the disc file changes only the Define command must be changed gt input invent input is from a disc file gt define a 11 2 int A is an integer that starts gt output outfile at the 11th byte of Invent gt sort a A field gt exit sort the input records by the With the dataset form of the Input command we can have even greater flexibility
126. 391 BIN NO gt 10 In this case you will not be prompted for LAST SHIP DATE ON HAND QTY or UNIT COST Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual In the Modify command you can specify a set of fields to modify Dbedit will not prompt you for new values for any other fields For example mod d inventory unit cost only modify UNIT COST SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons prompt for search value PRODUCT NO gt 105391 prompt for another one Enter new values or lt return gt to leave as is SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons prints the search value PRODUCT NO gt 105391 prints the other one UNIT COST gt 500 prints existing value prompts for new value In this case you will not be prompted for BIN NO ON HAND QTY or LAST SHIP DATE When working on a single dataset it is only necessary to specify the dataset name in the first command For example list d inventory SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons list use the previous file parameter SUPPLIER NAME gt Option Parameter The file parameter and the options must be separated by a semicolon command file option The available options are numeric value All Key Limit Related UNder UPdatekey These options qualify the operation of the File List Modify Change Delete and Add commands Some options only apply to one command Options can be combined and can be abbreviated When more than one option is specified each option must be sepa
127. 4 12 P8 into human readable ASCII form You can use STExport or Suprtool s Output Ascii or Output Display commands Suprtool Commands e 125 If you want to convert only some of your numeric fields you can use Suprtool s numeric conversion to convert binary fields to display fields For example here is a conversion of a J4 field to an Z18 field define mynumber 1 18 display get dataset extract some fields extract mynumber binary number output filename xeq You can also use the Edit function to format and directly convert to byte format Edit Function Suprtool can format fields using edit mask features similar to edit mask features of Cobol Suprtool employs two distinct types of edit masks one for byte type fields and the other for numeric fields The type of mask utilized depends on the source type of the field If the source field is numeric then the numeric edit mask logic is applied if the source field is byte type then the byte edit mask logic and characters apply The target field must always be a byte type field Placeholders and Format Characters An edit mask consists of placeholder characters such as 9 for a numeric column and format characters such as for the decimal place Sometimes an edit mask character acts as both a placeholder and a format character such as the in floating dollar signs Byte Type Formatting For Byte type fields there are two placeholder characters The
128. 8 e Welcome to Suprtool Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Version 5 4 Highlights in HP UX version 5 4 Suprtool for HP UX on Itanium would fail with an HPPAC error if the field had spaces when reading a display field The Eloquence loading algorithm has been changed to make another attempt at loading the routines The Output command has been enhanced to accept a new verb else which when invoked it will write out the records that do not qualify and write them to an external file Highlights in HP UX version 5 3 Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX The Add command which adds an input file to an Oracle table now allows for the syntax of ownername tablename A Select operation on an empty table or if the select would result in zero records it would fail if Set Ifouroutput was on Itanium only Suprtool would not properly store the number of bits to store on a bitwise operation in the if command or extract Itanium only The chain command would not work if a data set entry length was evenly divisable by 128 Itanium only Extract to a Logical target would produce a zero result Itanium only An extract with a arithmetic divide would not round properly if the target field was an single integer double integer quad integer single logical or double logicals Itanium only Suprtool would fail with Stack Overflow message or simply fail when loading a table with the sorted option if the key data type was a double integer small integer or
129. A in California We now have a self describing file with all the customers from California sorted by the customer number Next we select all invoices over 2 000 00 and sort them into customer number sequence select all invoices over 2 000 00 sort and link key again remember the link option gt select from d_invoice gt if amount gt 200000 gt sort custnum gt output invoices link gt exit If we specify the cust file as input the Output file will only contain one invoice per customer Because we want to produce a report of all the selected invoices we specify it as the input file t tinput invoices driving input file custnum is the key link customer combined with customers toutput invcust produces the file we want texit Each record of the invcust file will have both the invoice information and the customer information for each invoice of the Input file i e one record per invoice What happens if there is no customer record for a specific invoice In this case the invoice record does not appear in the Output file To force Suprlink to include these records use the optional keyword on the Link command sorted by custnum don t exclude invoices if the customer information iS missing input invoices link customer optional output invcust exit Suprlink can join files together that have multiple key records in each file what has been
130. AAN Status The supr status field returns a 0 if the command line was sent to Suprtool without incident or one of the error numbers shown as 88 levels Command Line The supr command line can contain any Suprtool command Use the same format that you use in typing commands into Suprtool You don t need to enter commands as a single string of 256 characters in a single call to the interface You may use to send several commands in one string or you may use the amp mechanism to continue commands The final call must have Exit as the command alone and left justified in the command line The final Exit command can be in uppercase or lowercase but cannot be abbreviated OS commands can be passed into the interface and Suprtool will execute them Welcome to Calling Suprtool e 361 Priority This setting has no effect on HP UX and is included solely for compatibility reasons Maxdata This setting has no effect on HP UX and is included solely for compatibility reasons Print State If the supr print state contains AL the output from Suprtool will always be printed on stdlist If the state is NE the output will never be printed If the state is ER or blank the output will be printed only if Suprtool aborts due to an error Total Type The supr total type determines the format of the supr totals array If you call Suprtool2 from COBOL you should use CO The COBOL format is display with leading zeros and a t
131. ATE date YYYYMMDD PRODUCT_NO PRODUCT_PRICE PURCH_DATE date YYYYMMDD SALES_OTY SALES_TAX SALES_TOTAL In its simplest form SQL Loader is invoked with the following command sqlload userid username password control expsales ctl log expsales log The username and password are valid Oracle connect information SQL Loader reads the load specifications from the file specified in the control keyword It writes operation information and statistics to the file specified in the Jog keyword It also creates a number of files to report data problems etc SQL Loader has many other options to control the load task Refer to the appropriate Oracle documentation for details 286 Example of STExport Output Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Limits Within STExport Maximums Delimiter Maximum Length 3 Bytes The delimiter must appear between every field in the output record To help avoid exceeding the maximum output record length the maximum delimiter length is three characters Input File Maximum Record Size 4096 Bytes We recommend that you use Suprtool s Extract command to minimize the input record size Input File Maximum Fields 255 If you must have more than 255 fields use Suprtool s Define and Extract commands to extract several fields as one contiguous series of bytes Output File Maximum Record Size 4096 Bytes When formatting many fields it is possible to produce large output records
132. Commands input students link majors by ssn cmaj from amp ssn curmajor output outfile exit Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line when they are surrounded by braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of each command line You can enter a comment as the only item in a Suprlink command line When continuing command lines the comment can appear before or after the continuation character link customer records to invoices input invoices sorted by custnum link customer combined with customers output invcust produces the file we want exit HP UX Commands Suprlink also accepts HP UX commands with or without an exclamation mark or colon 1s 1s For commands that are the same in both Suprlink and HP UX Suprlink only executes the HP UX command if you type the exclamation mark or colon For example set you get Suprlink Set command set you get HP UX Set command ksh Suprlink UX executes and HP UX command e g ls or script file File Names Suprlink s Input Link and Output commands accept any valid HP UX file name File names are currently limited to a maximum of 240 characters Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression This feature can be used to compute blocking factors and do other calculations without the need of an electronic calculator You can obta
133. Compound fields have a question mark for the type and the length is the number of bytes in the field Sort information about the file is missing Here is an example form listing Sform custfile File custfile SD Version A 00 00 Has linefeeds Entry Offset CHARACTER ZONED INTEGER single integer DOUBLE double integer PACKED room for five digits length is five bytes room for five digits QUAD eight byte integer REPEATINT compound field LOGICAL single logical DBLLOG double logical Entry Length 44 Blocking B 00 00 Link Output Option These self describing files contain information about how the file was sorted Compound fields are handled correctly so the Form command shows compound fields just as you would see them in IMAGE The Item command in Suprtool identifies the date format or the number of decimal places of an item The Link output option saves the date and decimal attributes as part of the field description Sform custfile File datafile SD Version B 00 00 Has Linefeeds Entry Offset CHARACTER lt lt Sort 1 gt gt REPEATINT compound field DATE lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt DOLLAR lt lt 1 2 gt gt Entry Length 16 Blocking Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Heading Command HEA Specify a heading if any that appears as the first record of the output file HEADING NONE FIELDNAMES string ADD string COLUMN string Default None When importing data into o
134. DO The Do command will repeat without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples listredo o do previous command again 39 do command line 39 again 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 again link do most recent Link command grep do last starting with grep grep job do last grep job command job cA 17 5 57 do last containing job do command before previous do by relative line number do command lines 5 to last O O O 0O 0O 0 0 0 Notes The Do command cannot be abbreviated Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 334 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Exit Command E Exit Suprlink in one of three ways By default perform the current linkage task if any then leave Suprlink Users are often frustrated when they
135. G en ee a ee ee 27 Sting OF DPS hots eet ot es edocs teed ME a ee ee A 27 Selecting by Date ce sts capes ste span ete ote eteee di eek Ee Rte ete te ea 27 Select by Today s Date senera spenn ee a a tenet reine 28 Select by Particular Date oranin e e eh obese E A tole ee 28 Select by Yeates el eth a ea eden eo ee ee A 28 select Prior Month 2 ccs ke deci eye ie a ei a rae aa 28 Selecting by Lists of Values o5 cc cc asecefocescetescesets corneei ie luaeesebestvde oneens kias ee ei 29 Finding Data Based on a List 0 ec ceeceeceseceeecseecseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeseesecsaecaeenaecsaeenee 29 Finding Data Based on a File oo cece ceeceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeesecesecsecaeesaecsaeenes 29 Finding Data Based on Another Table s Criteria 0 0 0 ee cee ceecceecesecesecesecnseeseenes 30 Finding Data in a Data File oo eee cee cseecneeceeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseesecsaecsaeesaecsaeeaee 30 Sorting Database Records eee cesecseecseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeecsecaecsaecsaecsaecaeecseseseseeeeseeeereeeesees 30 Sort Recordsi esei neoan teia ti ee Al See eh EO Reeve ies 30 Sort Records in Descending Order 0 eee eeeeseceseceseceeecseeeaeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneensees 31 Sort by Multiple Keys sirensis eee ee ceseeseceeecesecesecesecesecsaecsaecaeecseseseseaeseeeeseeeseeseensees 31 Duplicate Records isn nsn ir oerein Soteces cube Behe OTe cus 8 Seks do bch E S dacudbacvecd dete locsaoesebeetetoes 31 Report without Duplicate Records 20 cee cece cse
136. II character The number the actual ASCII value or letter A means control A must follow immediately after the character Suprtool treats character constants as strings When you extract the constant to a field longer than one byte Suprtool pads it with spaces gt define field 1 1 gt ext field 0 gt ext field G byte field binary zero Control G bell escape Roman 8 box Euro currency symbol gt ext field 2a gt ext field A22 gt ext field 186 You can also extract the constant directly without referring to a defined field This always produces a one byte constant with no blank padding 0 413 10 AM J 27 amp dB binary zero Carriage Return Line Feed CR LF again escape sequence Dates Extracting Today s Date To extract today s date use the following gt item field date ccyymmdd identify date format of field gt extract field Stoday today s date gt extract field Stoday 1 yesterday s date gt extract field Stoday 1 tomorrow s date Use the Item command to qualify the field as a date Suprtool uses the date format to determine the output format of the date The today function accepts one optional argument which is the number of days before or after today The maximum number of days in either direction is 9999 Oracle dates include both the date and the time If you extract an Oracle date using today the time is
137. IMAGE master dataset chain head errors in deleting entries from an input dataset or putting records to a detail dataset a record changed before Suprtool could delete it Traps on divide by zero or bad numeric data are not available as yet InitExtents SET INITEXTENTS ON OFF Initially OFF Set InitExtents has no effect on Suprtool for HP UX ltemAbbreviateDate SET ITEMABBREVIATEDATE ON OFF Initially ON The specification of the Date format within the Item command by default expects the entire keyword For example for the date format of Calendar you would have to specify the entire token of Calendar If you Set ItemAbbreviateDate On you would only have to specify CAL for the Calendar date format Suprtool Commands e 199 200 e Supriool Commands ItemLock SET ITEMLOCK lt fieldname gt Initially Spaces Item Level locking on Deletes and Updates can be invoked during a task with the Set itemlock command For example run suprtool pub robelle base order 1 get dline set itemlock item num del out save link exit The Set command must be specified after the Base and Get Chain have been specified This field setting is reset after each task Item Level locking is not invoked for PUT operations There are some cases where Suprtool needs to use the lock descriptor when doing a dblock mode 5 which is an unconditional Item Level lock however it may appear as if it is doing a set level lock however since
138. If command to select 15 of the entries We would specify 15 as the percentage on the Numrecs command to reduce the size of the sort scratch file and the output file specify input specify 15000 as file size select a subset of d sales sort using the dataset path output file will have room for 15000 records gt get d sales gt numrecs 15 gt if sales qty lt 100 gt sort cust account gt output out2 gt xeq MPE Files vs Datasets When you specify a source of records using the Input command as opposed to reading a dataset using the Get or Chain command Suprtool attempts to duplicate all of the input file s attributes in the output file This includes the file limit For this reason the Numrecs value is ignored if the output file limit is smaller than the input file limit Numrecs is still useful when reading MPE files to reduce the size of the sort scratch file Appending to Files When you want to create a file that you can append to later you need to use both the Numrecs command and the Set Squeeze Off command Command Details for AMXW e 55 gt get d sales gt numrecs 200 output file will have extra room gt set squeeze off reserve room between EOF and LIMIT gt output dsale gt xeq gt get d history gt output dsale append dsale has room for appending gt xeq Set Commands AMXW Externalsd SET AMXW External sd ON OFF Default OFF Suprtool for AMXW now ha
139. JL2H1L2 an overflow exception would occur Numeric field edit masks Our edit masks for numeric fields are patterned after those in COBOL We provide four placeholder characters each with a slightly different effect 9 insert a digit from 0 to 9 in this position if you specify more than one dollar sign you get a floating dollar sign This means that there can be as many numeric positions as there are dollar signs but if some positions are not needed because the value is small the floats to the right next to the first digit and the preceding positions are blank x _ if there are enough digits in the value the position is replaced by a numeric digit if not an asterisk is printed Leading asterisks are often used for check writing so that no one can insert a different value Wom z insert a numeric digit at this position if the rest of the data to the left is a zero then a space will be placed at this position For example gt ext a Sedit int field 5 99 gt ext b Sedit int field 99 999 99 gt ext c Sedit int field cr99999 99 gt ext d Sedit int field 9999 99 gt ext e Sedit int field 99 gt ext f Sedit int field zz zzz 99 gt list gt xeq gt IN FILE1SD NEIL GREEN 0 gt OUT SNULL 0 11 11 B 00 011 11 CROO011 11 D 0011 11 Ss RO Iie Li F 11 11 gt IN FILE1SD NEIL GREEN 1 gt OUT SNULL 1 22 22 B 00 022 22 CROO0022 22 D 0022
140. ML to produce Web pages for either Internet or Intranet applications HTML NONE PREFORMATTED TABLE TITLE string HEADING string Default None Web applications expect data in a special format called the Hypertext Markup Language HTML Use the HTML option to request that STExport format the input file into HTML format Example Maximum Size of HTML Files Web browsers often cannot process large documents The maximum size depends on the browser the version of that browser the operating system it is working on and how much physical memory is present on the client machine We suggest that you limit your Web pages to less than 1 000 lines and restrict the number of columns unless you are certain that your users can handle larger files This advice reflects not so much a limitation of STExport but a limitation of how Web browsers work Preformatted Format To preserve the columns and spacing of each output line use the HTML Preformatted option This option puts an HTML lt pre gt tag around all the data in the input file Most Web browsers will display preformatted text in a fixed width font such as Courier Therefore if you specify HTML Preformatted you should also select Columns Fixed Table Format Use HTML Table to create output in HTML table format STExport creates tables with a border between each column and row Tables make it easier to read tabular information but some older browers do not support tables If
141. MXW Perf Write orero cerien oeron ripota eeter Er ea Ea TE EEEE E oi 56 Pile COd Gio e oneee reiner T E EE EErEE T E ETET 56 Se yA E EEEE EEA E shoes seoeSUbHS Ge saptsee DAA eess 57 Suprtool Issues and Solutions 58 AY SuprtroOl Task TEREE E ESET ETT 58 Input CHOICES a ar rr rrr a a parae ea e EEE e aa Sask E SEEE EEEa ESEE EARE IESER EEE oae 58 Processing Selections 23 cesces2s0 c3 oora essere eee e eot SESSE e Eea TESKE SEE Etna IESS EES EEEE Sat 58 Output OI toie AEE ET T tastes tenses eeeds 58 Large File OU pOT a e rar Gites cos ae e Erare aa taal E EE EE Eea TESE ESEE ap Eea esters statin 59 Suprtool and Allbases sss csectecesssssessscetsteesce See sce rT E EEEE task ITEE EEEa TE SEESE LEARE IES EKSE EES oaae 59 IDETE mA Ba EE EE A biviasestend stk een oettee 59 Date and Time Typeset lt 3scisc0d 0 hssinsed sce sietecescent teats Terr SEa TEO EE Es Eana ASSER EES aas 60 eLA Teol RAEE EEEE 60 Suprtool and Ordclen e n a a A ee Ge ee De iE 60 IDEE EA Aa IEEE E E EE eae i a een a he ee ei E SE 60 Number Data T YPS rre a chee eh n E eee a 61 Order BY vs SOT ss cee ch Raed ae pk eet Reagent gee ee Ras 6l RESECICHONS a a ee EE a E teas 61 SPU mx Wt e e wettest ee ee a hee aes he deen A ed 62 Installations sto8 bid ave ee eis Re RL eo epee ee a 62 SDU mx Parameters rsa p e ioe Me a eae ar ees 63 LF vs NOLE ssid cet esa inated A i de 63 EXaMples 258 i estevaseeeg tet so RG oe eleed tue Sep 8 eet eaten te cet ee Hot tae 63 Link yS
142. Parameters oeseri E r ete hates Be eed 294 File Parameter s 2 2c EE werent aie Bae 294 Option Parameter sesi rinier e ri es re EEE Eor eE E rE es EEEE TO EE E E ET rei 295 Numeric Valtle Option ss c 1 csessccgeint cope ssteestbat op chsesedbeiebubes saeuastvee eyes Ee E r Ere 295 TANDEN DITO i PAETE S E A T Geta eee 295 Key OPHION sisareen esene o Ea a E TE A Eo EEEE TE E E rE She 296 Lamit Optom EAEE EET ati be ae 296 Related Options spirione oeei rieira tbe atoer Er TEE TE EE rE et 296 Under OPi ON riensi asne enron eers Er E ap E E E arises E EEE ae 297 Updatekey OPtON sisisi hierer ieii reeter EErEE E EE E hee E r rE 297 EaI eraann a10 KERE E TTE 297 Add Command A nee i eE ee rE E EEE RT ER Tietas 299 Before Command B einn e a EE EEE a T E ES rN 300 Change Command C nerenin r E E E E EE EE E EE E 301 Delete Command D errn e a EE EE TE E ieena 302 Do Command DO ker e E cates cus EEE EEE a ETER i Tin 303 Exit Command E e eaa eei eaten ci an E EE EEEE E rT EER E TETN 304 File Command F e eree eiaa reei cates sui ari REE EEE a ET EERE ri T ikna 305 Form Commianid FO inn e a aden eE E E EEEa a essences ikta 306 Help Command H reinen a r E E E R A TE 307 List Command LE ereina erreen EE ede EEE E EE EERE E a EATER E Eeee 308 Listredo Command LISTREDO cccccsscccessseceessececeeseeecseeaececseeecseaeeecseeeeeessseeeeneaes 309 Modify Command M nnna e a a a e a a a Se 310 Comimaiid i LO N
143. R open for read access only gt chain d sales cust account 1234 read the sales records for customer 1234 gt out outl gt xeq If you want to select sales records for more than one customer you would use gt chain d sales cust account 12345 67890 39201 gt out out2 gt xeq Values with Decimal Places You can specify values with decimal places for search fields with implied decimal places For example gt item unit cost decimal 2 two implied decimal points gt chain d inventory unit cost 10 10 5 10 75 gt out out3 select records for 1000 1050 and 1075 gt xeq Selection with a Table You can specify the records to read using a table The Table command may appear before or after the Chain command Use this option when you have a file of key values to search for gt select the sales records that match the values in custfile gt chain d sales cust account sales table gt table sales table cust account file custfile gt out out4 gt xeq Combining Chain with If The Chain command selects an input dataset and a set of key values to search for To specify additional selection criteria use the Chain command to specify the key values and the If command for the additional selection criteria Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 89 gt select records for customer 1234 where the sales qty is gt greater than 100 gt chain d sales cust account 1234 gt if sales qty gt
144. SIOE Ep S 23 At Rar MA eN E E ERE ET T 23 oD Aake T NR EAER T EE 24 Copying One File T rare ae a e iae tak Sa EEEE SEa E EEES Ea IESE EESE EEEE 24 Appendine toa Fale sa hiiren a a ae A A E ATER EL sonata o ERES TERES 24 Fieldsin Da Files a sec aa aa e Ere a oa a EEE E TEE ESEE ip Eea S EREET EEE 24 What is a Self Describing File c s2 c sccesecsssessesegfastiptesascessieesstetseesessasenssascanscoebevenes 24 Creating oo DA Rri Ce sceesdesseesceed task is tagasten te casttsuseesceud tastes tans stet tienes 24 Detine Fields 1m a Data FIle i csscsssesvesssceesecsscessese fash iptesascessieesstotseesosvaseussastansctebeveses 24 Create an SD File from a Data Pile cs sc sccisscsccsessesscpsssasteestcesscessossesvssenssessenssoeocsenes 25 Repeating Commands sisscc cisecstetssesoecsscaassstevesoeetvckesdstcescessstask sp EEEE EES ha TEE ESEE ip Eaa S ESERSE EES oa 25 Repeating a Commands cissscssc ccfccessisseescbesdetsvescesdsteassesisestendeeasdeisosseesdspssese tezectendeeess 25 Selecting Database Records ciscisscsscstscesbsessceseebiesestdevssesnes eeo sstsnscdebevavessetseasoersavest sadabasdeesieess 26 select All Records 5 2 itl a neh ae A ee te a ei 26 Look at the First Few Records cies cesecsecseecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseesseessecsaeenaecsaeenes 26 selecting by Criteria sniene Ae lie ete lien ie ee A a eee ee ee 27 Simple Criteria s2 a tensions ee seheee tito Meith ai et er ae 27 Complex Cnitera lt 5 3 ogra thee HER
145. Setoa char field abcdef You cannot extract a range of fields using etoa or atoe Notes The Extract command is valid only with Output xxx data Output xxx data ynum Output xxx query Output xxx link Output xxx ascii Output xxx prn The Extract occurs logically after the sort phase if any but prior to the final Output Put or List An If command can refer to fields of the input record that are not included in the extracted output record The sort keys can be fields that are not among those extracted If the extracted record length is shorter than the input record length Suprtool attempts to speed up sorts by doing the extract before sorting Suprtool can only do the extract before sorting if the output option is DATA the default QUERY or LINK and all of the sort keys are included in the Extracted fields One advantage of not using the Extract command is that the output file from Suprtool has exactly the same format as the input dataset which created the file You can then use the setname option of the Input command to define all of the fields in Suprtool Commands e 131 the output file Even if you change your database structure many of your job streams that use Suprtool and the setname option will not have to be changed 132 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Form Command F The Form command displays information about an Eloquence or SQL database or the current Select command or the fields in a self descr
146. Suprlink and Dbedit components is a utility program You run it either interactively or in a batch job and feed it commands to define a task to be done How would a user application program invoke Suprtool to perform a desired task Unfortunately the user program would have little control over when the batch job started or finished To solve this problem Robelle provides an interface routine that will run Suprtool for a user program and pass commands from the program to Suprtool the same commands you would type into Suprtool This routine procedure subroutine intrinsic allows user programs to call Suprtool A typical use of this interface would be for a COBOL program to ask Suprtool to extract a selected subset from a large IMAGE dataset and write it to a disc file which the COBOL program would then read and format into a report Suprtool2 Routine The interface routine is called Suprtool2 not Suprtool User programs written in nearly any language can call Suprtool2 and ask Suprtool to do any of the normal Suprtool tasks such as copy extract or sort The routine creates Suprtool as a son process The user program instructs Suprtool by calling the Suprtool2 routine repeatedly with Suprtool command lines When the first Suprtool command is sent the interface builds temporary files which will be used for input and output to Suprtool When the user program sends an Exit command in a separate call to the interface the interface cr
147. Suprtool chapter of the Suprtool User Manual for more details on how to install both Suprtool and STExport 232 e Welcome to STExport Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Accessing STExport How To Run STExport To access STExport type the following command opt robelle bin stexport STExport Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1999 2010 Version 5 4 After a short pause STExport takes over your terminal and prints out some identifying information You will notice that your command prompt has changed to telling you that you have made it into STExport STExport expects you to type command lines ending each one with Return How to Xeq an STExport Task Normally you enter a series of commands These commands specify the Input file the Output file and the formatting options Finally you enter an Xeq or an Exit command This begins the actual STExport task If you entered the Exit command STExport finishes the current task then returns you to the operating system or the program that ran STExport SEXIT If you entered the Xeq command STExport finishes the current task then prompts you for another task This continues until you enter the Exit command If you wish to terminate STExport immediately perhaps you are confused enter Exit Abort This terminates the STExport program immediately without attempting any task Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable Some file names are hardcoded into STExport
148. Suprtool behaves will be dependent on your specific application and data What If Have Four Digit Years If your dates have four digit years Suprtool should work as expected Selection based on the today or date features will select dates in both the twentieth and twenty first centuries Dates that do not collate correctly e g mmddccyy will not be accepted by Suprtool s If command for relative selection e g lt lt gt or gt If you Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 69 have these date formats you can use the stddate function converts any date format to a ccyymmdd type date Suprtool as it has always done will continue to sort dates based on their numeric value and not on any implied date order In Suprtool 4 0 we introduced some new command parsing features that let you control how Suprtool parses the year of the date function You can either use two digit years by applying a cutoff rule or you can force all years to be specified as four digits What does Set Date Cutoff do Date Cutoff tells Suprtool what century to use when Suprtool generates a constant date value from the date function Before version 4 0 Suprtool would assume 19 for the century for any user specified date with a two digit year For example gt item date field date ccyymmdd gt if date field lt date 40 12 26 Previously the date function would convert the user specified date to 1940 12 26 in order for it to be compared t
149. Suprtool cannot be absolutely certain of the total number of records Therefore the percentage calculation is estimated Prompt SET PROMPT character Initially gt PROMPT tells Suprtool which character to use for prompting Any special character can be used as the prompt character For example opt robelle bin suprtool gt set prompt Sopen oracle demo reader RealMap SET RealMap ONI OFF Initially ON Previously Suprtool would treat an R type field in an Eloquence database as an R type while the data inside Eloquence was stored and treated as IEEE therefore incorrect results would occur with coercions and arithmetic operations Suprtool now by default maps all Real and Long fields to their respective IEEE fields You can change Suprtool back to the previous behaviour with Set RealMap Off A form command will still show the fields as being R2 or R but internally Suprtool will treat as IEEE which is how Eloquence stores and treats the numbers This will also include Self Describing files as being the input source Suprtool will still not allow the definition of a Real or Long datatype Consequently STExport will now support items in SD files that are condidered R type however it correctly will map them to IEEE Recover SET RECOVER ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Redo SET REDO filename Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Initially none Commands that you
150. Suprtool for HP UX could be working against different Image call interpreters Interactive SET INTERACTIVE ON OFF Initially depends If you run Suprtool from a session Set Interactive is On If you run Suprtool from a batch job or with Stdin or Stdlist re directed Set Interactive is Off When it is On Suprtool waits for answers to questions and continues processing even if there are errors When it is Off Suprtool aborts on any error assumes the correct answer to any question and generally acts as if there is not an intelligent being typing in the command Suprtool chooses the correct answer which allows the task to continue In most cases this is the default answer However there are cases where Suprtool picks a different answer from the default For example an output filename erase command has a default answer of no but with Interactive Off Suprtool uses the answer yes However if you run Suprtool on a Remote Session that was created from a batch job Set Interactive is On even though you are NOT interactive If you wish to have proper batch error processing your first command after starting Suprtool should be Set Interactive Off Set Interactive Off is also useful when automating on line tasks with usefiles LabelledTapeRewind SET LABELLEDTAPEREWIND ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Limits SET LIMITS MPE ONIOFF READONLY ONIOFF Tablesize size Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4
151. T SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET ALLBASE ROWS number ARITHMETIC CLASSICHEEE has no effect in Suprtool UX BASECLOSE ONIOFF not supported in Suprtool UX BLOCKSIZE size has no effect in Suprtool UX BUFFER size has no effect in Suprtool UX CLEANCHAR lt string gt CURRENCYSYMBOL lt string gt DATE CUTOFF number DATE FORCECENTURY ONIOFF DATE IFYY2000ERROR ONIOFF DATE MAPTOPHDATES8 ONIOFF DECIMALSYMBOL lt string gt DEFER ONIOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX DUMPONERROR ONIOFF EDITSTOPERROR ONIOFF EOFREAD ONIOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX FASTREAD ONIOFF FILECODE number not supported in Suprtool UX FILENAME HelplLinklEditlHintlExportlOutcount filename FIRSTREC 011 has no effect in Suprtool UX HINTS ONIOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX HPUXCndErr lt string gt IFCHECK ONIOFF IGNORE ONIOFF has some effect in Suprtool UX ITEMABBREVIATEDATE ONIOFF ITEMLOCK lt fieldname gt INTERACTIVE ONIOFF LABELLEDTAPEREWIND ONIOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX LIMITS Mpe ONIOFF ReadOnly ONIOFF Tablesize size LIST DATE number LIST PCL 011121341516 LIST TIME number Suprtool Commands e 191 192 e Suprtool Commands SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET LOCK number has no effect
152. UMPONERROR Suprtool attempts to produce a formatted listing of records that cause a database error The information printed may include the input record number the output record number and the data values of the record Suprtool uses current options of the List command to print the data values If no List command is specified Suprtool uses the List defaults EditStopError SET EDITSTOPERROR ON OFF Initially OFF An edit mask is limited to 32 characters in total for both numeric and byte type fields If data overflows the edit mask by default Suprtool will fill that field with asterisks To have Suprtool stop when it encounters an overflow when applying the edit mask just turn on editstoperror gt set editstoperror on This will force Suprtool to stop if there is data left over to place when applying the edit mask With numeric type fields leading zeroes do not cause overflow With byte type fields spaces do not cause overflow Eofread SET EOFREAD ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX FastRead SET FASTREAD ON OFF Initially ON some versions Regular Suprtool for HP UX version without Dynamic Image Loading will initially have the Fastread option on The Dynamic Loading version has the Fastread option initially off Testing has shown that the CPU time can be improved by anywhere from two to five times and Wall time has improved anywhere from two to six times faster You can enable or disable this f
153. X User Manual STExport Commands e 265 Output Command O 266 STExport Commands Specifies the Output file OUTPUT filename ERASE LF NOLF By default the Output file is named Output If you specify Columns None the output file will have variable length records When Columns Fixed is specified STExport creates the output file with fixed length records Line Feeds STExport s Output command allows the user to specify whether the output file has line feeds Normally STExport determines whether to write out line feeds from the self describing file If the self describing file does not have line feeds then the resulting file from the STExport task will not have line feeds This caused problems for some programs that import the file or for some browsers that use the HTML option You can now explicitly specify line feeds in the output file by using the LF option in ora customer Sout filelex 1f Sexit To specify that line feeds are not written out to the file you can use the NOLF option Sin ora customer Sout filelex nolf Sexit Stdlist If the output file name is each output record is written to stdlist This is useful for trying out different formatting combinations until you find the one that best fits the application that you want to import data into For example change one option view the result change a different option and so on Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Q
154. Y Suprtool interface error number SUPR STATUS DISPLAY SUPR COMMAND LINE GOBACK END IF END PERFORM 3000 EXIT EXIT C Sample Below is a C program to invoke Suprtool through the interface routine 366 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt include lt sys types h gt include lt sys wait h gt include users robdev ux include defines h define cmd_max_len 256 define filename_len 36 typedef struct SuprControl SuprControl struct SuprControl hort version hort status har command 256 har priority 2 har maxdata 4 har print_state 2 total_type 2 other_flags 18 totals 15 9 out_count workspace 20 QrPaAaaQaQaQgaagaaAnHD void init_st2 SuprControl MyControl int i MyControl gt version MyControl gt status MyControl gt priority 0 MyControl gt priority 1 MyControl gt maxdata 0 MyControl gt print_state 0 MyControl gt print_state 1 MyControl gt total_type 0 MyControl gt total_type i 0 for i O i lt 20 i MyControl gt workspace i 0 for i 0 1i lt 256 1i MyControl gt command i void call_suprtool2 SuprControl MyControl suprtool2 MyControl if MyControl gt status 0 printf Call to Suprtool2 has failed with a status of n MyControl gt status exit 99 void assign_cmd char cmd SuprControl MyControl Int cis for i 0 i
155. a Atos dla eae ee 83 Note Sennaa eaea nwe cab ce tale La E a e doch ouced de toda devon a E aai aa 83 Examplesicc sfc tics Sain oti a RRA ACL Sahn i SL a ees 83 Base Command BA 2 24 Saskee nike a e enne ee et a 85 Before Command B 1222265 8 20886 Stak Geen aa AL E 87 Chain Command K VE stk E ita RO a ee Le 89 Clean Command CL csx 2 Accel tc Stak Saeed A aA A Li es 91 Removing Bad Characters sse ren eion eiaei oera ohio eie is 91 D fine Command D hree Satake a A a AL eS 93 Delete Command DEL 2 2 since entice eh BA Pa es ee ea 98 Do Command DO keren iS Staaten A a a ea eaS 100 Duphicate Command DU iina a ae ie aaaea a E EEE o N S E 101 Edit Command ED enee n a a n E E e E E E EEEE 106 Exit Comimanid E l E E E E r e E N eaae 107 Export Command EXP hra n a e T E A E EE R 109 Extract Command EA E a aea Ea a E EEE E E E E N EE 110 Constants eni rn a E S A A A S A E 110 Dates stitch esesreesseloentiliwetucnincsendaupesuere twlocvss totus bvncoeesstewtceetnconiss lavnieytanten Gaaeennueninton 112 Ranse OF Fields serren Sectaatieneceus a E saa ovnsocesstuetscestacetits E a 114 Numeric Expressions san ae een ana E E E S E T S A E R 115 S SubTotal Function ssie a E Meee RK a TaN Ea 117 ST otal Fun O a seated eaer Ea std EE e aAa Te S ENE O 117 Cou ter Function reas ein a a a Saber Heese Re nde alee ete 117 SWING EXPLessiOMs iese ester r Tert aa E E ESEE E EE E EEEE EEEE 118 Splitting Variable Length Stri
156. a Illla 2222 b 3333 e 2222 c 2222 d 3333 e You have to use two Suprtool tasks to accomplish this The first task creates an intermediate file Dupfile that contains the keys of the duplicate records The second task creates the desired output file Result that contains only the unique records 32 e Quick Start Guide for Suprtool Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt select from table gt sort keyfield gt extract keyfield gt dup only keys gt output dupfile gt xeq gt get dataset gt table dup table keyfield sorted dupfile Sif not Slookup dup table keyfield gt output result gt xeq Report Only the Duplicates and Their Originals This performs the opposite function to the one outlined above It keeps only the duplicates and their originals Input Result 1111 a 2222 b 2222 b 2222 2222 c 2222 d 2222 d 3333 e Once again you have to use two Suprtool tasks to accomplish this The first task creates an intermediate file Dupfile that contains the keys of the duplicate records The second task creates the output file Result that contains only duplicate files and their originals gt select from table gt sort keyfield gt extract keyfield gt dup only keys gt output dupfile link gt xeq gt select from table gt table dup_table keyfield sorted dupfile gt if lookup dup_table keyfield gt output result gt xeq Deleting Duplicate Data File Records The following tasks read the file
157. a Subfile with QU Zieser aee eies e isen eaS SNA 68 Step 2 Output Erase in Suprtool viisi seein erns i a ES E E A NA 68 Step 3 Report WIA Quiz e ae e a a EE SES eens heen deena 68 Using QTE to Create SUDIMES soriire s a n S a AE E E E E N a 68 Creating Subfile with Script File sissies ionos oi ie R Se S Ns 68 Quiz Generating Suprtool CommandS s essseeessseeeesrsreerrseeerrserrissesresresresreseerrssene 69 Year 2000 Solutions with Suprtool seseseseseenersrerersersesrerersessesrensreressenersrerersensesrensrererserers 69 What If I Have Four Digit Years 0 csecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeceecesecssecaecsaessaeenes 69 What does Set Date Cutoff do ssnsti s rr 70 Stddate and Set Date Cutoff sneins eee eecesecesecesecssecseecseecseseseseaeeeeeeesenereneenees 70 What does Set Date ForceCentury do oo ceeeeeeeceeeecesseeseeeecesecesecnaecaessaeeaes 70 What If I Have Two Digit Years cee eesseceseceesseceseeecsaeceeneessaeceeeeeesaeceeneecaeeesees 71 6 e Table of Contents Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX How Do Today and Date Work ccccccsseesceseesceseeseesecseesecneeeceaeesceaeeseeseeeeersnees 72 Will Suprtool Generate an Error for Two Digit Year Dates 0 eee eeeeee a2 How Do I Use Today and Date with yymmdd Dates cceeseeesseseeeeneeseereneeee 72 aamimdd Date POrmat xs ceseci onepu erre ar ee eE EE E n ET T 73 Invalid Date syisvic are e E E EAE tea vasounnsetasdetenseun ETA EET 73 Can Suprtool Convert
158. a matching link record in the file Suprlink fills in the linked fields with default values The default for byte type fields is spaces for zoned type the default is ASCII zeros 0 and for all other types the default is binary zeros For example input custfile key name is custno link addrfile optional don t drop customers toutput custaddr if there is no address texit Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 343 Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command will display any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REL ALL LUNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can print the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered You can write the commands to your terminal or OUT to a temporary file If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples HH bi n a lt H H H H H H unuunu DN print all Help commands print last ten commands print entire redo stack print all remove commands P it print all rm xx commands print all with rm anywhere print ALL relative numbers
159. ace on each call The most common error in using the Suprtool2 interface is typing the control record incorrectly The definition of the control record with the proper initializing values are as follows 360 e Welcome to Calling Supritool Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX supr control 05 supr version pic s9 4 comp value 4 05 supr status pic s9 4 comp 88 supr ok value zeros 88 supr bad msgfiles value 1 88 supr aborted value 2 88 supr create error value 3 88 supr bad total type value 4 supr command line ic x 256 value spaces supr flags 0 supr priority ic x 2 value spaces 88 supr priority cs value CS 88 supr priority ds value DS 88 supr priority es value ES supr maxdata pic s9 9 comp value 0 supr print state pic x 2 value ER 88 supr print on error value ER 88 supr print always value AL 88 supr print never value NE supr total type pic x 2 value Co 88 supr total cobol value CO 88 supr total ascii value AS 0 supr other flags pic x 18 value spaces supr totals pic s9 17 sign is trailing separate character occurs 15 times supr out count pic s9 9 comp supr workspace pic x 20 value spaces typedef struct SuprControl SuprControl struct SuprControl hort version hort status har command 256 har priority 2 har maxdata 4 har print_state 2 total_type 2 other_flags 18 totals 15 9 out_count workspace 20 QrFaAaAaQAQAAAA
160. aid status status 20 or amp current status status 30 arrears status gt output outfile output to a disc file gt exit execute the task and exit HP UX Commands If Suprtool doesn t recognize the command you have entered it tries to interpret it as an operating system command Suprtool also interprets any command line beginning with an exclamation mark or a colon as an O S command For example gt sort custfile by custnum comment gt input custfile gt key 1 10 no on the next command gt ls sort check for file name gt out sortcust gt exit Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression This feature can be used to compute blocking factors and do other calculations without the need of an electronic calculator For help type Control Y Interrupt You can interrupt a Suprtool task with the Control Y key hold down Control while striking Y Suprtool responds by telling you how much work it has done IN OUT etc and asks if you wish to stop Hit the Return key to continue or type YES to stop the task Even though you abort the task your output file is saved although it may be empty if you stop before the sort phase is over Many HP UX sites use Control C as the interrupt key instead of Control Y Use the HP UX stty command to display your intr setting You may see some Suprtool messages indicating Control Y is the key com
161. al function in the extract command is extract targetfield Ssubtotal field sort field You must specify the sort command before referencing the sort field in the subtotal function You can subtotal up to ten fields per task 36 e Quick Start Guide for Suprtool Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Listing Records You can print selected input records either formatted or with the Octal Hex Decimal or Character representations To dump all sales records with a negative amount use these commands gt select from sales gt if sales_total lt 0 gt list lp gt xeq This finds the entries that meet the selection criteria and prints them to the default line printer showing column names and column values converted to ASCII If you suspect that your data is bad you can dump the records in Octal Char format instead gt select from sales gt if sales_total lt 0 gt list octal char gt xeq If you want the listing in column format use List Standard gt select from sales gt if sales_total lt 0 gt list standard lp gt xeq Since there are no file equations on HP UX and symbolic link do not always function the way you would hope We have added a new keyword to the List command to make it easier to have the list output go to a file and to also append to and existing file The File option takes the next parameter as being the filename gt in test filelsd gt list stan file myslist gt xeq If the file myslist exists
162. ales gt def deliv_date DELIVERYDATE 8 display gt def purch_date PURCHASEDATE 4 double gt def product_price PRICE 4 double gt def sales_tax SALESTAX 4 double gt def sales_total SALESTOTAL 4 double gt item deliv_date date ryyyymmdd gt item purch_date date yyyymmdd gt item product_price decimal 2 gt item sales_tax decimal 2 gt item sales_total decimal 2 gt extract customernum gt ext deliv_date gt ext PRODUCTNUM gt ext product_price gt ext purch_date gt ext SALESOTY gt ext sales_tax gt ext sales_total gt output salefile link gt xeq IN 8 OUT 8 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 gt form salefile File salefile SD Version B 00 00 No linefeeds Entry Offset CUSTOMERNUM Te A LIV_DATE Z8 5 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt ODUCTNUM T2 13 ODUCT_PRICE I2 LT RS 2 a gt RCH_DATE I2 21 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt LESOTY P12 LES TAX I2 lt lt 2 gt gt LES_TOTAL I2 lt lt 1 2 gt gt Length 38 Blocking 1 Notice how the Form command correctly identifies which fields are dates and which fields have implied decimal places STExport uses this information to format the file STExport Output We then use STExport to read the self describing Salefile to produce our sample output on stdlist To demonstrate how dates are handled we insert a separator in each date field 284 Example of STExport Output Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual opt robelle bin stexport Sinput salefile
163. an you do Input records but you can have fewer When you do a Link to another file you have an implied selection criterion That is if Suprlink cannot find a record in the Link file with matching key value s the Input record is dropped from the Output file If you have seven Link files the Input record must match all seven or be dropped This is the default selection logic You can override this for any specific Link file by specifying the OPTIONAL keyword on the Link command Only do this is you don t care whether that data exists or not since Suprlink will supply default values for those Link fields You want to produce a report of all invoices over 2 000 00 for customers in California The customer information is in the m_customer table and the invoice information is in the d_invoice table Here are the steps to produce this report Select and sort the California customers into the file customer Select and sort invoices over 2 000 into the file invoice Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual A Join Example Because there will often be more than one invoice per customer specify the invoice file as input to Suprlink Link in the customer file Produce your report from the combined records in the output file sales database select all customers gt open oracle demo reader gt select from m_customer sort and link key Link output option gt sort custnum gt output customer link gt xeq gt if state C
164. anual STExport will only allow the hyphen underscore and period to be set with this command Quotes All of STExport s XML command options version doctype file and record allow for a string to be passed via surrounding quotes The quotes may be either single or double but keep in mind that if the string is to contain double quotes then you should surround the entire string with single quotes Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 281 Zero Command Z Specify whether leading zeros are to appear in numeric fields ZERO NONE LEADING Default None Use Zero None to force all numeric fields to have leading zeros removed If a numeric field has implied decimal places STExport always formats the number with at least one digit to the left of the decimal place even if it is zero Use Zero Leading to force all numeric fields to be zero filled In this case Sign Leading and Sign Floating both cause the sign to appear in the same place in front of the leading zeros 282 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Example of STExport Output Example In this example we show you how to use Suprtool and STExport We start with an SQL table identify the fields that are dates and the number of implied decimal places in other fields We then produce a self describing file using the dataset as input and show the default output from STExport The Form command displays the fields in a dataset or a self describ
165. any Suprtool instances as you need and each one gets its own redo stack With temporary stacks you will never get into concurrency problems If you start using a persistent redo stack you might start running into concurrency problems A persistent redo stack can only be used by one Suprtool instance at any one point in time If you try to use a persistent redo stack that is already in use you will get the following message gt set redo myredo The redo file is already in use Unable to open file for REDO stack In this situation Suprtool continues to use the redo stack active at the time and lets you continue to work as normal Qedit can also have permanent redo stacks To prevent products from writing to each other s redo stack it is advisable to have separate stacks for each product by giving them different file names For example if you use gt set redo myredo you will have a redo stack called myredo for your Suprtool commands If you exit Suprtool and run Qedit and supply the same Set Redo command your Qedit commands will be written to the same file that was used for your Suprtool commands SDExtname SET SDExtname ON OFF Suprtool can create SD files with extended names when you set SDEXtname on By default Suprtool for HP UX will behave as normal and truncate field names at 16 Suprtool Commands e 209 210 e Supriool Commands characters If SDEXtname is on Suprtool will write out the fully defined field name
166. are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples L Ts td fd is not spelled right ztd not found redo LiL Asfa redo most recent command last command is printed bh e380 the edited command is shown s you enter changes to it you press Return listredo all redo 5 redo 5th command in stack t red redo previous command tredo 2 redo command before previous t red redo 8th through 10th t red redo 10 through last red redo last rm command t red redo last rm temp t red redo last containing temp Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo comma
167. arlier versions of Suprtool The MINIMUM value is the minimum number of records that an input file must have in order for the progress reports to be printed out If the MINIMUM value is set to 15000 then the input file must have at least 15000 records or else progress messages are not printed out for the entire task This value allows the user to turn off progress messages when reading smaller files The default value is 50000 records To always print progress messages just set the minimum value to 0 Suprtool does not produce any progress messages under the following conditions Set Progress is zero Output is to stdlist via the Output or List commands The input source is an SQL database The number of records from the input source is less than the minimum value Suprtool checks whether or not to print a progress message at the end of each buffer Consequently not all progress increments are reported for small files or datasets Suprtool Commands e 207 208 e Supriool Commands Suprtool reports the phase that it is in whether input phase sort phase output phase or combined input output phase not sort The content of the progress messages is as follows Percentage complete Phase and the total number of records processed Delta Sec Min the time elapsed from the previous message Wall Sec Min the total elapsed time CPU Sec the total CPU Seconds at this point When using the record selection feature of the Input command
168. arting with grep grep job do last grep job command job 2 7 5 5 do last containing job do command before previous one do by relative line number O 0 0 00 7o OnO O gt q do command lines 5 to last Notes mn The Do command can be abbreviated to as in MPEX You cannot use to combine commands on the same line 100 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Duplicate Command DU Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX By default Suprtool copies all selected input records to the output file The Duplicate command determines what to do with duplicate output records Duplicate records can be discarded producing an output file without duplicates Alternatively you may be interested in seeing the duplicate records so you can create an output file consisting solely of the duplicate records When deciding whether an output record is a duplicate Suprtool either compares the keys only or the entire output record DUPLICATE NONE ONLY RECORD KEYS num COUNT TOTAL None The None option removes duplicate records from the output file Suprtool compares each output record with the previous output record If they are not the same the record is added to the output file This option corresponds to the former Nodup and Nodupkey options of the Output command gt key 1 4 gt duplicate none keys Input Output TIIT 31 0 2222 25 3333 48 Only The Only option is the exact opp
169. as a type see Key Command K on page 165 for further details The constant must match the type of the field If the field has a byte type you must surround the constant with quotes gt if name TAMMY ROSCOE name is byte gt if rating gt 10000 rating is integer gt if balance arrears compare two fields Constants A constant is a value that matches the data type of field Constants are either a string constant in quotes a numeric constant or a date constant specified with date or today See the next section about Constants for more details Constant Type NATHAN ARMSTRONG string constant 12345 numeric constant date 00 07 09 date constant July 9 2000 Relations A relation is one of the size comparison symbols Suprtool does not use words like EQUALS as in QUERY Relational operator Means equal to greater than less than gt greater than or equal to lt less than or equal to lt gt not equal to Complex Expressions Complex expressions can be made by combining the AND OR and NOT operators arithmetic operators and mod and parentheses The order of precedence of operators from highest to lowest is Operator Precedence Highest NOT Take the opposite AND Both must be true OR One or the other must be true Unary minus Higher than addition and subtraction Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Lowest Use parentheses where necessary to cha
170. ating option Soutput invfile produces the file we want Sexit HP UX Commands STExport accepts HP UX commands with or without an exclamation Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 237 S ls Sls For commands that are the same in both STExport and HP UX STExport executes the HP UX command only if you type the exclam For example set you get STExport set command set you get HP UX set command ksh STExport UX executes any HP UX command e g 11 or script file File Names STExport s Input and Output commands accept any valid HP UX file name File names are currently limited to 240 characters Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression This feature can be used to do other calculations without the need of an electronic calculator You can obtain a short description of the calculator by entering the following gives a summary of functions For a detailed description of the calculator and its options see the Suprtool manual Control Y You can interrupt a STExport task with the Control Y key hold down Control while striking Y STExport responds by telling you how far it has gotten IN OUT etc and asking if you wish to stop Hit the Return key to continue or type YES to stop the task Many HP UX sites use Control C as the interrupt key instead of Control Y Use the HP UX stty command to display your intr s
171. ause when the date function in the If command resolves a date in a yymmdd format to a value beyond 1999 the result is not always a useful value For example a December 10 2000 date in a yymmdd format would have a value of 001210 and comparisons to this value could be logically incorrect If you would have included a Delete command in a dataset selection task you could have removed all of your records Date MapToPHDate8 SET DATE MAPTOPHDATE8 ON OFF Initially OFF This set command will change any item command reference to phdate to mean phdate8 for assistance in converting to the newer phdate format found in PowerHouse version 8 19 and higher The set command gt set date MapToPhdate8 on changes only the reference to phdate8 in the Item command It does not change references that already exist in self describing files nor does it change the data With this setting enabled any Item command reference such as gt item mydate date phdate will actually mean phdate8 DecimalSymbol SET DecimalSymbol Default period This setting is used to change the Decimal character which is used to edit the data in a field used by the Number function gt set DecimalSymbol The default character for the Decimal Symbol is a period Defer SET DEFER ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX DumpOnError SET DUMPONERROR ON OFF Initially ON With D
172. auses the cursor to backspace one position in the current line Control X cancels the current input line Control S pauses a listing that is printing too fast for you to read Control Q resumes a listing that you have paused with Control S Database A database in Suprtool UX is an Eloquence database or an SQL database A database is specified in the Base or Open command Several commands e g Get Chain or Select do not work until a database has been specified Some commands only work with Eloquence databases and other commands only work with SQL databases An Eloquence database consists of datasets files which in turn consist of fields An SQL database consists of tables or views and each table or view consists of columns In Suprtool a column name can be used anywhere that a field name is used The advantage of using a database is that information about the database is automatically available to Suprtool The Form command shows the database structure Suprtool 5 3 11 for HP UX User Manual Glossary of Terms e 373 374 e Glossary of Terms Errors Errors are messages printed by Suprtool indicating a fatal problem in the task which prevents it from completing Error messages are further described in Appendix A Field A field is a portion of a record When you access an Eloquence dataset this makes Suprtool aware of the Eloquence fields in the dataset When you access an SQL database with the Select command Suprtool i
173. be created by Suprtool with the Output Link option it should only contain the fields that you actually need in the final report plus any sort fields If you do an l file of the file it should show another file with a sd extension This file contains a description of its own record structure this allows you to refer to the field names and Suprlink can compute where they occur in the record For example input sales Sales is sorted by custno link custfile key is custno link addrfile t output custsale link three files texit into custsale Link Keys Suprlink allows files to be linked by up to two keys a primary and a secondary key field By default Suprlink assumes that the key field to the Link file is the same key field specified for the Input file If the Link key field is different from the Input key field use the BY clause to specify the correct key field input customer key name is custnum link sales by custno new name for the same field You would also use the BY clause if the Link file was created using the Suprtool Output Query option instead of Output Link Secondary Keys Suppose that you are linking a master to a detail and the detail can have several entries for each master Suprlink has an option that allows you to select which link record you want by matching a second key field in the master LINK filename BY primary key secondary key This option forces Suprlink to compare both the pri
174. behavior of today and date is not changed How Do I Use Today and Date with yymmdd Dates If you need to have Suprtool select dates in YYMMDD format with Today or Date you need to use one of the following solutions Change the date storage format to include the century in all datasets and data files so you can use the following item command gt item invoice date date CCYYMMDD Use the stddate function that adds the century component to dates in a ccyymmdd format in a J2 container Also see Case 1 Converting a J2 Date from yymmdd to ccyymmdd on page 73 and Case 2 X6 yymmdd Data to X8 ccyymmdd on page 75 for more specific details on converting two digit year date formats into four digit year date formats 72 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX aammdd Date Format The aammdd date format was developed by James Overman of HP for use in the MM3000 product This format is only available for the X6 data type The aammdd format is similar to yymmdd but the year portion of the date use a combination of numbers and letters of the alphabet to represent years beyond 1999 By substituting a letter of the alphabet in the first position of the year we can extend a six digit date and also ensure that the dates collate correctly For example YY of AAMMDD CCYY AO A9 2000 2009 BO B9 2010 2019 CO C9 2020 2029 Because letters are greater than numbers in the collating sequen
175. bination to enter when in fact you will need to use whatever you have defined in stty Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Add Command Add Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Specify an SQL table to which you wish to Add records Add tablename Add Ownername tablename Use the Add command to insert records into an Oracle table You must specify at the very least the Oracle tablename and you must have opened the Oracle database to which you wish to add records The tablename specified must be a valid table and not a view The fields from the input source or the extracted names must be the same as the column names in the table to which you wish to add records You do not have to specify all columns in the table unreferenced columns will be given default values depending on their data type You cannot currently add records from another SQL table However you can extract the records you want into a file and then add from that file In the case where you have two target tables of the same name you can Insert records via the add command into the proper table by specifying the Ownername Tablename Notes Suprtool cannot currently support integers larger than two words The Ownername Table name syntax must be separated by a period or other special character While typically Oracle syntax typically only allows for just the the syntax parsing in Suprtool is such that several special characters will be allowed such as l lt gt which will work as
176. bing files For these versions use the Link option instead of the Ask option ASCII ASCII converts all binary input fields into their equivalent ASCII values All binary fields are right justified in their fields with a trailing sign The sign can be a blank or Byte fields are not affected by this option The size of the ASCII field depends on the format of the binary field Field Format Output Size I1 J1 6 bytes 12 J2 11 bytes I3 J3 16 bytes 14 J4 20 bytes K1 5 bytes K2 10 bytes E2 12 bytes E4 23 bytes Zn n 1 bytes Pn n bytes Any fields with implied decimal places see the Item command are formatted with a decimal point in the correct position Suprtool reserves two additional positions for each output field that has an implied decimal point DISPLAY DISPLAY converts all binary input fields into their equivalent display values also known as zoned decimal The size of the display field depends on the format of the binary field Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Field Format Output Size I1 J1 5 bytes 12 J2 10 bytes 13 J3 15 bytes 14 J4 19 bytes K1 5 bytes K2 10 bytes Pn n 1 bytes P n n 2 bytes The last digit of the number is replaced with a letter corresponding to positive or negative values See the following table Units Digit Positive Negative No Sign 0 0 1 A J 1 2 B K 2 3 C L 3 4 D M 4 5 E N 5 6 F O 6 7 G P 7 8 H Q 8 9 I R 9 Positive values for I and J type fi
177. ce to a different physical disk drive than the input file uses You can move the sort scratch space by setting the TMPDIR environment variable to a directory that resides on another physical disk drive provided you have read and write access to that directory export TMPDIR var tmp sortscratch Oracle Performance Suprtool UX provides you with easy ways to let either Oracle or Suprtool do most of the work Whether it is best to use Oracle or Suprtool depends on your specific machine database and application You can use the Select command to force Oracle to do much of the processing or you can use Suprtool to do the work In our testing Suprtool consistently sorts two to four times faster than Oracle Your performance improvements may be different from ours so we recommend that you take some 78 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX common tasks and try them with both tools Here is an example of sorting with Oracle and then with Suprtool Oracle sorts data gt select from emp order by ename Suprtool sorts data gt select from emp gt sort ename For more information on Oracle performance we recommend the book Oracle Performance Tuning by Peter Corrigan and Mark Gurry published by O Reilly and Associates Analyzing Performance Data It is better to test Suprtool with your own database and your own application needs rather than trust a generic performance test The ideal test is an actual produc
178. ce we can ensure that aammdd dates beyond 1999 will order correctly Suprtool also supports other date formats with this two digit year representation These formats are aamm mmddaa and ddmmaa Invalid Dates The If command has a invalid function to find all invalid dates for a particular field An invalid date is any number of a particular date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on the calendar For example a date with a month of 99 will be considered invalid gt base store demo Database password gt get d sales gt item deliv date date ccyymmdd gt if Sinvalid deliv date gt out baddates link gt xeq Can Suprtool Convert Two Digit Years to Four Digits Suprtool is capable of converting dates from one format to another using a variety of Suprtool features We will show how Suprtool can convert common dates without the century to those that have the century included While Suprtool can convert your data it is up to you to change your programs Adager a third party program for changing Image database structures has the ability to change date fields Suprtool can convert data in Image databases flat files self describing files and KSAM files Case 1 Converting a J2 Date from yymmdd to ccyymmdd The stddate function can convert six digit date formats to ccyymmdd But what if all the dates are not actually dates but some dates are filled with 9s as a flag to an application Consider this dataset
179. cending order but only check for duplicates at the agent level gt sort agent sort by agent gt sort bill date desc sort by date gt duplicate none keys 1 only check for duplicate agents gt output agents create roster of agents Count The Count option causes Suprtool to produce a new field in the output record with the number of occurrences of each key value The count field is called st count and is an 2 type field The Count option can only be used with Duplicate None Keys gt key 1 4 gt duplicate none keys count Input Output ILLL TETI 20 2222 2222r 25 two records for key value 2222 2222 3333 48 3333 Total The Total option allows up to 15 fields to be subtotaled for each duplicate key Separate the fields with spaces not commas The Total option can only be used with Duplicate None Keys A new field is created at the end of the output record for each total Each field is called st total n gt sort customer no gt extract customer no gt duplicate none keys total sales qty sales amt The above commands will create a self describing file with the field customer no and the total by each customer of the sales qty in the field st total 1 Similarly the field st total 2 will contain the total sales amt by customer number The following data types are chosen for each total based on the data type of the field 102 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Data Typ
180. cesseeseeseeeeeees 164 son process z Sort Breaks Svar Sale cae e AAE EE SEET sort break totals eseeeeeeeeeeeseeseerresrereseresrersresreses 224 Sortcommand iena eiae eE en Es 217 sort information not retained esseeeseeseeeeseeseeee 104 SOTtKE YS ose oe sc EA och a E EE E 328 Sortfast Set Option eee ec eeeeeeeeeesesseeseeeeeeeees 214 Sortino SES sesso ease scien ete 66 167 SOLUS recordsa i a R A 30 Spaces COMMANAL eee eseeseeceeeeeetetseesetseeeseeeees 279 spaces removing 121 150 special characters 4 si cisiceviia einstein eed 382 388 e Index Special Characters ceesscssseeecseeeeeseeseeeceeeeeeee 150 special string test specifying input Spool fC CLOTS vice cescesseconcensencsesenrccusdestsvenencensenoes SQL database Allbase rows ee SQL database inserting records ee eeeeeeeee 84 SQL database Select command ceeeeeereereeee 193 SQL database specifying 179 SQL database structure 135 Squeeze Set Option oo e iee sea aia 57 SRN Chronos date ccccccccccssscecssscceesseeeesseeeeeees 164 startrecord parameter ceeeeeeeeseseeeeees Statistics Set Option eee Stddate function 0 0 eee eee ee eeeteeeeeteeseeeeeees Stddate Set date cutoff cccccccsccccssecceeseeeesseees 71 Stdlist input from SEX POR ari ois a EER string Constants acisini string conversion string eXp
181. cified field Sdate 2000 06 1 01 May 1 2000 field Sdate 01 start of current year and month field Sdate 1 01 start of last month field Sdate 18 exactly eighteen months ago The day can be a specific number e g 15 an asterisk for the current day the word first for the first day of the month or the word last for the last day of the month You cannot add or subtract relative days use today instead gt if field Sdate 2004 01 first January 1 2004 gt if field Sdate today s date gt if field Sdate 1 last last day of previous month Combining these features makes it possible to generate batch jobs that require no operator input For example to select all of the transactions for last month you would use gt item trans_date date phdate gt if trans_date gt Sdate 1 first and amp trans_date lt S date 1 last Month End Suprtool is always expecting a valid date Suppose that you have a month end job that contains the following If command gt if field Sdate 1 When you run the job on May 31 2000 if Suprtool were to use the literal interpretation of date 1 it would use the date April 31 2000 In fact there is no such date April has only 30 days Whenever you specify for the day and the day is greater than the last day of the month you specified Suprtool uses the actual last day of the month instead of the current day of the
182. ck size to 2 048 words You can use the Set Blocksize command to increase this size up to 8192 words If you increase the maximum block size it is likely that Suprtool will produce an output file that Suprlink cannot read Input File Maximum Fields 255 Suprlink restricts the number of fields per file to be 255 If you must have more fields use Suprtool s Define and Extract commands to extract several fields as one contiguous series of bytes Link File Maximum Record Size 2048 Words As with the input file you should use Suprtool s Extract command to minimize the link record size Link File Maximum Block Size 2048 Words See the description of the maximum input block size Link File Maximum Fields 255 See the description of the maximum number of input fields Link File Maximum Number Seven Suprlink will link one input file with up to seven Link files Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Limits Within Suprlink e 357 Output File Maximum Record Size 4096 Words When linking many files together it is easy to produce large output records Once again using the Extract command to minimize the size of the input and link records will avoid large output records Output File Maximum Fields 1023 Internal Suprlink tables that keep track of the output fields are restricted to 1023 entries 358 e Limits Within Suprlink Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Welcome to Calling Suprtool Calling Suprtool Suprtool including its
183. come to be know as a many to many link Suprlink has traditionally been able to link an Input file with many records with the same key to a Link file that has a single record with the same key value The Join command will link two files with many key records in both the input file and the Linking file The syntax of the Join command is exactly the same as the Link command so a sample task would look as follows input ordhist join orders output custord xeq The above task will link multiple records of the file ordhist to the multiple records of the file in orders This assumes that the files are sorted by a common key In SQL Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink e 323 terms this is known as an Inner Join An Outer Join one where the keys do not necessarily have a match can be achieved by adding the optional keyword to the Join command input ordhist join orders optional output joined xeq In SQL parlance once again you can achieve both a Left Outer Join and Right Outer Join by reversing the order of the files between the input and the join commands To give you an example of how the Join operation would work consider the following data First we have an inventory file with multiple records for the same product no This data is stored in the file dinv 50512001 Rest of data 50512001 Rest of data 50512003 Rest of data The next file will have sales records once again with multipl
184. cting Database Records These examples show you how to get records from an Oracle table It assumes you have opened the database with the Open command The results are written to a data file called result which can be read either by a program or by a report writer opt robelle bin suprtool gt open oracle demo reader Select All Records This example extracts all the records from the table Note that we didn t specify any selection criteria so Suprtool selects all the records gt select from sales input table gt output result output file gt xeg Xeq command performs the task Look at the First Few Records If you want to look at the first few records of a dataset use the Numrecs command This command tells Suprtool to extract at most the number of records specified Then instead of sending the result to a file send it to the screen with output ascii The example shows you how to look at the first 10 records in your dataset 26 e Quick Start Guide for Suprtool Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt select from sales gt numrecs 10 first 10 records gt output ascii output to screen format numbers gt xeq Selecting by Criteria i is Simple Criteria To tell Suprtool to choose records based on certain criteria you can either use any valid SQL command e g select where or you can select all the records and use an If command In the following example Suprtool extracts all records with a sales_tota
185. d Use the option to specify lowercase passwords Suprtool opens the Base which remains open until you do another Base command a Reset Base or a Reset All even if you do several extracts from the database Examples The first example shows a typical Suprtool task A dataset in the Store database is read and a subset of the entries are sorted into a disc file gt base store 5 READER gt get d sales gt if sales total gt 10000 open for read access only select an input dataset choose a subset of all entries sort by account number output has same structure as the d sales dataset gt sort cust account gt output salesout gt exit Our next example opens the database with the Creator password which is the default No output file is produced instead we produce a formatted listing of the input dataset use the Creator password you cannot remember the names gt base store gt form sets gt list gt exit print the dataset fields formatted no output file is created gt get d inventory of the datasets in Store In session mode this command would prompt for the database password If none is entered or Suprtool is not running interactively the Creator password is used by default Because the open mode was not specified the database is opened in mode 1 Database Passwords in Batch In batch mode it is necessary to specify a database password without the passw
186. d i e no K5 search fields Functions of Dbedit 288 e Welcome to Dbedit There are five major functions in Dbedit Command Function ADD Add new entries to a dataset CHANGE Change a master search value in all related datasets DELETE Delete entries from a dataset Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual LIST List the value of entries in a dataset MODIFY Modify specific fields of an entry from a dataset Performance of Dbedit Suprtool was designed to be as fast as possible while Dbedit was designed to have as many features as possible Dbedit does no special optimizations It uses the standard IMAGE Eloquence intrinsics to do all of the accesses to the database Dbedit does not use the fast sequential access method of Suprtool but Dbedit usually works only with a few records within your database at one time Field Lists Dbedit arranges the list of fields in a dataset different from QUERY or Suprtool The QUERY ADD command prompts for the each field in the dataset in the order they were declared in the IMAGE schema In Dbedit the order of field lists is changed using the following algorithm The search field for a master dataset or the primary search field for a detail dataset appears first Any other detail search fields appear second Any sort fields appear third All other non search and non sort fields that are compatible with Dbedit appear last Where a noncompatible field would appear in a list Dbedit replaces
187. d identifies the field tract Customer Account account tract Credit Rating rating tput ascii The output would look like tomer Account 04598921 Credit Rating tomer Account 44657844 Credit Rating tomer Account 98753198 Credit Rating The spaces after Credit Rating before the rating value is due to the numeric field Rating being extracted with blanks for its leading zeros This is the result of the Ascii option of the Output command Repeated Fields If the field is an IMAGE repeated field e g 10J1 the Extract command places the value in each of the repeated fields when you do not specify the subscript If you specify a subscript only that one repeated field will have the new constant value Suprtool Commands e 111 112 e Suprtool Commands In this example Address is a repeated field 2X20 We wish to extract the data as it exists in the input record rather than forcing it to a constant value gt ext account extract key value gt ext address take both of the repeated fields In the next example we assume that the Balance field is a repeated field 12J2 We wish to make each of the 12 repeated fields in the output record equal to 100 gt extract name gt extract balance 100 If we only wanted to extract the sixth field of BALANCE and set it to 100 we would do the following gt extract name gt extract balance 6 100 Character Constants Use the character to specify any ASC
188. d format in a double integer container This allows you to compare dates with dissimilar formats and data types For example gt in orddets gt item order date date ccyymmdd gt item bill date date mmddyyyy gt if Sstddate bill date lt order date gt output badords link gt xeq This feature is also available for dates that have two digit years The century portion of the date will be generated by stddate which uses the normal cutoff rules specified by Set Date Cutoff gt in invdets gt set date cutoff 20 gt item invoice date date yymmdd gt item close date date mmddyyyy gt if Sstddate close date lt S stddate invoice date gt out badinvs link gt xeq In this case all invoice date values with a yy portion between 20 and 99 will have a 19 for the century All invoice date values with a yy portion of less than 20 will have 20 for the date generated by the stddate function Invalid Dates A date must be valid before stddate can convert it to the ccyymmdd format Otherwise a value of 0 will be returned for any invalid dates An invalid date is a Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 151 number in a date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on a calendar This includes dates selected by the invalid function We can eliminate the invalid dates from the above task by changing the If command slightly gt input sdfile gt set date cutoff 20 gt item invoice date date yymmdd gt
189. d have appeared with a question mark for the data type In that case you cannot use the field as a key field in Suprlink but the actual data in the field will be processed and linked correctly Your final report should be able to read this data just as if it came from the database We use Suprlink to combine the invoice and cust files into one Output file Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Example Suprlink Output e 355 opt robelle bin suprlink i invoices by custnum 1 cust invcust The final Form command shows the record layout of the Output file You would use this file as input to your report program form invcust File invcust SD Version B 00 00 Has Linefeeds Entry Offset CUSTNUM X8 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt DELIVERED I2 PRODUCTNUM Z8 PRICE I2 PURCHASED I2 QTY LA TAX I2 TOTA I2 CITY X12 RATING T2 STATUS X2 pee FIRSTNAME X10 57 LASTNAME X16 67 STATE X2 83 ADDRESS 2X25 85 ZIPCODE X6 135 Entry Length 140 Blocking 1 356 e Example Suprlink Output Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Limits Within Suprlink Maximums The various limitations of Suprlink are described here In general you need to reduce the number or sizes of fields if you encounter any of these limits Input File Maximum Record Size 2048 Words We recommend that you use Suprtool s Extract command to minimize the input record size Input File Maximum Block Size 4096 Words By default Suprtool restricts the maximum blo
190. d on a file that does not exist is considered an error which halts Suprtool when run in batch For example the ksh returns an error code of 2 if you attempt to remove a file that does not exist rm filelx rm filelx non existent echo 2 We have added Set HPUXCmdErr command which will tell Suprtool to ignore errors from certain OS commands Please note that this does not impact Suprtool s internal checking of Suprtool commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX For example if you want Suprtool to ignore the common occurrence of stopping a script when an error occurs you just need to set the string in HPUXCmdErr as follows opt robelle bin suprtool lt lt EOD set hpuxcmderrs rm rm rm rm filelx rm filely rm filely exit EOD If the command returns an error Suprtool will check to see if it was an rm rm or rm command and ignore the error lfcheck SET IFCHECK ON OFF Initially ON With Set Ifcheck On the If command produces an error if any field used in the If command is not contained entirely within the input file record For compatibility reasons users may wish to disable this error checking by turning Set Ifcheck Off Ignore SET IGNORE ON OFF Initially OFF This command has some effect in Suprtool for HP UX and Suprtool for AMXW IGNORE tells Suprtool to continue processing if there are errors in these situations duplicate key errors in writing to an
191. d reports on the city account number and name of each California customer 38 e Quick Start Guide for Suprtool Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt select from customer input table gt if state CA California customers gt sort city sort by city name gt extract city city first on each line gt extract cust_account followed by account gt extract name_first and first name gt extract name_last and finally last name gt list standard produce a quick report gt xeq These commands produce a report with four columns The title consists of the date and page number The column headings are the name of each column that we extracted Column Headings Column headings default to uppercase field names The names are truncated if they are longer than the field itself One space is inserted between fields Suprtool does not automatically align user specified headings with the data columns We suggest specifying heading strings with the same length as the fields they represent while taking into account the space between the data columns In our example we enter one column heading per line using Suprtool s continuation character amp standard heading 1 2 field is X12 Account field is Z8 First Name field is X10 Last Name field is X16 We included one space between fields Note that an extra space was needed for the Account heading it is an 8 digit field but we used 10 characters Becau
192. d use a different If command gt if Slookup part table part Sometimes you need to look for all records that do not have any of a set of values You would use the same Table commands but a slightly different If command gt if not S lookup part table part Values with Decimal Places If the itemname for the table has implied decimal places the Table command accepts decimal points and scales input values For example gt item cost decimal 2 two implied decimal points gt table cost table cost item 10 10 5 10 75 gt if Slookup cost table cost gt out out3 select records for 1000 1050 and 1075 gt xeq Adding Values from a File You may need to look for hundreds of part numbers The Table command accepts the table values from a file The file must contain lookup values in exactly the same format as the itemname which describes the data Duplicates are eliminated as they are loaded into the table For a table consisting of values from a file use TABLE tablename itemname FILE SORTED filename HOLD DATA field 1 field2 field3 Parameters itemname The item determines the data type and length of the key values in the table You can only load a table from a self describing file Suprtool first checks for the field in the self describing file FILE vs SORTED The File option assumes that the file of table values is not sorted Sorting a large file of values is slow If the file is already sorted use the
193. dates contain both the date and the time STExport formats the date but not the time If you specify Date None Oracle dates will be treated as byte type fields Since Oracle dates actually contain binary data the output is often unusable by other applications unless you specify a specific date format Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 243 Invalid Dates By default all invalid dates are formatted as asterisks STExport treats any date that does not have a valid century year month or combination e g February 29 2000 as invalid You can specify how you want STExport to format invalid dates by using the Invalid option of the Date command If you specify Sdate invalid null STExport will produce a zero length field if you specify Column Variable and spaces if you specify Column Fixed If you want to specify an explicit string for all invalid dates do so after the Invalid option For example Sdate invalid will cause STExport to produce a string of five percent signs for any invalid date Example First use Suprtool to create the input file with the appropriate date attributes gt get d sales gt item deliv date date mmddyyyy gt item purch date date mmddyyyy gt output dsales link gt xeq wow Then use STExport to read the dsales file Specify Date ddmmyyyy which causes all valid dates to be formatted in day month year format with a dash as the separator input dsales Sdate d
194. dmmyyyy Soutput dexport Sxeq Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual 244 e STExport Commands Decimal Command DEC Specify the format for the decimal place in numeric fields DECIMAL PERIOD COMMA Default Period The fields in the input file The Decimal command specifies what separator must have been created with will be used to indicate the decimal place in decimal places using numeric fields In North America the custom is Suprtool s Item command to indicate the decimal place in numbers with a period Outside North America the custom is to indicate the decimal place with a comma If the decimal place indicator is incorrect it is harder to import files into other applications The Decimal command does not apply to floating point fields Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 245 Delimiter Command DE 246 e STExport Commands Specify a delimiter if any that appears between each field in the output record DELIMITER NONE COMMA TAB SPACE string Default Comma Use Delimiter Comma to create an output file in comma delimited format this is common for PC database applications Use Delimiter Tab to tell STExport to insert the tab character between fields instead of a comma If you have selected Columns Fixed you will likely want to remove the delimiter by specifying Delimiter None If you want some white space between fixed length columns specify Delimiter Space instead
195. e You can download our manuals and Change Notices in various formats and even order printed hardcopy manuals from our web site at http www robelle com library manuals The Suprtool documentation uses a common notation in describing all commands Here is a sample command definition EXTRACT field subscript value UPPERcase letters literal symbols to be used in the command as they appear e g EXTRACT Lowercase underlined or italic variables to be filled in by the user example field Each such variable is defined elsewhere in terms of literal symbols consult the index In the help file underlining and italics are not available and variables appear simply in lowercase Brackets enclose optional fields example subscript Welcome to Suprtool e 17 Braces enclose comments in examples For example gt INPUT ACTREC input from a data file Braces can be used for comments in actual Suprtool commands Up lines separate alternatives from which you select example Set Ignore OnlOff sometimes the alternatives are shown listed on several lines Dot dot dot indicates that the variable may be repeated many times in the command Other special characters literal symbols that must appear in the command as they are shown in the format example the comma above Some commas in Suprtool are optional In examples there is an implied carriage return at the end of each line 1
196. e date and today functions DDD Dates Dates consisting of ddd in the format name use the ddd to represent the nth day in the current year This means that January will be day 001 and Dec 31 will be day 365 on non leap years Some people refer to these type of dates as Julian dates HPCalendar The HPCalendar date format is supported by HP s new HPCalendar intrinsic and consists of a 32 bit integer number whereby the first 23 bits represent the year and the last nine bits represent the day of the year Decimal Places The decimal attribute is the number of implied decimal places in an item The minimum number of implied decimal places is 0 The maximum is based on the data type of the item Data Type Maximum Implied Decimal Places Il 5 12 10 B3 15 I4 19 K1 5 K2 10 Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Pn n 1 You cannot specify implied decimal places for byte char or IEEE type items Once you define a decimal place almost every command in Suprtool is affected Suprtool accepts numeric values with decimal points or scales integers according to the number of implied decimal places e g specify two implied decimal places then enter 1 000 to represent 1 000 00 All formatting commands format fields with a decimal point when appropriate Constant Values When specifying numeric constants for a field with implied decimal places there are different formats that you can use For example assume that w
197. e date function works for any date The today function works for the current date and dates relative to today The stddate and days functions work for almost any date To use these date functions you must first identify the date format of an item by using the Item command The date function makes it easier to specify a target date for certain date formats e g PHdate or ASK To select records based on a specific date use this feature gt if field Sdate year month day Suprtool checks the date s validity To select the transactions for January 1999 you would do the following Suprtool Commands e 149 gt item trans_date date phdate gt if trans_date gt Sdate 1999 01 01 and amp trans_date lt date 1999 01 31 Relative Dates You can specify a relative date using the date function Then you can create job streams that don t rely on hard coded dates The general syntax of the date function is date year month day The year can be a specific number e g 2000 or an asterisk for the current year To specify a relative year you add or subtract years from the one you specified gt if field Sdate 2000 01 01 January 1 2000 gt if field Sdate 2000 1 01 01 January 1 1999 gt if field Sdate 1 01 01 January 1 last year The month can be a specific number e g 6 for June or an asterisk for the current month To specify a relative month you add or subtract months from the one you spe
198. e 00 eee ee eeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeeee Floating command 20 0 ceeceeeeeteeeeeeteeeeteeeeeeeeeee floating point classic floatie SM enea aN RR A floating point NUMbers e sesssessssesessesessrsessesessess Form command oe FOMMECOMMANG senreste isna nais Form command default cc cc cceeeeeccceeeeeeseeees Form command keywords formatting commands FormFeed Set List Formout file four digit years ee FROM part of Join command ou eee eeeeeeees FROM part of Link command eee eee 349 G Get command erne Hie RH hotest R e n 137 greater than Sy s edsecsiseteses iee E E EE 383 H Heading command cceceeeesceseeseceeeeneeeseeneeeeeeaes heading HTML option sssesssssssessssssesssesesssessessrses heading maximum length Help command ccceeesceseeeseeseeteeeees Help command Suprlink s sssseeeeeseeeessseeereeereenes highwater mark reading to holding tables for re USC esceecceseesseeeeneeeeeeeee HOW tO rUn sssessssessssssssessssessssessssrsresessrsesneneesenrenessenee HPCalendar date HPCalendar date format Hpmodify editing examples HP UX commands 00 7 HP UX vs MPE enero anaE RER 48 384 e Index HTML command ccccccccccccesseceesssceeesseeeessseeeesaee 260 HTML files maximum size c0 cccccccceesseeeeeeee 260 I IEEE DU MDETS s 0 6
199. e OK html file name or failed log file name Split function separates return_string s 2 components status_word Shtml_file split S return_string if Sstatus_word eq failed If the script failed print an HTML error page including the logfile error_page else If the script is successful display the HTML file created by STExport This URL automatically looks for the configured directory under htmluser s home directory print Location http www hp com htmluser Shtml_file n n Format an error message for the user sub error_page print Content type text html n n print lt HTML gt n print lt HEAD gt n print lt TITLE gt Comment Form Error lt TITLE gt n print lt HEAD gt n print lt BODY gt n print lt H1 gt Comment Form Error lt H1 gt n print lt HR gt n print lt P gt n print Form input was not proccessed Please mail your print remarks to lt b gt webmaster lt b gt print lt P gt n print lt b gt Content of the Suprtool STExport logfile lt b gt print lt pre gt print cat html_file n print lt pre gt n print lt BODY gt n print lt HTML gt n CGI Script The CGI script can be invoked explicitly when you type the URL in your browser http www mycompany com cgi bin sx_orders pl The script is executed either from an input form lt FORM METHOD POST ACTION cgi
200. e Total Data Type IEEE E4 all others P28 Please see the P28 Fields section on how to define these fields in Cobol and PowerHouse programs Note that for byte fields there can be only digits in the field If there are other un n characters such as or then Suprtool reports an error You can use the Link output option to easily see the fields that Suprtool creates For repeated fields e g 6I2 the first subfield is subtotaled if you don t provide a subscript You can combine the Count and Total options but the Count option must appear before the Total option You cannot combine the Total command with the Total option of the Duplicate command gt key 1 4 gt def field 5 2 integer gt duplicate none keys total field Input Output 1111 10 at Ar 416 2222 25 2222 2 60 25 35 60 2222 35 3333 4 48 3333 48 Deleting Duplicate Records There is no direct way to delete duplicate records Specifying both the Delete and Duplicate commands does not delete all duplicate output records This is because the Delete command occurs in the input phase as records are read and selected but the Duplicate command occurs in the output phase after the sort has taken place The Duplicate command is not part of the selection process it is the If command that determines what records are deleted A common mistake is to specify the Duplicate and Delete commands without an If command In this case Suprtool asks your permission to
201. e command the whole command must be enclosed in single or double quotation marks otherwise the quotation marks are optional Here are some examples suprtool c use usefile suprtool c set prompt Default Outcount File Name oc If you want to know how many records Suprtool has processed use the oc option This option sets the file name for outcount to stoutcount After a successful task Suprtool writes the number of output records to the stoutcount file You can then use this file in shell scripts to check for specific record counts For example suppose that you want to check for at least ten records from an Oracle database You would write a shell script like Running Suprtool under HP UX e 45 HP UX Notes bin sh Select records from an Oracle table and check that there are at least ten suprtool oc lt lt EOD open oracle scott tiger select from emp IE sal gt 1000 00 output dev null exit EOD if cat stoutcount ge 10 then echo More than 10 records found fi Exit with Verify v Some users inadvertently Exit from Suprtool by entering the Exit command instead of Xeq To prompt for Exit approval use the v option suprtool v gt e Okay to exit no gt Combining c and v You can combine both the c and v options with the following command suprtool c use usefile v Loader Warnings Suprtool by default does not print loader warnings These ar
202. e dataset entry Only one Chain Get or Input command is allowed per extract task Get always reads the dataset serially GET setname startrecord endrecord count Default all records Dataset Input The first example shows the most common use of the Get command An input dataset is specified as input to Suprtool We select a subset of the entire input dataset using the If command gt base store gt get d inventory serially read dataset gt if unit cost lt 10000 the UNIT COST field is gt output outl automatically defined by Get gt xeq FastRead Suprtool for HP UX can read Eloquence datasets in two modes one is with dbget mode 2 serially and the other is a large blocked fast read method The default method used depends on your version of Suprtool Suprtool has two flavours in terms of which set of Image intrinsics it uses The first or regular version loads the Eloquence libraries by using the SHLIB_PATH or looks for the Eloquence libraries in their default location This regular version of Suprtool for HP UX has the FastRead option turned on by default The version of Suprtool that uses the ROBELLELIB_IMAGE variable to find the Image libraries has the FastRead option off by default This setting must be turned on prior to the Base command See the Set command for details Selection by Record Number The startrecord endrecord parameter permits selection of input records on the basis of the
203. e eeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 383 attached printers siira ie aera R aS 175 B backslash napaea a a ida BaS COMMAN teisene on ei e ERRER RE Base command default mode batch passwords batch vs online a a a ose descatn sseesee ss batch S prink sses ienser idik eet ses Before command DIt XtratS ess nanena ni aoset loa keo E1 yA EEEE EE ES E ES esones Blocksize Set option BOT and BACKSPACE e rrot cccccsccceesseeeeeeee Bowie shell secs 3 anien a ERRO BY part of the Join command BY part of the Link command eee 348 byte fields Comparing eseeteeeeeeteeee 148 Byte to Numeric Conversion 126 bytelen parameter elec risie 94 167 byteposition parameter eee eee eseeeeeeees 94 167 C c cmdstring Option oo eee eee eteeeeteeseteeeeeeeens 45 C invocation of Suprtool oo eee eseeseeeeeeeees 372 Chele ae E E SRY 41 Calculator 231 242 297 336 379 Calendar intrinsic date format c ccccscceeeeeee 163 Calling Suprtool ow eseesceseeecneeeeceeseneeeeeees 365 Century and date CGT Script artane stand ha EOE ETE ES ARAS 266 Chain command 0 00 0 een aE 90 chained access we Change command 0 00 ee eeeeseeseeeeeeneeeeseeeteeeeeees 306 Change command locking eee eeeeeeteeeeee 294 character constants 382 e Index CleanChar S tivccci dssidecniadticccsviicsiel e ri Cleaning data Suprtool 0 cece eeeeeeeeesetseeeeeeeee COBOL invocation of Suprtool
204. e errors or problems when Suprtool starts up Suprtool will attempt to find the Eloquence libraries and if configured the Oracle libraries You may use both none or one of these libraries so these warning errors may be perfectly valid for your site If you want to see the loader warnings you can run Suprtool with the lw option suprtool lw This section describes Suprtool UX features that interact with the HP UX environment Shell Commands You can execute shell commands by typing them anywhere you type a Suprtool command If a command is both a shell and Suprtool command you must precede the shell command by an exclamation mark or a colon Shell commands are executed by your default shell the one configured in etc passwd for your user name 46 e Running Suprtool under HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Ssuprtool gt whoami these 3 commands are identical gt whoami gt whoami gt set does Suprtool s Set command gt set does HP UX s Set command Shell commands are executed by a child copy of your shell Child shells cannot change environment variables in the parent s environment To change the value of an environment variable you must first exit Suprtool Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Some file names are hardcoded into Suprtool This section describes the hardcoded file names that Suprtool UX may need Suprtool will normally look for files in the opt robelle di
205. e key values this data is stored in the file dsales 50512001 Rest of data 50512001 Rest of data If you did the following task assuming both files are sorted by the product no in dinv join dsales tout invsales xeq The resulting file would have four records with the multiple matching dinv and dsales records The record layout would have the dinv information first followed by the dsales information If you add the optional keyword on the join command the resulting file would have 5 records The matching 4 records from dinv and dsales as well as the dinv record that did not match with the numeric fields set to zero and the byte fields set to spaces Only one Join operation is allowed per task By default Suprlink will join files base on the primary sorted key in the self describing file You can specify a secondary key for the files to be joined on in a similar manner to how the Link command did in orders join dsales by order no product no tout ordsales xeq Performance Considerations 324 e Introduction to Suprlink Select only the records you need unless the time to load a table of desired key values plus the time needed to do lookup for each record is longer than the time to extract and sort the entire dataset Use the Sorted and Hold options of the Table command when loading a table Because of the time needed to search a large table it is often faster to extract all of the records and let Suprlink
206. e messages produced by Suprtool to let you know about nonfatal conditions that might affect your task Some common warning messages and their meanings are described in Appendix A Yes or No When Suprtool asks a question that requires a YES or NO answer Y OUI JA and SI are accepted as YES and any other answer is considered NO Special Characters Special Characters Certain non alpha and non numeric characters like gt and have special meaning within Suprtool See the descriptions that follow As well the term special designates a class of characters in the If command Suprtool 5 3 11 for HP UX User Manual Glossary of Terms e 375 376 e Glossary of Terms Means Stdinx Stdlist in the Input command means to read input from stdinx MPE only in the Output command means to write the output to stdlist gt input MPE only gt output Means Equals or Calculate in the If command means EQUALS gt if customer 40832 in commands means calculate something 10 25 Result 35 0 in the Output command means to write the sorted input file back into itself gt input myfile key 1 10 gt output input MPE only lt Means Less Than lt in the If command means is one field less than another field or constant value gt if balance lt 10000 By combining lt and you get less than or equals gt if balance lt 10000 gt Means Greater Than or Enter A Com
207. e still allows for a schema to use R type items but internally they are stored as IEEE Suprtool and STExport will just map the real and long data types to their respective IEEE data types Suprlink does not need to map these data items as it does not support Real Long or IEEE key values You can turn this mapping off with Set RealMap Off but you should not need this option Define Command Suprtool for HP UX will not allow you to define a real type item Although Suprtool can map R items in SD files and in Eloquence datasets we do not allow the creation of real or longs using the define command Input from Stdlist In Suprtool MPE input means read the input data from the stdin input device This is usually a job stream and data is terminated by an EOD symbol Suprtool UX does not support reading data from stdin via Input or any other method If you need to create temporary data in the middle of a script it is easy to use a temporary file For example the following script creates a temporary file writes three lines of data to it then uses this file as input to Suprtool UX At the end of the script we make sure that we remove the temporary file that we created bin sh datafile mktemp echo 1234567 Line 1 gt gt Sdatafile echo 2345678 Line 2 gt gt Sdatafile echo 3456789 Line 3 gt gt Sdatafile suprtool lt lt EOD input Sdatafile rec 14 1f define key riged define line ana extract key
208. e tedious and error prone COBOL Example Below is a sample COBOL program named TOOL2COB It calls the Suprtool2 interface procedure The purpose of TOOL2COB is to print selected item master entries from an inventory database sorted by item number The program uses Suprtool to create a disc file named SELITEM filled with the selected item numbers and their descriptions Then it reads the disc file and prints a report on the line printer The listing for the COBOL program is Examples of Calling Suprtool e 363 Here s a control definition 01 SUPR CONTROL 05 SUPR VERSION PIC S9 4 BINARY VALUE 05 SUPR STATUS PIC S9 4 BINARY VALUE 88 SUPR OK VAL 88 SUPR BAD MSGFILES VAL 88 SUPR ABORTED VAL 88 SUPR CREATE ERROR VAL 88 SUPR BAD TOTAL TYPE VAL 05 SUPR COMMAND LINE PIC X 256 VAL 05 SUPR FLAGS 0 SUPR PRIORITY PIC X 002 VAL 88 SUPR PRIORITY CS VAL 88 SUPR PRIORITY DS VAL 88 SUPR PRIORITY ES VAL 0 SUPR MAXDATA PIC S9 9 BINARY VAL 0 SUPR PRINT STATE PIC X 002 VAL 88 SUPR PRINT ON ERROR VAL 88 SUPR PRINT ALWAYS VAL 88 SUPR PRINT NEVER VAL 0 SUPR TOTAL TYPE PIC X 002 VAL 88 SUPR TOTAL COBOL VAL 88 SUPR TOTAL ASCII VAL 0 SUPR OTHER FLAGS PIC X 018 VAL 05 SUPR TOTALS PIC S9 17 SIGN IS TRA SEPARATE CHARACTER OCCURS 15 05 SUPR OUT COUNT PIC S9 9 BINARY 05 SUPR WORKSPACE PIC X 020 VAL Here s the command definition 01 Here s some sample code t SUPRTOOL COMMANDS 05 SUPRTOOL COMMAND 07 FILLER
209. e to PowerHouse indexed subfiles You can use Suprtool to load file to the Indexed KSAM file Defining Fields in QTP In our example above custnum can be used to link the d_invoice and m_customer tables in QTP because custnum is an index in the m_customer table If custnum was not an index you could try declaring the record structure for the subfile with the QTP Define command Srm invcust Sqtp gt access d_invoice gt define name character size 20 gt define address character size 20 gt subfile invcust keep size numrecs include amp gt custnum invdate amount invnum amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go You must be careful to ensure that the data definitions of the Defined fields are correct Note that you cannot assign default display specifications such as Heading or Picture specifications for Defined fields in QTP Linking Subfiles by Record Number Another approach which guarantees that the subfile will contain the correct data definitions and default display characteristics is to create temporary subfiles with QTP for each dataset then link them together by record number Srm invcust Sqtp gt access d_invoice gt subfile invtemp size 1 include amp gt custnum invdate amount invnum gt set input limit 0 gt go gt access m_customer gt subfile custtemp size 1 include amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go gt access invtemp link to record 0 of c
210. e use the Item command to specify two implied decimal places for an amount field The following are examples of constant values for this item Constant Interpretation 0 zero value padded as necessary 1 1 00 0 01 0 01 01 also acceptable for 0 01 Notes SQL Columns You must redefine any SQL columns before you can use the Item command gt sel from emp gt def salary sal gt item salary decimal 3 correct scale elt salary gt 15 275 Compound Items When you specify a compound item the attribute applies to all elements of the compound item gt item monthly_totals decimal 2 12 occurrences gt if monthly_totals 5 gt 1000 00 You cannot apply an attribute to only one sub item of a compound item gt item monthly_totals 5 decimal 2 Error Missing attribute for the Item Command When to Specify the Item Command The Item command affects almost all other Suprtool commands It should be used as follows For databases specify it immediately after the Select command but before any Extract or If commands Suprtool Commands e 163 For disc files it is best to specify the Define and Item commands immediately after the Input command Usefiles You can use a usefile as a mini data dictionary for Suprtool For databases it is a good idea to put all the Item commands associated with a database into a usefile After the Base command has been specified the usefile can describe the items in the database to Suprt
211. ead prompts with state AZ the comma is still needed CAN OR no comma on the last line blank line to terminate read Redoing Read When prompting for an expression read saves each line in the redo stack and accepts the Before Do Listredo and Redo commands This provides an easy way to specify all or part of a previous read expression Error Data Overflow While the read function permits long expressions there are other internal limits within the If command The first is a limit on the amount of space for constants Suprtool must blank fill all string constants to their full length The following example overflows the data space gt define char 256 1 256 gt it char 256 a Tb Me Error Data Overflow In this example Suprtool attempted to create three 256 byte constants There wasn t enough room for the last constant Solutions to this problem include If possible define short fields If you have long field names you may want to use the Define command to define shorter subfields Use tables and lookup for many values Split the extract task into multiple passes On the first pass use an If expression that results in the fewest possible number of output records Use the output file from the first pass as input to the second Apply the remainder of your If expression during the second pass Error Code Overflow Suprtool translates If commands to an internal machine representation There i
212. eae E E E A E il nl nt hte ected 311 12 e Table of Contents Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Set Commmand S xtc fo tan cedicessast E ntti aes tae 313 DsPrrsyeits ssudbuetaaatiastsnie viesaedtvi baal oetasheeateactp cays E adie cies 313 Prompt seinen er aene aE TE Uda Eo E abbas sapes TE see sett E E oye 313 DIETE A E E TE A 313 RESEL sna iar E E T EE E AOT E E 313 Underline eiTe ai ar E A ET E E RA TE E R E 314 Verify or aree rea tases Ea e E ape TE E E RE E Te ase ae 314 Use Comimand p O EE E AT 315 Verify Command V nenne E E T E E N E EA vend E E 316 Welcome to Suprlink 317 Welcome to Suprhink ic 2652s tccstetssecssedssusssibssessetsadheststavesseedscessgetepesced escussdstesasesedseessspusgestesceys 317 Terminology and HP UX es is ovcssesssccceessscssssbsveszes Ss svesdstavesscsdacesscodenesces decvasdo tesa sotesseessgbszesdesesys 317 INO CAUION EAE E EE A E sdeteys sees sia uswe A 317 Installing Suprlink 3 2 sscsssc cecscidesse coeds ssussdetavest es lasvesistasgsieedssesscstenesces da cvacdoapeasodedsonssepuszesoescets 318 Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable 0 ce ceecceeeseceeneeceeeceeeceesreeeneeceeeeeeneeeeee 318 ROBELLE Variablen senan oae iil eb Ae leh ean 318 Accessing Suprlink 319 How To Run Suprlink siise sesscsoesciees cases seuskegeceg cae asesseine eers i ea pE E rE EET ETE rE SiE 319 How t Xeq a Suprlink Task aniis rer n asne scenes op r Pain ae E EEE ET ET ESTEE o E 319 Suprtool Link Command ss se
213. eae E aee E teea tusk O EE EES Tna TEESE pEr aSo EEEE S 45 Initial Command Line cemdstring eeesseessseeeseseeeresrsreeresteerssesrresesrenresresresreeresene 45 Default Outcount File Name 0C sssessssessseeeseseeesssreressertenresterrssesrrnsesreeresreeresrereese 45 Exit With Verifye 2V ea a a a E A E ee 46 Combining e and Vii p e paein ear a E a Eaa ea EN 46 Loader Warning a n p a a E a e eed dee E RN 46 HP UX Note S r a a oh el eg ta Sep eee ee A E 46 shell Commands nenio nn hire dine a ed Rs 46 Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable 0 000 eceeesceseceseceeensecesecaecaeenaeeaes 47 ROBELLE Variable 5 ssesch ne nie tien bine di edna ee aides 47 opt robelle s piME Tns eho eid eke eee eae 47 opt robelle help suprtool oo eee cece cese esse cseecaeecseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseenseeeaecsaeesaecsaeeaee 47 O tcount Feree ir soos gee ee Senn aee oeni o oE CEE E S NEE OEE cheba O NEE teeos 47 Differences Between MPE and HP UX seseesseseseeseesesresseserrresesteerrsreersseertnsestenresreeresrenresenees 48 Record Length terisi osoei eesi reeet RA ALL eh ne A a aes 48 Vane Feeds 23 2st sands piste tit ean ON AIS AL a ene i eerie 48 Duplicate Output Files nc scccsc5 ic ie Snes che de es kat on lees eeta e eoe E e a e i 48 Classic Reals as sie Sects oeenn eot NA EAI B As ia E cele nis owe Bede le baer T 48 Input from Stdlist 2 05 cst c ots lina oe eA Atle aoe nhs Heed Sete NE TS eE 49 Missing Features nenret thin locs c
214. eated the PowerHouse subfile use the Erase option of the Output command in Suprtool to load the file This overwrites any data in the data portion of the subfile but it does not affect the dictionary for that file Ssuprtool gt input custmast reclen 80 nolf gt if credit_limit gt 1000000 gt sort custnum gt output cmasfile sf erase gt exit Step 3 Report with Quiz The Cmasfile sf file now contains the sorted records for the Quiz report Quiz can access the file because the Cmasfile sfd containsthe record definition You can now use Quiz to generate the report Squiz gt access cmasfile gt report gt go Using QTP to Create Subfiles You can also use QTP instead of Quiz to create the PowerHouse subfile Srm cmasfile sf Srm cmasfile sfd Sqtp gt access custmast gt set input limit 0 gt subfile cmasfile keep include custmast gt go Creating Subfile with Script File The process of creating a subfile is essentially the same regardless of the input file being used The only things that change are the subfile and input file names Here is a script file for automating this task This script can be executed before running Suprtool or from within Suprtool 68 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX bin sh rm usefile echo set report limit 1 gt usefile echo access 2 gt gt usefile echo set subfile name 1 keep gt gt usefile echo report summary all gt gt usefile echo go gt
215. eates Suprtool as a son process Finally the interface prints the stdlist message file if so directed by the user program Importance of the Exit Command Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX The interface will not invoke Suprtool until your program passes Exit to it as a command line The Exit command must be alone and left justified in the command line You may use Xeq to separate multiple tasks but none of the tasks will be executed until you pass Exit to the interface If you forget the final Exit or put it in the same command line Welcome to Calling Suprtool 359 with another command such as Xeq your Suprtool tasks will be ignored Environment Variables There are two environment variables that help drive the Suprtool2 process ROBELLE The Robelle variable where the Robelle directory is Normally this variable is set in the following manner export ROBELLE opt robelle ROBSUPR The ROBSUPR variable tells the Suprtool2 process the name of the program file that it can launch If this variable is not set then by default Suprtool2 will launch the program file as being ROBELLE bin suprtool You can change the name of the Suprtool program file or even launch other programs by doing a export ROBSUPR bin supramxw You can even run Suprlink or STExport setting the environment variable to the appropriate name export ROBSUPR bin suprlink Control Record The user program must pass a special control record to the interf
216. eature for all runs of Suprtool on your system by putting the command Set FastRead On Or Set Fastread Off into the file opt robelle suprmgr This means that Suprtool will use the faster reads for all runs of Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 197 198 e Suprtool Commands Filecode SET FILECODE number This command is not supported in Suprtool UX Filename SET FILENAME Help Link Edit Hint Export Outcount filename On HP UX it is really only necessary to alter the Help filename since Hints Export and Link are not applicable under HP UX when installing under a different directory opt robelle help suprtool This is the name of the Suprtool UX Help file You can override this name by using Set Filename Help or set the ROBELLE variable as outlined previously set filename help usr local help suprtool Firstrec SET FIRSTREC 011 This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Hints SET HINTS ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX HPUXCmdErr lt string gt SET HPUXCmdErr lt string gt Initially Spaces HP UX and MPE are different in terms of whether or not a file operation is an error or a warning With file operations such as rm or mv the shell that executes these commands returns an error condition to Suprtool which impacts scripts that are converted from MPE For example on MPE a purge command on a file that does not exist was only considered a warning On HP UX an rm comman
217. ecific Suprlink command If you know the structure of the help file you can specify one of the keywords under the command name t help link help on the Link command help link notes notes section of the Link command Keyword Help If we cannot find any help in the Commands section of the help file we assume that you specified one of the outer level keywords in the help file To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You will see a short introduction to Suprlink and then a list of keywords You can specify any of these keywords on the Help command You can also specify a subkeyword help before example example section of Before command Quick Help HQ HQ asks Suprlink to look under the keyword QUICK in the help file QUICK contains the text from the Suprlink Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command thq input quick description of Input hq commands quick list of command names Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file opt robelle help suprlink The Help command uses the Qhelp subsystem from the QLIB For help in help type when you see the Qhelp prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return Press F8 to exit the Qhelp subsystem and return to Suprlink Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Input Command I Specifies the primary input s
218. ecify Columns Fixed the output file will have fixed length records 242 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Date Command DA Specify a specific date format for all dates DATE NONE date format separator INVALID ASTERISKS NULL string Default yyyymmdd Invalid Asterisks Use the Date command to specify an output format for dates Use the Invalid option to specify how invalid dates should be formatted in the output file The advantage of the None option is that it formats all dates whether they are valid or not If you select a date format the default Invalid option replaces invalid dates with asterisks i n STExport must know which fields are dates and the format of each date Use Suprtool s Item command and Output Link option to specify the date information Date Format The date format can be one of ccyymmdd yyyymmdd ddmmyyyy mmddyyyy yymmdd ddmmyy mmddyy aammdd STExport converts each date field from its internal date format into the format that you specify Separator Character By default STExport formats all dates without a separator between the day month and year Specify your own separator by enclosing it inside quotes after you specify the date format The separator must be one character long For example to specify dates in ddmmyyyy format with a slash separator use date ddmmyyyy To specify dates in yymmdd format with a dash separator use Oracle Dates Oracle
219. ecuted The quiet option is not used in the examples above so that you could see the actual commands inside each usefile Suprtool can execute commands quietly using the Useq command gt useq store use no commands are listed Nested Usefiles Usefiles may be nested In other words a usefile may use another usefile to a depth of ten files For example if the contents of the Usedef usefile has a references to Useext both usefiles would be executed 222 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt in dsales gt use usedef define delivered deliv_date define purchased purch_date item delivered date yymmdd item purchased date yymmdd use useext ext cust account ext deliv date ext product no ext product_price ext purch_date ext sales qty ext sales tax ext sales_total gt xeq Care must be taken when entering Use commands with a stacked command after a usefile reference For example if you enter use usedef def j 1 6 byte the Define command will not be executed until after the Usedef and any other nested Use commands are finished Notes The usefile may be an unnumbered fixed length file or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record will be processed For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ If a Use file ends with an ampersand Suprtool will assume that you are continuing the current command on the next line outside of the use file Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Sup
220. ed For interactive approval of each deletion see the Delete command of Dbedit Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Notes For Eloquence manual master datasets a DBDELETE call fails if the entry to be deleted is a chain head with related detail entries still linked to it When this happens Suprtool by default prints an error and stops processing the input data If Set Dumponerror On the record is printed on stdlist If Set Ignore On has been entered Suprtool continues processing and prints a count of chain heads at the end Records that cannot be deleted are not included in the output file Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 99 Do Command DO The Do command repeats without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples gt listredo gt do gt d gt d gt d gt d gt d gt d gt d gt d see the previous 20 commands do previous command again 39 do command line 39 again 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 again list do most recent List command grep do last st
221. edit mask only has two then the data will be rounded appropriately with the same rules as outlined in the number function You can specify more than one decimal place in an edit mask However Suprtool will print a warning and it will utilize the right most decimal place for data alignment The decimal place character is defined by a set command gt set decimalsymbol If you define another character as the decimal symbol Suprtool will use that character as the point to align the decimals If you define a decimal symbol that is not an allowed edit mask character with Set Decimalsymbol Suprtool will assume that the field has zero decimal places and adjust the data accordingly Currency and Dollar signs Suprtool edit masks support both fixed and floating dollar signs Logic for floating dollar signs will be invoked if more than two dollar signs are defined in the edit mask A floating dollar edit mask attempts to put the dollar sign at the left most position of the significant data For example if you have the following data and edit mask 0001234 54 the data would end up as 1234 54 Suprtool will not however put the dollar sign to the right of the decimal place If you had the same edit mask and the data was 09 the data would end up being formatted as 09 Similarily the edit function will attempt to place the dollar sign correctly in most cases For example Suprtool will not format data in the form of Su
222. edo myredo The redo file is already in use Unable to open file for REDO stack In this situation Suprlink continues to use the redo stack active at the time and lets you continue working as normal Qedit can also have permanent redo stacks To prevent products from writing to each other s stack it is advisable to have separate stacks for each product by giving them different file names For example if you use set redo myredo you will have a redo stack called Myredo for your Suprlink commands If you exit Suprlink then run Qedit and supply the same Set Redo command your Qedit commands will be written to the same file that was used for your Suprlink commands Statistics SET STATISTICS ON OFF Initially OFF STATISTICS causes Suprlink to print statistics at the end of each task Varsub SET VARSUB ON OFF Initially OFF Setting Variable Substitution causes Suprlink to resolve any environment variables in a command before processing VarsubCompat Set VarsubCompat On Off Initially OFF The Set VarsubCompat flag has been added to Suprtool for HP UX to have variable substitution be more flexible On MPE variable substitution would pass the name of the variable thru to be parsed even if the variable was not set On HP UX the default behaviour was to return spaces if the environment variable was not set This is still the default behaviour however if you set varsubcompat on Suprtool will return the environment va
223. eeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeessesecssecaeeaecsaeenes 31 Report Only the Duplicate Records ceecseeeneeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesecesecsecaeesaecsaeenes 32 Report Only the Unique Records cseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseceseeeseeesecsaeeaesnaeaee 32 Report Only the Duplicates and Their Originals 0 0 0 0 ee ee ceeecese ese cneecneeeeeeneeees 33 Deleting Duplicate Data File Records eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeaecsaecnaessaeenes 33 Decimal PlACES ves ssei 2 a Selec e n S Soveds dau teas AE T A arabs dovasayenions R 34 Converting NUMDETS i225 ke nr a E oes see toeess E A tase be A N SERA 34 Counts lt arid Subtotals 2 s 54 ccdacisa de E E E epi T A on bevaee seein E 35 Count and Subtotal on Sort Keys 0 cece csecseeeeceeeceseeeseeeecesecssecaecaecaeeaaeenes 35 Sort by Count of Subtotal si e n ae a enon Go esau crete oars E E E 35 Total BY Field ieee e eane aS iene sea cepioeegs tn teste teint E oeyion S 36 Runnin Tota Sa ses5 AG Sask isch sees A E E seein S R eed E E assay EN 36 Running SubTotal S n a E S R E dain E S a S 36 Lasting R COrdS seese eee can ssa E eE E E EE EEEE Er E E rE ESS 37 Changing the Output Record Format seseeeseeeseseeesesressssertersteerrsreetsseerisserteneestentesreereserees 37 Producing a Condensed Table Listing 0 eee ee ee cesecesecssecneecseeeseceeeeeeeeeeesseeesecesecsaecsaecnaeenes 38 Simple Reports e e eseon a seoor EEEE E EEEE r TE REEE TS SEn E EEE TE iS 38 4 e Table of Contents Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Yo
224. egr file Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Openmode SET OPENMODE number This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Oracle Rows SET ORACLE ROWS number Initially 100 If you open an Oracle database Suprtool reads more than one row at a time when processing the input source By default Suprtool fetches 100 rows at a time You can vary the number of rows that Suprtool fetches by using Set Oracle Rows The minimum number of rows is 1 and the maximum is 990 You must specify Set Oracle Rows before entering the Select command Oracle Integer SET ORACLE INTEGER ONIOFF Initially OFF Suprtool by default maps certain numeric fields into packed decimal data types when they have more than one decimal place Decimal Places uprtool Data Type Any The new setting Set Oracle Integer on changes the Suprtool format from packed decimal to Integer based on the size of the Number Precision Decimal Places uprtool Data Type 10 27 Oracle OpenFix SET ORACLE OPENFIX ONIOFF Initially OFF In order to fix a problem introduced by a patch to Oracle 9 we had to change to a new Oracle call interface call You can invoke this new call in one of two methods the first is to use the following Set command Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 205 206 e Supriool Commands gt Set Oracle OpenFix On The second method is to specify the username password in the following manner gt open oracle scott tiger However this optio
225. elds are converted into neutral i e no sign display values The sign is preserved when converting packed fields to display DISPLAY is not supported for Real or IEEE fields Byte fields are not affected by this option Display fields in the input record are not converted into display PRN Many PC software packages import PRN files these files are also called delimited in some PC documentation A PRN file has quotes around character fields and a comma between each field Binary values are output in ASCII with an optional leading sign Not all applications accept PRN files for more precise conversion of data use STExport PRN converts each input field to a fixed width output field filling with trailing spaces where necessary All binary values are converted into their equivalent ASCII value left justified in their fields The sign precedes the ASCII value for the number and can be missing or See the ASCII output option for the field width of each data type Output fields with implied decimal places see Decimal Places on page 162 are formatted with a decimal point in the correct position Like the ASCII option Suprtool reserves two extra columns for each output field with implied decimal places Suprtool Commands e 181 Lotus 1 2 3 accepts records only up to 240 bytes long Because the PRN option leaves room for the maximum value of any field you may need to restrict the number of output fields using the Extract comma
226. elle gt base store 5 Database password gt get d inventory gt out dinv link gt exit Now you can convert the label information to an sd file using the SDUnix utility Note that the data file is the first file passed in the info string Specify LF if you are using DSCOPY Now you can use DSCOPY to copy the files to the HP UX machine dscopy dinv to store dinv dopey data password dscopy dinvsd to store dinv sd dopey data password Specify NOLF if you are using FTP run sdunix pub robelle info dinv dinvsd nolf Use FTP to copy the files to the HP UX machine Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 63 dopey binary exitonerror put dinv users data store dinv put dinvsd users data store dinv sd quit Now you can use Suprtool UX to read the SD file suprtool gt input store dinv gt form File store dinv SD Version B 00 00 No line feeds Entry Offset BIN NO TA LAST SHIP DATE I2 ON HAND QTY I2 PRODUCT NO Z8 SUPPLIER NO Z8 UNIT COST P8 ITEM DESC X20 ITEM DESC2 ITEM DESC3 X20 ITEM DESC4 X20 Entry Length 110 Blocking 1 gt out dinvfile gt xeq Link vs Query SDUnix and Suprtool UX can recognize files created with the Query option and from Query However they cannot recognize compound item details or any Item attributes such as Decimal or Date type Suprtool and Self Describing Files A problem with data files is that there is no field information Self describing files so
227. en it encounters a formatting overflow gt set editstoperror on will force Suprtool to stop if there is data left over to place when applying the edit mask With numeric type fields leading zeroes do not cause overflow Restrictions You can only use one expression in each Extract command and the expression must be the last item If you want to extract several expressions or more fields after an expression you need to use several Extract commands Incorrect gt extract name i sales tips c cost dept Correct Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt extract name i sales commission gt extract c cost gt extract dept Extracting Bits The Extract command can be used to define individual bits from one data item as separate fields order shipped 1 2 int order paid ebrar ant order shipped status field 0 1 order paid status field 1 1 This makes it easier to check the status of certain bits within a given field EBCDIC Conversions Use the etoa or atoe functions to convert specific fields from EBCDIC to ASCII or vice versa Each of these functions accepts a single parameter that is a byte type field Extract ETOA char field Extract ATOE char field There are several restrictions on the etoa and atoe functions They do not work with either the ASCII or PRN output options You cannot extract an EBCDIC constant The following example would produce an error message gt extract
228. entory anne Remote Databases and Oracle Issues In order to connect to the remote database using Suprtool you need to specify the connection parameters as follows gt open oracle username password machine Oracle Libraries If the Oracle libraries have not been loaded Suprtool will print an error on the Open command To find out specific error messages as to why the libraries have not been loaded then just run Suprtool with the lw option which means print loader warnings Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 177 Output Command O 178 e Suprtool Commands Define the name of the output file as one of these a new disc file default an existing file Append or Erase option or for stdlist If you use List Put Update or Total Output defaults to null Output produces the same record format as the input source adjusted by Extract commands unless you override it with format keywords OUTPUT filename format ERASE APPEND Default DATA only new file New Files The filename is the name of a new disc file to be built by Suprtool Output xxx If Suprtool cannot Save the new file because of a duplicate file name you may purge the old file or give the new file a different name If Suprtool is running in batch mode it renames the new file as Outputnn where nn is the lowest number between 00 and 20 that makes a valid new file name The Outputnn file is built in the same directory as the duplicate output file and
229. eq Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 353 Example Suprlink Output Example The Form command displays the fields in a self describing file This information is stored in a file with an extension of sd and is not accessible with other tools Use the Form command to obtain the record layout of Suprlink output files The following example shows the Form command listing for an input file a Link file and the resulting output file We start with an input file of invoices form invoices File invoices SD Version B 00 00 Has Linefeeds Entry Offset CUSTNUM X8 1 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt DELIVERED I2 9 PRODUCTNUM Z8 13 PRICE T2 21 PURCHASED I2 25 QTY Il 29 TAX I2 31 TOTAL I2 35 Entry Length 38 Blocking 1 Suprtool produced both the invoice and the customer file by using the Select Extract and Sort commands The invoice file was produced with Suprtool s Output Link option If you had used Suprtool s Output Query option the Form command would not have printed any information about the key fields The next listing is the customer file form cust File cust SD Version B 00 00 Has Linefeeds Entry Offset CITY X12 1 RATING I2 13 CUSTNUM x8 17 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt STATUS X2 25 FIRSTNAME X10 27 LASTNAME X16 37 STATE X2 53 ADDRESS 2X25 55 ZIPCODE X6 105 Entry Length 110 Blocking 1 The street address is a compound field If you had used Suprtool s Output Query option the field woul
230. erefore Suprlink does not expect an answer from stdin Suprlink assumes that you want your batch task to complete so it always selects the option that will complete the command successfully This is normally a YES answer as in yes purge the file Suprlink prints the question on stdlist as well as the answer that it has selected for you Command Line Options 320 e Accessing Suprlink Suprlink currently allows certain features to be invoked when run from the command line Default Outcount File Name oc If you want to know how many records SuprLink has processed use the oc option This option sets the file name for outcount to sloutcount After a successful task SuprLink writes the number of output records to the sloutcount file You can then use this file in shell scripts to check for specific record counts For example suppose that you want to check for at least ten records from a Suprlink join You would write a shell script in the following manner amp bin sh amp suprlink oc lt lt EOD in orders join ordhist out ordcomb exit EOD if cat sloutcount ge 10 then echo More than 10 records found fi Variable Substitution v A second command line option allows you to turn on variable substitution Due to how environment variables and processes on HP UX interact the variable must be set prior to running Suprlink suprlink v lt lt EOD in myvariable join ordhist
231. ersion is a full port of all Robelle software from SPLash to C using Allegros Splash to C technology and some new underlying supporting C code Suprtool for HP UX with Dynamic Image loading The dynamic load version of Suprtool for HP UX dynamically loads IMAGE intrinsics from a single shared library This allows Suprtool for HP UX to work with products like IMAXSOFT which builds IMAGE replacement intrinsics to work with other databases like Oracle and DB2 Suprtool for AMXW Suprtool for AMXW is a new product that works with Speedware s AMXW emulation product and comes in many flavours including Itanium for any questions on Suprtool for AMXW on PA_RISC or Itanium please e mail neil robelle com 22 e Suprtool Roadmap for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Quick Start Guide for Suprtool How to Run Suprtool What is a Task Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Use the following command to access Suprtool opt robelle bin suprtool SUPRTOOL Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2010 Version 5 4 gt Suprtool prints its version number and the current time right after a banner Suprtool then prompts with gt Press Return after typing each command For example if you type the help command Suprtool prints some help text and a keyword list Type a keyword or press Return to leave Help To exit Suprtool type Exit at the Suprtool prompt gt exit Tasks are the building blocks with which Suprtool helps you to
232. ess then the century applied to the new ship date field will be 20 Ship dates with a year of 15 or more will have a century of 19 applied Date ForceCentury SET DATE FORCECENTURY ON OFF Initially OFF Set Date ForceCentury On will not allow a yy date to be entered in the date function it will force the user to enter a full ccyy date gt set date forcecentury on gt item date field date ccyymmdd gt if date field gt Sdate 00 12 10 Error You must specify the century or Set Date ForceCentury off The default value for Set Date ForceCentury is off Date IfYY2000Error SET DATE IFY Y2000ERROR ON OFF Initially ON By default Suprtool considers dates with a two digit century component from the date and today functions to be invalid when the dates resolve to be greater than 1999 and the If operation is a relative operation e g greater than or equal to You can control whether Suprtool considers this condition an error by using the following Set command Suprtool Commands e 195 196 e Suprtool Commands gt set Date Ifyy2000Error Off The following example shows what is considered to be an error by the If command and how the Set command can turn off the error check gt def a 1 6 gt item a date yymmdd gt if a gt Stoday Error Cannot use a date beyond 1999 for this format gt set date ifyy2000error off gt if a gt date 2000 01 03 We have chosen this condition to be an error by default bec
233. esteceenstsiveseosstey secepvensuveaevecevenncaoueevsseceventvnseecobencevepbeeneentes 264 Listredo Command LISTREDO ccccsescccsssseceessececeesnececseeeecesseeecseaaeeecseseeeessneeeeeaes 265 Output Command O nre r E EE E EEEE EE EET 266 Quote Command Q enee iaa eect cates see aE EER a iT ek riei aikai 267 Redo Command REDO nnna eeri iee E EE a i EEEE iE ikrai 268 Reset Command R nrinn eer rei EEE EE a E EEEE RE Tiera 269 Set Commanid O e E E T 270 L Net al a Ee T n AS E E E A A elt A AS 270 Mappedi seiningen reires in E E E EE O A E ENSE 270 EAT Lo A E E E E EE N EEE A ee A AS 270 SIATE EE E E E E E E E E ees 271 DAT ED i o DAE AE E EE EE OE A E E EE E A E E S 271 VartsubCompat seee E he eel E E E E Seale ein eae ates 272 VawsubDe bu o nae a e Sekt E A A ibe E seek che adeeb ebay 272 Wane S he cecevehateceast hisgubcbenecsuncoubenedvagts cbcavuncgseneetsnsepsubcn ngedbe Geateegecwensy 272 AMUASCDAL cose sed ces cess ss eek deck ahs ee Ee a r ET E REEE EE EE EE r SE 273 SLN ID AE AE PE E RR AE 273 sien Command Slice a aae e E EEE E EE TEE EE ENE E EN 274 Spaces Command SP cerei e a a a ia a 275 Use Command Uy rare areae eetet rae Eer e EERE Era r TEREE NS REEERE 276 Verity C mmand PV heren a a e a i a 277 Xeg Command X rere es aa e deve a o a E guesthouse 278 XML Command XM e e a esaeran erena aE er ae TR eeen EE Eneas 279 Table of Contents e 11 Zero Command Z icin nest a Ati al hese
234. et gt exit For the next example we assume that the D SALES MON dataset is in a different database gt base store gt get d sales gt if purch date 000401 select one day s transactions gt put d sales mon ostore add to OSTORE database the output file defaults to null This example shows how Suprtool can read a disc file and Put each record in a database Notes If the dataset selected for output is a master dataset it is possible that some of the output records may be duplicate key values If this happens Suprtool prints an error message and terminates the task unless you have enabled Set Ignore in which case the duplicates are counted and reported at the end of the task Duplicate records are not written to the output file Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Q Command Q Prints a message on stdlist Q string Default print a blank line The string of up to 253 characters is printed on stdlist The string is truncated to the record width of stdlist The string must be embedded in quotes Either single quotes or double quotes are permitted The quotes are not printed on stdlist Examples The Q command is often combined with the Userpause command The example is a usefile that provides an explanation of how long a task takes gt q gt q We will select all transactions over 10 000 Since gt q there are many transactions this task will take gt q some time usually more than fiftee
235. etails for AMXW Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX In all other cases new files created by Suprtool have a default filecode of zero You can specify an alternate default filecode using Set Filecode Specifying Set Filecode forces Suprtool to create the output file with a specific filecode whenever it was going to use zero To be effective this Set command should be added to the Suprmgr file To configure Suprtool to use the filecode 222 on output files you would add this line to your Suprmgr file set filecode 222 This feature is useful for MPEX users who wish to manage Suprtool output files For example to find all of the Suprtool output files you would do the following run mpex pub vesoft listf code 222 Sexit Of course you can still use a File command explicitly to override the filecode of the output file Squeeze SET SQUEEZE ON OFF Initial amp Default lt neither gt Turning Set Squeeze On forces Suprtool to always truncate the output file limit to the end of file when the output file is closed Turning Set Squeeze Off forces Suprtool not to change the limit when closing the output file By default or by specifying Set Squeeze i e with no option forces Suprtool to decide when to truncate the output limit to the end of file Suprtool will not squeeze a file limit if the input source is a file the output file is not a new file the output file is KSAM CM NM or KSAM64 or if the Ask or Num query output o
236. eteeeeeeseeeeeenees 203 Set Labelledtaperewind 0 0 cece eeeeseeseeneeeeees 204 Set EIMS sereno sc enceeescte sacs taeetcdascenesvevsedeesassseetatees 204 Set List PCDs nra a a RR 171 205 Set Lock Set LP Dbedit is seinere eeaeee nnee eies Set Mapped eire ar vases AE EEE RES set name parameter a Set NiS eie rai dee sgeeantoaveteits a ER Set OpenMode sis ssiri eitra n isi Set Progress Set Prompt Dbedit eee nn nna aa Set Prompt Suprtool eee eeeeeeeeeeseeeneeeeeees Set Quiet Dbedit Set Reset Dbedit Set SOrtlast innen cers j cesses OE ei Set Squeeze ee Set Statistics STEXport 0 ccc ceeeeeeeeseeseeseeeeees 275 Set Statistics Suprlink 0 eee eeeeeeeteeteeeeeeees 355 Set Statistics Suprtool oe eeeeeeeeteereeeeeeeees 214 Set ThousandSymbol ee eeeeeeeeeeeseeseeseneeeeeees 214 Set Underline Dbedit 0 ccc cc cccccccesccessseeeenseees 319 SOtV aru Dice scd mesari er ie re a ae i des 215 Set Varsub STExportt sses 276 355 Set VarSubCompat 215 276 355 Set VarSubDebug n se 215 276 356 S t Verify Dbedit ss andn esena tee cect ss Set ZonedFix STExport Shell commands ceccescesseeceesececeeseeeeeeecseeeeeeeeens Shell Seripa e EEN AEEA ene Sign command signed TUNCtIONY screened hehe Simple selection semeei en ees eseageraeesetces single quotes slash range Of reCOrds ceccecsesseeeeseeeeeeteeneeenees Software Research Northwest cs
237. etter self describing file format The QUERY option produces a file that is similar to the file produced by the SAVE command in the MPE QUERY program LINK The QUERY output option has some major drawbacks Compound fields are not handled date and decimal point information is not saved and sort information is not Suprtool Commands e 179 180 e Suprtool Commands part of the file description The LINK option produces a self describing file that solves all these problems This option is the recommended way to generate files for Suprlink We are also encouraging third party software vendors to accept this format To convert a self describing file back into a non SD file simply purge the corresponding sd file NUM QUERY NUM QUERY creates output records in QUERY numbers format This is an undocumented feature of QUERY that is used by some application packages Records in a numbers file contain the dataset number and the record number in ASCII format A QUERY numbers file is usually used as input to a report program Substituting Suprtool for QUERY in these batch jobs should improve the speed ASK ASK is a QUERY replacement tool from COGELOG ASK creates output records in ASK select file format Suprtool can be used to scan and select records quickly from a dataset ASK Version C can produce reports from the resulting select file This option cannot be used with any other Output option Recent versions of ASK read self descri
238. etting 238 STExport Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Before Command B Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples S11 fd sd is not spelled right fd not found Before Me redo most recent command last command is printed s ll sd Slistredo 10 Sbefore 5 Sbef 8 10 Sb ls Sb is Sb Sbefore 2 Sbefore 5 2 Modify Operators you enter changes to it the edited command is shown you press Return redo 5th command in stack redo 8th through 10th redo last ls command redo Is command redo last containing redo command before previous redo by relative lines If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit Any printing characters replace the ones above Control D plus spaces deletes columns above Control B puts you into
239. evious 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from as entered and the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can print the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered You can write the commands to your terminal or OUT to a temporary file If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples o 5 o 5 10 o help print all Help commands tredo 10 print last ten commands o o o tred ALL print entire redo stack trea tredo purge print all Purge commands purge xx print all purge xx listred commands listredo purge print all with purge anywhere listredo rel print ALL relative numbers listredo 1 10 o0ut lp dump commands to printer listredo unn out save write commands to a file Notes The Listredo command cannot be abbreviated but BJ is accepted as a short form Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 309 Modify Command M 310 e Dbedit Commands Changes the values of any or all fields in a dataset entry MODIFY file options Options numeric valuelAllIKeylLimitIU NderlUPdatekey The field list of the file parameter specifies which fields to modify When the UPDATEKEY option is specified search and sort field values may
240. example counts the number of sales transactions for each customer and produces the total sales for each customer We use the Count and Total options of the Duplicate command Note that we made the output file self describing so we can easily work with it later gt input transactions self describing file gt ext cust_account gt sort cust_account need to sort by key gt dup none keys count total sales_total gt list standard gt out result link gt xeq The output file contains three fields The first field is the cust_account that we extracted Suprtool created two new fields at the end of each output record st count and st total 1 St count contains the number of times each cust_account occurred while st total 1 contains the total sales for each cust_account Sort by Count or Subtotal When Suprtool counts or subtotals the output is sorted according to the key fields If you want your output file to be sorted by the count or by a total you must process the output file with a second task The following example sorts the previous file of totals by ST COUNT We choose a descending sort sequence so that we can see first the customers with the largest number of orders Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Quick Start Guide for Suprtool e 35 gt input result input from previous task gt sort st count desc highest counts appear first gt list standard produce a simple report gt xeq Total by Field If you want to get a single
241. exit Suprlink after specifying part of a task and Suprlink starts processing the task Use the Abort or Suspend options to exit Suprlink conveniently without executing the current task EXIT ABORT SUSPEND XEQ Default XEQ Typing Exit with no parameters means Exit Xeq Suprlink recognizes special command names which specify both the Exit command and an exit option e g ES means Exit Suspend Exit Abort EA Cancels the current operation and terminates Suprlink The Exit command without parameters always attempts to perform the task currently specified while Exit Abort cancels the task and terminates immediately Examples comment You began to specify a linkage stopped for comment coffee and decided to cancel the task comment upon your return input invoices coffee break texit abort cancel linkage and terminate Exit Suspend ES This feature is not currently available in Suprlink UX Exit Xeq EX To perform the current linkage task you can either use Xeq which leaves you inside Suprlink ready to define another task or Exit Xeq which leaves Suprlink when done with the task Exit Xeq is the default option i e specifying exit starts execution of the current task Examples opt robelle bin suprlink texit no input was specified End Of Program opt robelle bin suprlink input invoices link customer output invcust texit link and stop Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX U
242. exiting from batch jobs eect eseeeeereeeeeeees 108 Export command 00 eee eee eee eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 110 Extract command ccccceeseees 37 111 Extract command decimal places cseeeeeee 112 Extract from a table 0 0 eeceeeeseesseeeceseeneeeeeeeeeeseeee 123 Extract functions and Sort 105 218 extracting a TAN GE eisson paste Riiie 115 extracting bits 2 132 extracting Mates ececeesesseeeeeceeceeeteesetseeeeeeees 113 Index e 383 extracting TECOTS esesten ese eeeeeeeeteteeeseeseeeeeeees 140 F Fastread Set Option cccssssssesseeeeeceeeeresesere 200 field lists tee kes sees ce dezes nig nre e ta ees 293 field parameter 94 111 223 380 field type crnina as ne eee eee 167 Fieldname Heading command 1 00 ee eee 257 Pile commnand eeens ia ia cee 310 file name parameter ssseseeeeeeeeesersrereerererees 159 180 file names hardcoded cccccccceeeeees 47 237 323 File option in Listssecc teveivec esis no 207 file parameter Dbedit 0 eee eeeeeeeteeseeeeeeeees 298 filesystem CrTOf ies fie creates ceeetag cecaereneeesiates Filecode Set option filename parameter cceeeceeseeseceeeeeeeeseeneteeeaes filling unmatched join fields 0 eee eeeeseeeeeeeeeeee filling unmatched link fields finding invalid dates eceeceseesececeeeeceeeteeseeeeee Firstrec Set opti n anano e ana fixed columns fixed length output fil
243. f STD Ribbons are listed here Under Option When Dbedit prompts for a value for a field it prints a series of underlines These underlines indicate the maximum field width These underlines can be useful but they may not work on all terminals You can disable underlining by using Set Underline Off Once underlining is turned off you may wish to enable it again but only for one command The Under option overrides the Set Underline but only for the current command Updatekey Option The Updatekey option allows the Modify command to change the value of search and sort fields i e critical fields Normally Modify does not allow any changes to the search or sort fields Without the Updatekey option Modify does a DBUPDATE of the modified record If CIUPDATE is Disallowed when you specify Updatekey and change a critical field Modify will DBDELETE the existing record then DBPUT a new record with the changed values If CIUPDATE is On or Allowed in the database Modify can use DBUPDATE to change the critical fields This is much faster than using DBDELETE and DBPUT Subcommands You may enter a subcommand any time Dbedit prompts for the value of a field The available subcommands are Subcommand Purpose II stops the current command immediately same as you may also use the Control Y Interrupt key describes the current field including any implied decimal points lt goes back one field to the previous field in the lis
244. ffers two solutions 1 Use the opposite quote mark e g don t Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX 2 Whenever two quote marks appear in a string they are treated as a single quote e g don t Subscript A subscript is used to specify one of many fields in a repeated item Within Eloquence it is possible to specify repeated fields For example costs 5J2 The item COSTS consists of five double integers You select one element of a compound field by specifying a subscript in parentheses the first element is 1 not 0 For example if you wanted to select the input records where the second cost was greater than 10000 you would use gt if costs 2 gt 10000 The 2 portion of the command is the subscript The default subscript is the first sub item for Total Define Sort and If but the entire compound item for Extract Table does not allow subscripts it always uses 1 The If command has another syntax using up to three subscripts allowing you to refer to subfields without Define see the If command for details Tables Tables are created with the Table command and they are used for testing in the If and Chain commands Tables are used by the lookup function of the If command Use tables when you wish to check a data field for many different test values You may also use tables to specify the records to search for with the Chain command Table can also mean a table from an SQL database Warnings Warnings ar
245. figuration Files When you run Suprtool it automatically uses this configuration files if it exists 44 e Running Suprtool under HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX opt robelle suprmgr The system manager usually creates opt robelle suprmgr and puts Suprtool commands in it to set Suprtool options To check the options for your site examine this configuration file On Line vs Batch Access You normally run Suprtool as an on line session You type Suprtool commands on your terminal and Suprtool prints responses on your terminal If you redirect stdin or stdout Suprtool assumes that it is in batch Suprtool in batch is almost identical to Suprtool on line except for answering questions When Suprtool asks a question in batch it does not expect an answer from stdin because no one is there to answer Suprtool assumes that you want your batch task to complete so it always selects the option that completes the command successfully This is normally a yes answer as in yes purge the file Suprtool prints the question on stdout as well as the answer that it has selected for you Command Line Options Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX You can invoke Suprtool UX with various options The syntax for invoking Suprtool UX is suprtool cv Initial Command Line ccmdstring You can specify commands by using the c option followed by the actual commands There must be no space between the c and the command list If there is a space within th
246. file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command Redo on page 208 for details Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 175 Numrecs Command N Limits the number of records selected and the size of the sort scratch file NUMRECS size percentage default size 10 000 or EOF of input source Parameters To limit the number of records selected from the input source and to reduce the size of the sort scratch file use the Numrecs command If you select more than size entries Suprtool prints a warning message and ignores the rest of the input records However the output file will have the records that were selected Use a percent sign to specify the Numrecs as a percentage of the input file size The percentage can range from to 500 but values over 100 have no effect on HP UX Reducing File Sizes Suppose that the d sales dataset contains 100 000 entries but you use the If command to select 15 of the entries We would specify 15 as the percentage on the Numrecs command to reduce the size of the sort scratch file and the output file specify input specify 15000 as file size select a subset of d sales sort using the dataset path output file will have room for 15000 records gt get d sales gt numrecs 15 gt if sales qty lt 100 gt sort cust account gt output out2 gt xeq
247. for HP UX Initially MPE ON ReadOnly OFF Tablesize 1 megabyte When Set Limits MPE is Off you cannot execute any HP UX command e g rm This is an irreversible option once disabled it cannot be enabled again by the user Table Size On HP UX you can control the size of a table with the Set Limits TableSize command By default an individual Table will be 50 Megabytes in size and you can have up to 10 tables The Global limit for all tables is up to 500 Megabytes You can control the size of a given table with the command gt Set Limits TableSize n If you enter the command Set Limits TableSize 100 and the next table command that you build will have a limit of 100 Megabytes Read Only Suprtool normally allows any user with the proper access capabilities to add records to a database To prevent users from accidentally updating their database we provide the following setting within Suprtool gt set limits ReadOnly On The ReadOnly setting once turned on cannot be turned off for the current run of Suprtool This disables all commands that potentially change data for the specified database If Set Limits ReadOnly is enabled then the Add Put Delete and Update command in Suprtool will return an appropriate error message You can Set Limits Readonly on the command line using the c option For example the following command file can be used to restrict who has write access to a given database In this example only the roo
248. ful invocation of Suprtool UX produces a file While these files are small they may clutter up a busy system so that is why the default file name is none Running Suprtool under HP UX e 47 Differences Between MPE and HP UX We have tried to make the MPE and HP UX versions of Suprtool as compatible as possible This section describes how Suprtool UX is different from Suprtool MPE Record Length On MPE Suprtool can obtain the record length of a file There is no concept of record length on HP UX because a file consists of a string of bytes In Suprtool UX there are two ways to determine the record length Specify the record length with the Rec parameter of the Input command Use self describing files If the specified record size is incorrect Suprtool UX cannot verify it The most common symptom of an incorrect specification in size is an offset of one or more characters in each field Line Feeds In MPE there is no separator between records in a file In HP UX there may not be a separator or there may be a line feed between each record For Suprtool to correctly read a data file it must know whether the line feeds are present You can specify whether or not a file has line feeds via the LF or NOLF options in the Input command Suprtool and STExport allow control over whether or not line feeds will be written to the output file or not For details please see the Output Commands for both Suprtool and STExport Duplicate Output
249. ge hunts all over the database with DBFIND and DBGET to collect your data It would be faster if the report program could just read a sorted disc file with a big record containing all the data necessary for the report and this is Suprlink s function Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the desired records of the sales detail dataset and put them in a disc file Then Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the customer master dataset and write them to a second disc file If Suprtool sorts both files by customer Suprlink can link them together producing a third file whose composite record consists of the related fields from both files This file is just what we need to feed into the report program For example a sales report program might read a disc file whose records consist of sales transactions plus customer information This file has been sorted by customer number and date If there are several sales for the same customer the customer information is just repeated in each record The report program reads the records checks for level breaks and formats and prints the records The user manual contains the full description of all the Suprtool suite of products including Dbedit Suprlink STExport Dbedit and Suprtool2 as well as usage tips and commands for each The manuals are up to date with all the latest changes To see only the changes in the latest version see the What s New section of the manual or see the change notic
250. ge sdunixnm pub 3 Specify file command for proper program file size file sdunixnm disc 1400 4 DSCOPY the file from your Unix machine 62 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX dscopy opt robelle mpe sdunixnm hpux user password to sdunixnm bin fcode 1030 rsize 256 fix rep 5 Remove any old versions of Sdunix 6 Rename the program file rename sdunixnm sdunix To install the CM version of SDUnix specify Sdunixcm as the file name disc 400 1 1 for the file size and 1029 for the filecode SDUnix Parameters All SDUnix parameters are specified via Info string There are three parameters input file sd file LF NOLF The first parameter is the name of an MPE self describing file The second parameter is the name of the sd file that SDUnix created LF vs NOLF Use the third parameter to specify whether the data file has LF line feed as the record separator or whether the file does not use a file separator If you use FTP to copy the data file to your HP UX machine you should specify the NOLF option and be sure to use a binary mode transfer If you are using DSCOPY with its default options to copy the data file you should specify the LF option Examples The following section contains examples of creating an SD file on MPE converting the SD information and finally copying the two files to an HP UX machine First create an SD file with run suprtool pub rob
251. get reset between each task Lock SET LOCK number This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Suprtool Commands e 203 204 e Suprtool Commands MakeAbsent SET MakeAbsent OnlOff This command has no effect in Suprtool UX NLS SET NLS number Initially 0 or NUDATALANG JCW Use Set NLS with files from MPE systems to specify the language to be used for sorting Character type fields see Native Language Support The number corresponds to an NLS language you cannot use the NLS language name The common language numbers are Number SSCid guage SSS foo Natives300 foo sb C C NumBug SET Numbug OnlOff The number function had a bug whereby it would add on two zeroes and or bad data if the input number did not have a decimal point We have fixed the bug so that the number function no longer adds the two digits on the end in error However some users worked around this issue by doing the following gt extract target truncate number conv field 100 Since some users used this work around the fix to the number function will then return incorrect results Therefore we added the set numbug command to have Suprtool revert from the correct behaviour to continue to have the bug By default Suprtool will just convert the number and not add on the data at the end however if you have used the work around then you can add the command gt set numbug on to the script directly or globally in your suprm
252. gt exit Relative Definitions DEFINE field fieldname subscript offset sublen type subcount Default sublen type same as fieldname The fieldname is a field from an Eloquence dataset specified in Get or Chain or a column from a table specified in Select or a field from a self describing file or another Defined field Relative definitions are similar to COBOL s Redefine verb The sublen and type are optional They default to the total byte length and type of the fieldname The subscript parameter is an optional sub item index for arrays such as Eloquence compound items like 5J2 or 4X20 The first sub item is number 1 and if no subscript is provided Suprtool uses the first sub item The offset parameter is optional and specifies a byte offset from the position that would otherwise be used This allows you to define fields relative to other fields The offset starts at 1 and not at 0 i e FIELD 1 is the first byte of the field Suprtool Commands e 93 To define a field that corresponds to the second index of the address array of the customer file you would use gt in customer self describing file gt define city address 2 gt if city Vancouver gt list gt xeq Data Types Here are the valid types Type Description BYTE printable ASCII characters INT INTEGER two s complement DOUBLE two s complement IEEE IEEE floating point PACKED packed decimal PACKED packed decimal
253. gular path to multiple datasets random retrieval via IMAGE keys with its well known performance problems we have chosen to follow a different path fast serial extracts plus a very efficient merge Summary of the Suprlink commands Before Input Redo Xeq Do Join Reset expression Exit Link Set OS Command Form LISTREDO Use Help Output Verify The minimum abbreviation of each command is shown in capital letters Terminology and HP UX Many of the terms and examples in this manual use terminology specific to MPE and IMAGE SQL databases We have edited the Suprlink UX manual to be more generic in this regard however some references remain for clarity Notation The Suprlink documentation uses a common notation in describing all commands Here is a sample command definition Link filename BY link keys FROM input keys OPTIONAL UPPERCASE LETTERS are required elements in the command and must be typed exactly as they appear Example BY Highlighted lowercase letters underlined or italic are variables to be filled in by the user In the help file Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to Suprlink e 317 underlining and italics are not available and variables will appear simply in lowercase Example filename Brackets enclose optional fields Example FROM input keys Braces enclose comments in examples Braces are allowed for comments in actual Suprlink commands Example output repts tem
254. h axenic ke ate ee ete 190 Set Command S sects 4 canes esscoseast T a E nt en eet nl est 191 ATID ASCs eece EE E E T elaine ees ctase EEE ANE A ct 193 Vaid nTa 0 NO EEANN ALEEA EEE E E NEE AE AA 193 JBS TAO TENE E E TE A A eth ee 193 1B 8G EA AE AEE EEE E ENEE A A NEE EEE AA 193 1101 A ee ae eae EE ee A E NEE ee AA 193 EET E aTe eg are ee E EE AEE E AA 193 CULTENCYS VIMO eese ritieni eoar orae cp e E r EE TEE EE ESTESE 194 Date D ALOI i ETE EE E E E E EEE EES 194 Date ForceCent ry oeer r E E E ea nan eE EET 195 Date HY Y2000Erfrof msn an E Soca dee E eee R 195 Date MapToPHDateg passieren e e eee aia E EEEE EERE 196 DecimalSymboha n Raseena a a Ea E ERE ain ais 196 1B Yo Us eee AEE E EE E E ET E EET EE 196 DPDu umpOnErr OT sei e rE r AE a tte EE e A AREE ERE ave sate 197 EditStopError s ae e ar ativan eee EE AEE ERE AS AE eee 197 Po ad ARE RS nr eee eo E ee re 197 Fast 1a MAREE EE aves cence ones E E E ve Sabet Soap eentane ele 197 File C OMG a deve dues co veecadaas oboe ential cea E A E a 198 BilO Maine AE E AE E EEE oucedegnencused ueveasenueutuneees 198 FirsreCnnee e e cx bens eoceea ek oa sabe EE EO 198 HAS eaa e a a a cs tans a ee a a aaa a 198 HPUX CmdErr lt strin 8 gt see eiere re hte eer EEE E E EE EErEE EVE EES 198 TECH E CK annn n a a a ok a ee a a a es 199 TE TOLEY oo scssneeb sherk E E E E E E E E E 199 INEX 1 1 6 nena n a a a a e a a S 199 ltemAbbreviateDatesne innean eE EAE EE EEEE 199 ltem Ock ente cits EE E E E S 20
255. h the List command Here is a typical use of List to find any entries in the Customer table that do not have a valid value for status gt open oracle demo reader gt select from customer gt if status lt gt 10 20 30 40 gt list gt xeq input from a database read this table the only valid values print bad entries Format You can override the defaults with a specification in the List command e g List Hex Char If the input source is not self describing and no Extract command is specified the default output format is Octal Char which also shows both input and output record numbers Decimal Places The List command formats numbers using the implied number of decimal places For example the following Suprtool commands format the unit cost with two decimal points We specify the Rightjustnum keyword because numbers with decimal points are hard to read if they are left justified gt item cost decimal 2 two implied decimal points gt list rightjustnum numbers right justified gt xeq with decimal points Listing Record Numbers The Norec keyword prevents the printing of the input and output record numbers The input record numbers are not printed if Output xxx Data is used and the file is sorted 168 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Listing One Field per Line Suprtool normally attempts to list more than one field on every line of list output The Oneperline keyword
256. hanged to telling you that you have made it into Suprlink Suprlink expects you to type command lines ending each one with Return How to Xeq a Suprlink Task Normally you enter a series of commands These commands specify the Input file the Output file and the Link file name s Finally you enter an Xeq or an Exit command This begins the actual Suprlink linkage task If you entered the Exit command Suprlink will finish the current task then return you to the Operating system EXIT If you entered the Xeq command Suprlink will finish the current task then prompt you for another task This continues until you enter the Exit command If you wish to terminate Suprlink immediately perhaps you are confused enter Exit Abort This will terminate the Suprlink program immediately without attempting any task Suprtool Link Command This command is not currently available in the HP UX version Exit with Verify This feature is not yet available in the HP UX version Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Accessing Suprlink e 319 Using Suprlink in Batch You normally run Suprlink as an on line session You type Suprlink commands on your terminal and Suprlink prints responses on your terminal If you redirect stdin or stdlist Suprlink assumes that it is in batch Suprlink in batch is almost identical to Suprlink on line except for answering questions When Suprlink asks a question in batch no one is there to answer it Th
257. have a space neutral a plus sign for positive values or a negative sign Specify Sign None to cause STExport to completely ignore the sign If you specify Sign None no error or warning message appears if any numeric types have a negative value Leading vs Floating If you specify Columns Fixed it is easy to see the difference between a leading versus a floating sign A leading sign always appears in the same column whereas a floating sign always appears before the first digit of a number For example Sign Leading Sign Floating 22415 224 I5 207 207 16600 16600 21910 21910 84TI 42 16713 7970 Trailing Sign Specify Sign Trailing to cause the sign character to appear after each formatted number Remember that for many numeric types the sign for positive numbers is a space STExport always leaves room for the sign even if it is a space 274 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Spaces Command SP Specify whether trailing spaces are to appear in byte type fields SPACES NONE TRAILING Default None If byte type fields are surrounded with quotes see the Quote command the Spaces command determines whether trailing spaces in byte type fields appear within the quotes Use Spaces Trailing if you want to retain all of the spaces in a byte type field Software packages that store variable length character data treat trailing spaces as data Use Spaces None to remove trailing space
258. he installation should only take a few minutes Instructions for HP UX If you received a production release tape from Robelle then you can install using the instructions on this web page http www robelle com support install tape sxprod html If you downloaded the Suprtool production release from our web site then the instructions can be found here for the ftp download method http www robelle com downloads install sxprod ftp html and here for the WRQ download method http www robelle com downloads install sxprod wrg html Instructions for AMXW Suprtool for AMXW is not available on tape but can be easily downloaded from our web site The instructions for the production release install can be found here http www robelle com downloads install amxwprod html Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Installing Suprtool e 21 Suprtool Roadmap for HP UX Road Map to Suprtool on HP UX Over the past year we have created several new versions and options for Suprtool on HP UX This next section describes the various options Suprtool for HP UX This is the original version of Suprtool that supports Eloquence Oracle and Allbase databases Suprtool for HP UX comes in two flavours one in PA_RISC and one in Native Itanium The PA_RISC version can run on both platforms however the Native Itanium version runs strictly on Itanium machines The Native Itanium version of Suprtool does not include the DBedit module The Native Itanium v
259. he AS 282 Example of STExport Output 283 BX AMP lO scsessastveds E ce susan sesttenn cosets O EAO seeds bece cone E S ENT 283 Limits Within STExport 287 Maxam 02 arnee eE a e E nen REEN E toe avesenneos E E ENEE ie 287 Welcome to Dbedit 288 Introduction eea eee i a a e a e cessed E eee 288 REStICHONS os 2 ENO ETEEN OAE TA EEEE ETE EEEE EEEE EA TEE 288 Functions of DBEdIt seee en a ae dec stent ape e aeaee h eu ear aeea E NR S EE ER 288 Performance of DNE dE e ree eE eere ar aer r Ee eesdecdedeecuacsageused AEREE E RRENEN EVE EREEREER 289 Biel a B A EE E PE EEE EEE ET E EAE PE tessa 289 Database Locking a secs teu cesdesscsinedvatvenessersneu enee ee oses Spe dbevsensstevaeyns ioe Toae Spei oea REO SNR E ESen 290 Decimal POES rr a R Ee e ae rae ae A Aa e e aea SEE EEAS 290 Crtical Item Update ee rer aeeoa apen de ae E Saa vee sabe OTEN su ioe a oe Ta i oeri SEIE seen 291 Dbedit Commands 292 Eee E oI A E E A ee 292 Ap brevia n E a e ea S A e A EA S R E S E E S RS 292 Uppercase or Lowercase snn enS a RE S a AS a E E E S wow 292 Contin ation AOE E E E ET EE E 292 Controle E E EEEE T een theeee eee 293 Comments on Command Lines ccccccsseceessececeessececseccecessneeecseneeeecseeeeeeeseeeeees 293 OS Commands e e a a A A Aa S EAE ERE 293 EN eE ALA AEE E E E EE S Gtieaseete 293 Example Database kn i enone Sa arae E S E E E A E SN 294 Prompting for Search Criteria eee ceeeeeeeeceeeeesecesecesecaecsaecneecseeeneeeaeeeeeees 294 Command
260. he long field If the expression on either side of the equal sign consisted of more than one field using the operator or involved any of the string functions Supper lower trim ltrim or rtrim Suprtool would have compared both sides of the equal sign by padding the shorter field with spaces It is only the case where you are directly comparing one byte type field to another that Suprtool uses the length of the shortest field for the comparison You cannot compare a byte field to a numeric type field If you have a byte field that consists entirely of numeric digits redefine the field as a display type and use the redefined field name in the If command Character Type Byte type fields can also be checked to see whether they contain only Alpha Numeric Alphanumeric or Special characters The complete field is compared against the specified character types Type Characters Alpha A Z a z 52 characters Numeric 0 9 10 characters Special anything else 194 characters including spaces punctuation Roman 8 letters binary junk Alphanumeric A Z a z 0 9 62 characters For the test result to be true all the characters in the field must be of the specified character type To test a substring use the Define command to define a subfield gt if field alpha gt if field lt gt numeric Examples String Class 1234 numeric 12 3 no class contains both numeric and special ABCD alpha B JONES no class contai
261. hen selecting a particular table in the following manner gt select from purchdb orders In this example the owner is purchdb and the tablename is orders 2 Suprtool does not currently handle the Allbase date format You can convert the Allbase date format to something that Suprtool can handle with the TO_CHAR function in the Select statement For example gt select qty TO_CHAR date YYYYMMDD from manufdb testdata gt def mydate date 1 8 redefine date gt item mydate date yyyymmdd define the date format gt if mydate lt Stoday 900 Suprtool and Oracle You specify an Oracle database with the Open command You can open any Oracle database to which you normally have access If you cannot open your Oracle database check with your system or database administrator so that your environment can be set up properly Once Suprtool has opened the database use the Form command to obtain information about the tables in the database Use the Select command to choose what data to read from your Oracle databases Oracle access is available as a separate add on module to Suprtool Data Types When you specify a Select command Suprtool figures out how to translate the Oracle internal data types so that Suprtool can process them Not all Oracle data types can be processed by Suprtool The following table lists the Oracle data type and the corresponding Suprtool data type Oracle Data Type uprtool Data Type 60 e Suprtool I
262. hod of generating a numeric constant So a date selection like gt item invoice date date YYMMDD gt if invoice date lt S today is exactly the same as gt if invoice date lt 980401 on Ist April 1998 Suprtool does record selection on the numeric value of the field and not on the implied date value If we move the calendar ahead to January 1 2000 and do the same commands as above the result would the same as if you had typed gt if invoice date lt 000101 on Ist January 2000 If you have some invoice dates from the previous century e g 990101 for December Ist 1999 they will not be selected Will Suprtool Generate an Error for Two Digit Year Dates Sometimes Because dates beyond 1999 will not collate properly for the YYMMDD and YYMM formats starting in version 4 0 11 the If command produces an error if the year specified in a date or today function is greater than 1999 and the date format is YYMMDD or YYMM and you are performing a relative operation e g lt lt gt or gt gt item enddate date yymmdd SEF enddate gt Sdate 4 21st century date Error Cannot use a date beyond 1999 for this format Suprtool returns this error by default but you can override it with the following set command gt set date ifyy2000error off This tells Suprtool to allow the previously described relative operations and suppress the error message While you can override the error checking the
263. how another file with a sd extension This file contains a description of its own record structure this allows you to refer to the field names and Suprlink can compute where they occur in the record For example Sales is sorted by custno key is custno Join two files into custsale input sales join custfile output custsale exit Join Keys Suprlink allows files to be linked by up to two keys a primary and a secondary key field By default Suprlink assumes that the key field to the Join file is the same key field specified for the Input file If the Join key field is different from the Input key field use the BY clause to specify the correct key field input customer key name is custnum join sales by custno new name for the same field You would also use the BY clause if the Link file was created using the Suprtool Output Query option instead of Output Link Secondary Keys Suprlink has an option that allows you to select which join record you want by matching a second key field in the master JOIN filename BY primary key secondary key This option forces Suprlink to compare both the primary key and the secondary key when comparing an input record to a join record For example input ordhist key name is cust join orders by cust prod Orders contains prod This example says that the file Orders is sorted by both cust and prod fields The join will occur on those records that
264. ht want to combine a person s first and last name including a space between the two gt if Strim first Strim last Joe Smith Mixed Case Upper and Lower By default Suprtool does an exact match when comparing two string expressions If the expressions vary in the capitalization of characters Suprtool finds them to be different To do caseless string comparisons or pattern matches use the upper or lower functions Both ASCII and Roman 8 characters are shifted by upper and lower For example gt if Supper city VANCOUVER gt if Slower city edmonton Note that if you use the upper or lower functions Suprtool does not upshift or downshift any constants used in the comparison You must explicitly specify the constants in the correct case or you can use upper or lower with the constant gt if upper city Supper vancouver Use the upper or lower functions for caseless pattern matching As with other comparison operators you must specify constants in the correct case when doing pattern matching gt if upper city VAN gt if lower city ed You can use upper and lower with string expressions that combine many fields and string functions as shown in the following example gt if Sread Supper Strim first Strim last JOE SMITH Date Selection The If command has four functions to help select records based on dates date today days and stddate Th
265. ibing Files The Link output option produces an SD file with information about how the file was sorted what fields are compound and the date format or the number of implied decimal places for any fields The Form command shows all of this information File custfile SD Version B 00 00 Has line feeds Entry Offset CHAR_FIELD X5 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt REPEATED_I1 311 compound field DATE_FIELD J2 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt COST_FIELD J2 Pe Oa a Entry Length 20 Blocking 1 Default Form If a Chain Get Select or Input command of a self describing file has been entered a Form command without parameters shows the fields in the current input source If a Base command has been specified but no input source a Form command without parameters does a Form Sets If an Open command has been specified but no input source a Form command without parameters shows the tables in the SQL database Form Keywords The Form command shows items paths and sets before it searches for a dataset or file with these names Use a string e g sets to display the form of a dataset or file that matches one of the Form keywords gt form paths paths is the name of a dataset Suprtool Commands e 135 Get Command G Numrecs is another way to select only a few records 136 e Suprtool Commands Selects an Eloquence dataset from a previously opened Base as the input source for the next extract You must have read access to all fields in th
266. ibing file The Form command is similar to the Form command of QUERY on the HP e3000 FORM SETS ITEMS PATHS dataset data item filename Default depends The Form command displays the structure of a database dataset table or self describing file When showing the form of an Eloquence dataset or a self describing file Suprtool shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one If you have specified a date format or the number of implied decimal places with the Item command these attributes appear as part of the form listing Dataset List gt ba sample Database sample TPI Eloquence B 07 00 B 07 00 Set Item Entry Load Entry Sets Num Type Count Capacity Count Factor Length B F CUSTOMERS 1 MDX 355 1177 87 0 PARTS 2 MDX 524 182 35 23 53 0 ID 3 MDX 2259 47 2 0 ORDERS 4 DDX 008 47 a0 F 0 LINEITEMS 5 DDX 008 272 0 Suprtool shows the type of each dataset e g M for Manual master A for Automatic master D for Detail If you have enabled dynamic dataset expansion Suprtool adds DX to the type of the dataset e g MDX DDX Since Eloquence has these features available by default the Type of Dataset will always be either MDX or DDX Detail Datasets If you request information about a specific detail dataset Suprtool prints the path information in DBSCHEMA format The path shows the related master dataset and the sor
267. iee deenaa eii 24 copying to another database 186 COURS secs deen coe ee T ke EA A E E E 35 count duplicate records s seseeseeeeeeeissrerererereees 103 count parameter count qualifying records eeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeens 185 Count output restrictions ee eee eeeeeeeeeeeee 105 critical fields Changing ce eeeeeseeseeeeeeneeee 301 critical item update 295 301 306 315 321 D data CONVETSION serene ni ea E E EEE 125 Data option Data option Tables eisenii eshit 221 data Overflow error seseeeeessessrsressereeersrsrsrererereseses 157 database editing 107 database parameter 379 database open mode 208 database Opening eee ese eseeeeeeceeeneeseeseeeeeeesees 86 database OUtPUt eee eseeeeecteeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeee 186 database password 86 186 dataset end of file ccc ccsscceesseceesseeeessseeeeesee 200 dataset highwater mark eee eeeeeeeeeeeee 200 Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX dataset inputs nesine nerra eea dataset output data types eee Data types Allbase Aata types Oracle c cccicsecssreencessesescetencedesseratentoons Date command 0 eee ces eeeeeeteetseeseenseeeeees Date command invalid dates Date command separator character date CONStANIS eee eee ee eeeeee date format in List eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeees date format Date command ccec cee eeeeeseeeeeeeee
268. ies ee deleting entries recovery delimited output files 0 0 0 eee eeceeeeereeteeteeeeees Delimiter commando eceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees Delimiter maximum length Desc parameters oc svevsives scavecdenesea cates a descending Order ececeecceeeeeeeseeteceeeeteeeeeeee differences MPE vs HP UX ccccccccccesssceesseeeees dise SPaCe sescy vce ieioea e a Sissstesch ek E disc space reduced re display constants eeeceeeeeeesececeeeeeeceeeeneeteetseeeees display fields maintaining the sign 125 Display option Do command Suprtool 5 3 11 for HP UX User Manual documentation cccccccescceeesseceesseccesseeeessseeeesseeees 17 double quotes 4 271 double sided printing 172 downshifting strings ee 120 Dumponerror Set Option ce eeeseeesseeeeeeeees 200 Duplicate and non SD files 00 ee essere 104 Duplicate comman4d 102 duplicate field names 3 duplicate keys order Of sort eeseeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeseses 66 duplicate output file seseeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeerersrserrsreresesee 48 duplicate records Duplicate records duplicates reMOVING seesesesseesereeerersrererererereses 102 duplicates saving sseeseeesesesesssesererersrsrsrrrereseseee 102 dynamic dataset expansion cece 134 135 dynamic Web pages ccceceeseeseseeseeeeseeeeeeeneens 262 E
269. ification NUMETIC SLING LOS ec eeeceeeeteeteeteceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaee Numeric to Byte conversion cceeseeceeteeeeeeeeenee 127 NUMETIC tUNCALION oo eeeeeese eee eeeeeteeeeeseeseeeeeneeee 147 Numeric value option Dbedit eee 299 Numrecs command ccccccceeeeessseeeceeeessseeee 55 178 O O S commands OC Option Offset parameter nessen eetset iee E iE a R 94 Open comma d asisite ee o nean iara 179 option parameter Dbedit ssseseseseeeseseseerereseseses 299 optional command name s ssssseeseseeesssrsrereeesrseses 168 optional Join option sssssssssssessssessestsesrsessrersrereseses 347 optional Link option s essssesesssssesrsesissrsrrrsrereseses 349 OROperator sesaria n a tetas aevesnstev ee nsiateutes 141 Oracle applications 60 Oracle database Oracle data types Oracle date format 0 ececeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeaee Oracle dates 3 ss ecscessssevtesgtessseinaesh odesseneisvoussvsctecsunes Oracle Integer Set 7 Oracle sLoadin 8 u snoeren eel ai Oracle Number Conversion c secceseeeeeeeeeeeeseene 61 Oracle OpenFix Set eeseeeeseseesteeseeeeeeeees 209 Oracle PassShift Set cccccccccccsscccssssecessseeeesseees 209 Oracle Rows Set Oracle ZeroNull Set ccccccccccssscccesseecessseeessseees 210 Oracle performance eici nii 719 OS commands eee cee ceececeseeeeseesseeeeeee 297 out of disc
270. igation where ways to Clean up your data in any given byte type field Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX We have added two methods to clean your data you can use Suprtool to clean an individual byte type field or STExport to clean all of the byte type fields for a given file that you are exporting Un printables Sometimes un printable or extraneous characters get stored in files or databases that have no business being there This may be some tab characters in an address field or perhaps and embedded carriage return or line feed Suprtool now supports the clean function which will replace individual characters for a given byte field There are three things that Suprtool needs to know in order to clean a field Suprtool needs to know which characters it needs to clean what character it needs to change the bad characters to and also what field does it need to clean Clean Command Syntax You can specify special characters Decimal 0 thru Decimal 31 via the command Clean special You can also specify a range or characters by using the following syntax Clean 0 31 240 255 The Clean command is used to tell Suprtool what characters it needs to look for in a given byte type field For example clean 9 10 I will tell Suprtool to replace the tab character Decimal 9 Line Feed Decimal 10 and a period to whatever the Clean character is set to The CLean command takes both decimal notation and
271. igits to the right of the decimal point The Scientific option formats the number with all significant digits to the right of the decimal point followed by the exponent e g 0 47832E 10 Notes Both the Fixed and Scientific options attempt to round the number to the specified number of decimal places within the maximum width for each floating point data type If STExport cannot format a floating point field in the specified number of decimal places the number appears as asterisks Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 251 Form Command F 252 e STExport Commands Display the fields in a self describing file FORM filename If no file name is specified the fields in the input file are displayed The display shows the field type and field length in IMAGE notation An I1 field is a single integer Packed fields show the number of nibbles subtract one to obtain the number of digits Byte and zoned decimal fields show the byte length When showing the form of a self describing file STExport shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one There are two types of self describing files One type is produced with Suprtool s Query output option You produce the other type with the Link output option The Form command shows the internal self describing version number enabling you to tell the difference A 00 00 Query Output Option
272. ile it appends the fields of the Link file to the Output record in order Suprlink drops the key fields from the Link records since they always contain duplicated data If a field name other than one of the two explicit keys is duplicated in several datasets it will end up duplicated in the final output file An example would be a Timestamp field that occurs in every SQL table Workaround use the Extract command from Suprtool to take out only the fields you want or to rename duplicate fields You can verify the format of the Output file using the Form command It shows the field names length and structure in order From this display you can generate an appropriate COPYLIB or QSCHEMA definition Quiz Subfiles The Erase option is provided for Quiz users who create an empty subfile using QTP or Quiz before running Suprtool and Suprlink See the Suprlink with Quiz QTP section for details Since Suprlink cannot currently write to NM Ksam files you cannot directly write to PowerHouse indexed subfiles You can use Suprtool to load file to the Indexed KSAM file Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 345 Redo Command REDO Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use the Do command Commands
273. in a short description of the calculator by entering the following gives help prints a summary of functions For a detailed description of the calculator and its options see the Suprtool manual Control Y You can interrupt a Suprlink task with the Control Y key hold down Control while striking Y Suprlink responds by telling you how far it has gotten IN OUT Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual etc and asking if you wish to stop Hit the Return key to continue or type YES to stop the task If Control Y has no effect then try Control C which is the default interrupt setting for HP UX See the section on Control Characters and stty in the Running Suprtool Under HP UX chapter for notes on how change this default Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 331 Before Command B 332 e Suprlink Commands Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALLI Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style Control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D and to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Example
274. in the File string Record You can customize the record tags with the following command commands xml record Details STExport will put the lt and gt around what is specified in the Record string Example You can enter multiple XML commands per task to set the XML options you require Sin filelsd Sxml version xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 Sxml file Orders record Details Sout myfile An example of the output generated by the above commands is as follows lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt lt Orders gt lt Details gt lt CITY gt Los Altos lt CITY gt lt CREDIT RATING gt 100000 lt CREDIT RATING gt lt CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 lt CUST ACCOUNT gt lt CUST STATUS gt 20 lt CUST STATUS gt lt NAME FIRST gt Ralph lt NAME FIRST gt lt NAME LAST gt Perkins lt NAME LAST gt lt STATE CODE gt CA lt STATE CODE gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Room 655 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Los Altos 040033022 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt ZIP CODE gt 93002 lt ZIP CODE gt lt Details gt lt Orders gt Tags In XML the tags that surrounded the data can not have any special characters other than hyphen underscore and period _ So STExport replaces any of the invalid special characters with a by default You can change the default character to be something else with the following set command 280 STExport Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User M
275. in zeroes for those fields that did not have a matching record Notes The Xeq command clears any tables that are not held Set Limits Tablesize restricts the maximum size of tables so you can limit the total amount of table space to a specified number of megabytes There is a total of 500 megabytes available for all tables To control the size of the table you can issue the Set Limits Tablesize command The default Table limit is 50 megabytes for each Table 218 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Total Command T Totals specified fields in the selected input records TOTAL field subscript decimal places file filename APPEND ERASE TEMP file list Default subscript first sub item decimal places 0 Parameters Each totaled field must be an Eloquence field a database column name or a field from a self describing file or a Defined field Total specifies that a total value for the field be printed after processing the records There does not have to be any output file i e it can be null for a total to be printed There can be up to 15 totaled fields The subscript is valid only for compound items If no subscript is specified the first field of a compound item is totaled The decimal places provides a decimal point when the final total is printed If the Item command specifies the number of implied decimal places the decimal places parameter is not needed The values within each field are assumed to be
276. ing file For files this information is stored in a file with an extension of sd and is not accessible with other tools Use the Form command to obtain the record layout of STExport input files Sales File We will be formatting data from an Oracle table that has the following form gt op oracle custdb dbpass gt sel from sales gt form Column Name Oracle Type Suprtool Type CUSTOMERNUM Number DELIVERYDATE Number PRODUCTNUM Number PRICE Number PURCHASEDATE Number SALESOTY Number SALESTAX Number SALESTOTAL Number Double Double Double Packed Double Packed Packed Packed 8 8 8 1 8 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 Dates and Decimal Places We use Suprtool s Define and Item commands to identify which of the fields in the sales table are dates and which fields have implied decimal places Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Example of STExport Output e 283 deliv_date DELIVERYDATE 8 display purch_date PURCHASEDATE 4 double product_price PRICE 4 double sales_tax SALESTAX 4 double sales_total SALESTOTAL 4 double deliv_date date ryyyymmdd purch_date date vyyymmdd product_price decimal 2 sales_tax decimal 2 sales_total decimal 2 Salefile We now produce a file called salefile using Suprtool s Output Link option The Link option produces a self describing file complete with the date and decimal place information gt open oracle custdb dbpass gt select from s
277. ing the Standard keyword If you specify the Heading keyword without the Title keyword a default title is produced read this table Z8 gt extract firstname X10 gt select from customer gt extract lastname X16 gt extract account 8 gt extract rating J2 gt extract status X2 gt sort lastname gt sort firstname gt list standard title Customer List amp heading Account First and Last Names amp Oregi t Status List Device By default the List command lists lines to stdlist You can also redirect output to an attached printer To redirect to a file on HP UX we have added the file option List File The File keyword allows for the output from the List command to be directed to a file The List command also has a new option to Append to an existing file so you can have multiple reports in a single file The File option takes the next parameter as being the filename 172 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt in test filelsd gt list stan file myslist gt xeq If the file myslist exists it will be over written unless you specify the Append option If you specify the append option the new report will be added to the file So if you want to incorporate multiple reports you just need to do the following gt in test filelsd gt list stan file myslist gt xeq gt in test file2sd gt list stan file myslist append gt xeq Although the
278. ion ois 151 selection logic se selection using arithmetic eee eeeeeeeeee 146 self describing files field name limit 0 65 self describing file format 0 0 eee 287 361 self describing files eee 62 64 104 181 328 SEMICOLON iadesi ea iari a E 296 semicolon means multiple commands sds Separator dates vi sheavis AAR Ei 247 serial vs chained read oe eeeeetesseeeeseeeeeeeeeens 90 session SESSION Mode meshe eae a ea eC tea ee 378 Set AMBP Aase ess cecci cassie tai decstyeneceacvendesscees tase RE 196 Set Arithmetic 196 Set Blocksize 196 Set Buffer 196 Set command Dbedit 318 Set command STExport 274 Set command Suprlink 354 Set command Suprtool 194 Set CurrencySymbol cece eee eeece ce eeeeeeeees 197 Index e 387 Set Date repetia esn e E a iea Nenet 199 Set Date Cutoff Set Date Forcecentury sssseessssesrererseerseeesees 71 198 Set DecimalSymbol s s esesseeeseeeeeeseeeresrerrersrersrse 199 Set Defer Set DUMPONEILOL ee ssai naiiai 200 Set EditStoperror cece sseeseescesceeeeesseeeeeeeeeeees 200 Seti AO D Retete PEPEE ESE EE EE ena 200 S t Fastredd aceiri a es 200 Set Pilecode 2c ee A O 56 201 RSI Firstree AEA ATA A 201 Set HS 2s SA ode A R EO ETE 201 Set TICHECK aean o a R E 201 202 Set Ignore eeii 186 202 234 Set Itemabbreviatedate eee ceeceese
279. it shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one If you have specified a date format or the number of implied decimal points with the Item command these attributes will appear as part of the form listing Example gt base store 5 gt item last ship date date yymmdd gt item unit cost decimal 2 gt edit enter Dbedit form d inventory D INVENTORY Detail Entry BIN NO J1 1 LAST SHIP DATE J2 lt lt YYMMDD gt gt ON HAND OTY J2 7 PRODUCT NO Z8 11 M PRODUCT SUPPLIER NAME X16 19 M SUPPLIER UNIT COST P8 35 lt lt 2 gt gt Capacity 112 Entries 3 Entry Length 19 Blocking 14 Form Keywords The Form command shows Items Paths and Sets before searching for a dataset or file with these names Use a string e g sets to display the form of a dataset or file that matches one of the Form keywords gt form paths 306 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Help Command H Show what commands and options are available in Dbedit HELP command keyword option Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a specific Dbedit command If you know the structure of the help file you can specify one of the keywords under the command name help list Help on the List command help list notes notes section of the List c
280. it qualifies the balance field with two decimal places for all Suprtool commands This example also totals two fields gt input filel r 40 nolf gt def balance 11 4 integer gt def overdue 21 4 integer gt item balance decimal 2 gt item overdue decimal 2 gt total balance gt total overdue gt xeq Totals TUE OCT 10 2000 4 32 PM BALANCE 143598 16 OVERDUE 17399 73 Reading Total Files The default size for the file created by TOTAL file needs to be opened with 48 bytes wide and with linefeeds gt in filelsd gt tot int field gt total file file82a gt xeq gt in file82a rec 48 1f You can also send the totals to a list file for simple reports gt in filelsd gt tot int field gt list standard file file82a gt total file list gt xeq Sort Break Totals Please refer to the Duplicate command on how to generate sort break totals Notes You cannot combine the Total command with the Total option of the Duplicate command The Total command prints out a date and time stamp on the title line This is for audit purposes Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Update Command UP Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Update one or more noncritical fields in an Eloquence dataset UPDATE CIUPDATE Specify the fields to be updated and their new values with the Extract command The Update command must be specified after the Chain or Get command but before the Extract command s You can update part of an Elo
281. it with a compatible field from the end of the list Example The following example shows the difference between QUERY and Dbedit We add an entry to the d inventory dataset of the Store database In this dataset supplier name is the primary search field and product no is another nonprimary search field QUERY 3000 gt add d inventory BIN NO gt gt 1201 LAST SHIP DATE gt gt OH HAND OTY gt gt PRODUCT NO gt gt 2001001 SUPPLIER NAME gt gt STD Ribbons UNIT COST gt gt DBEDIT SUPRTOOL Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to Dbedit e 289 add d inventory SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons PRODUCT NO gt 2001001 BIN NO gt 1201 LAST SHIP DATE ON HAND QTY UNIT COST Database Locking Dbedit uses the following locking strategy The Add command locks one dataset using DBLOCK mode 3 after all of the field values have been entered The Modify and Delete commands do the following After all of the field values have been entered the dataset is locked The records are re read using DBGET mode 4 for details or DBGET mode 7 for masters The re read record is compared with the original record If they are not the same no update or delete is done The record is updated or deleted When a search field or a sort field is changed with the Modify command the record is deleted and added again The dataset is unlocked The Change command locks the entire database while all key values are being
282. item close date date mmddyyyy gt if not Sinvalid close date amp or not Sinvalid invoice date and Sstddate close date lt gt out badinvs link gt xeq amp Sstddate invoice date In this example if either the close date or the invoice date are invalid then they will not be evaluated by the stddate function and will not be selected Although your requirements may be different you need to remember that invalid dates evaluated by the stddate function will return a 0 value Days Function Suprtool supports a days function which converts any supported date to a Julian Day number the number of days since 4713 BC This allows for Date arithmetic in which you can calculate the difference between two dates even if they have dissimilar formats For example you could find all orders that were not shipped within 30 days of being ordered gt form ordfile File ORDFILE SALES MFG SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset ORDER DATE X8 Al lt lt CCYYMMDD gt gt SHIP DATE X8 9 lt lt MMDDYYYY gt gt ORDER NUMBER X6 17 Limit 10000 EOF 15 Entry Length 22 Blocking 16 gt in ordfile gt if Sdays SHIP DATE days ORDER DATE gt 30 gt list gt xeq Invalid Dates As with the stddate function if a date is not a valid date then the result of the days function will be zero In the example above if the order has not yet been shipped then the SHIP DATE will likely be blank or zero or some other special
283. itle Orders Created Yesterday Heading Orders Created Yesterday sorted by customer Heading Fieldnames Date YYYYMMDD Output temp_stexpdata html Exit D k return code in case STExport had a problem 260 STExport Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual If so send the failed return string to the CGI script including the name of the logfile PL se eq 2 4 then echo failed Stemp_sxlog exit 1 else Everything worked fine Send the OK return string to the CGI script including the name of the HIML file name echo OK Stemp_stexpdata html rm Stemp_sxlog gt dev null rm Stemp_sxdata gt dev null exit 0 Perl Script With such a simple example we could have written the shell script a bit differently and then used it as a CGI script However shell scripts do not have enough features to easily handle parameters or complex forms Instead it is typical to use another language as an intermediate step One of the most popular CGI scripting languages is Perl Perl has a full set of string handling functions and can be combined with graphics libraries available from various sources Let us call this one sx_orders pl It must reside in the directory defined in the server configuration file Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 261 usr local bin perl Execute shell script and capture returned string Sreturn_string users orders scripts sx_orders ksh Return string can b
284. l value greater than 20000 from the Sales table Both tasks produce identical results but one way may be faster than the other gt select from sales gt if sales_total gt 20000 gt output result gt xeq Complex Criteria To choose records using more complex criteria combine several simple criteria using AND OR NOT and parentheses In this example Suprtool extracts all records that have a sales_total value greater than 20000 and a product_price value less than 5000 from the sales table gt select from sales St sales_total gt 20000 and product_price lt 5000 gt output result gt xeq String of Digits If you have a byte type field that consists entirely of digits and you want to use this field as a numeric field you need to define a new display field on top of the existing field For example suppose your data looks like the following where the customer account number is stored in the 8 digit byte type field at the start of the record 20476789 rest of customer record To find all customers with an account greater than 20470000 you would do the following gt select from table gt define accountnum account 8 display gt if accountnum gt 20470000 gt output result gt xeq Selecting by Date The following section on dates does not apply to SQL columns only to defined fields and SD fields Disc files usually store dates as numeric or character fields you can use the Define command to iso
285. l 1 When Suprtool starts running all the options are set to initial factory settings The Suprmegr file may contain Set commands to override the initial values Set commands remain set until the end of the Suprtool run or until changed by another Set command Some commands have optional parameters e g the numeric value of Set Date Cutoff If the command is specified without a value the default that Suprtool uses may be different from the program s initial value When that is the case the command description will show the initial value and the default when omitted value Allbase SET ALLBASE ROWS number Initially 100 If you open an Allbase database Suprtool reads more than one row at a time when processing the input source By default Suprtool fetches 100 rows at a time You can vary the number of rows that Suprtool fetches with Set Allbase Rows The minimum number of rows is 1 and the maximum number is 990 You must specify Set Allbase Rows before entering the Select command Arithmetic SET ARITHMETIC Classic IEEE This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Baseclose SET BASECLOSE ON OFF This command is not supported in Suprtool UX Blocksize SET BLOCKSIZE size This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Buffer SET BUFFER size Initially depends Default no change This command has no effect in Suprtool UX CleanChar SET CleanChar Default space Suprtool Commands e 193 194 e Supr
286. l command STExport prints a warning Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 269 Set Command S 270 e STExport Commands Enables or disables certain operating options within STExport These options are not reset by Xeq or Reset commands SET CLEANCHAR lt string gt MAPPED ONIOFF REDO filename STATISTICS ONIOFF VARSUB ONIOFF _VARSUBCOMPAT ONIOFF VARSUBDEBUG ONIOFF WARNINGS ONIOFF XMLTAGCHAR 1 _ 1 ZONEDFIX ONIOFF CleanChar SET CleanChar lt string gt Initially set to space Sets what character is used to replace a Clean character If you just want to clean the fields and replace the bad character with no character then you need to set the CleanChar in the following manner gt Set CleanChar lt null gt See the Clean command for more details Mapped SET MAPPED ON OFF Mapped has no effect within STExport UX Redo SET REDO filename Initially unnamed temporary file Commands entered at the STExport prompt are saved in something called the redo stack You can recall commands from the redo stack by using other commands such as Before Do and Redo By default the redo stack is stored in a temporary file and discarded as soon as you exit This temporary stack is not preserved across STExport invocations Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual The new Set Redo command assigns a permanent file as the redo stack allowing the stack to become available fo
287. l will stop with an error gt if id field Slookup mytable char field id field Error S lookup in this context data comparison must be on left side Performance of Lookup Due to the nature of the lookup function it can be at times CPU intensive however since the If command uses short circuit evaluation lookup should be specified as the last part of the If command For example gt if status 10 and Slookup cust table account is faster than gt if Slookup cust table account and status 10 because Suprtool can evaluate status 10 faster than lookup When the status is not 10 Suprtool knows the record will not be selected therefore there is no need to do the lookup Null fieldname The If null fieldname command selects any rows that have null values in them This feature is available only for SQL databases and only on columns that allow null values gt if Snull SALESTOTAL If you want to find only those values that are not null you can add the NOT keyword in front of null gt if not S null SALESTOTAL Constants This section describes numeric and string constants See also Date Selection Numeric Constants Numeric constants are not enclosed in quotes Numeric constants may be just simple whole numbers e g 5 0 56 10004 or they may have a decimal point e g 5 0 0 56 99 9 1 4 IEEE numbers may also have a scale factor e g SE 5 0 01E 4 Over punches for the sig
288. last nibble unused DISPLAY zoned decimal numeric field LOGICAL unsigned integer CHARACTER for Native Language Support The Define command also accepts Fpoint as the data type for IEEE numbers The following table shows the Suprtool definitions for the IMAGE data types IMAGE Type Number of Bytes COBOL SUPRTOOL Declaration Definition Il 2 S9 4 COMP gt define a 1 2 integer 2 4 S9 9 COMP gt define a 1 4 double I4 8 S9 18 COMP gt define a 1 8 integer Ji 2 S9 4 COMP gt define a 1 2 integer J2 4 S9 9 COMP gt define a 1 4 double J4 8 S9 18 COMP gt define a 1 8 integer Un n A n gt define a 1 n byte Xn n X n gt define a 1 n byte Zn n 9 n gt define a 1 n display Pn n 2 S9 n 1 COMP 3 gt define a 1 n 2 packed K1 2 gt define a 1 2 logical K2 4 gt define a 1 4 logical E2 4 gt define a 1 4 ieee E4 8 gt define a 1 8 ieee Data type Display may have a trailing overpunch sign 94 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Packed Decimal Fields When defining packed decimal fields you must convert the number of decimal digits into a byte count The last digit of a decimal field is always used for the sign There are two data types for decimal fields PACKED for those that end on a byte boundary and PACKED for those that end in the middle of a byte Here are some example definitions of packed decimal fields Suprtool Definition Description gt define m 1 2 packed s9 3 COMP 3 P4 in IMAGE 2 byte
289. late the field Quick Start Guide for Suprtool e 27 Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Before Suprtool can use a date field it has to know the format of a particular date field Use the Item command to specify the format For example to tell Suprtool that the item purch_date is a date field with a format of yyyymmdd e g 20040319 you would use gt define purch_date 11 8 8 bytes starts in byte 11 gt item purch_date date yyyymmdd date format In the following date examples we show the Define and Item commands in each example In practice however you only need to use these commands once per date field not once per task Select by Today s Date For this example select all the sales records whose purchase date is today Note the use of today in the If command to indicate today s date gt input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt define purch_date 11 8 gt item purch_date date yyyymmdd gt if purch_date Stoday select today s date gt output result gt xeq Other tricks with today gt if purch_date Stoday 1 yesterday gt If purch_date today 1 tomorrow Select by Particular Date To specify a particular date use the date function in the If command The date function has the form date year month day This example selects all the sales transactions for August 12 2000 gt input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt define purch_date 11 8 gt item purch_date date yyyymmdd gt if purch_date date
290. lated to file operations Following are some of the exceptions and improvements to make Suprtool for HP UX more MPE like and some of the key exceptions that are not Form Command The Flimit and the Eof is now displayed at the end of the form command of a self describing file gt form xyz File xyz Entry CUSTNO MATCHCODE NAME1 NAME2 NAME3 STREET ZIPCITY PHONE TURNOVER SALESAREA 1455 EOF SD Version B 00 00 X6 X10 195 219 Limit 1179 Entry Length 224 Blocking 1 Numrecs Command Since AMXW supports the concept of File Limits Suprtool for AMXW the NUMRECS command is supported Output Command While the Output command parsing is the same for AMXW version as it is the HP UX version the lf option does not come into effect for files created by Suprtool for AMXW The same applies to STExport and Suprlink as well Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Temporary Files Suprtool for AMXW supports temporary files in all of the necessary commands within Suprtool It will open temporary files with the input command and generate temp files when created by the Output command and or Total command The same applies to STExport and Suprlink as well Appending Records Suprtool for AMXW will check to see if there is room in the file that you are appending to just like the MPE version Therefore you may see the error message Error No room to append records Table operations Suprtool for AMXW uses the HP UX version of the c
291. lay field byte field display If number display field gt 10000 Out somefile link xeq The field byte field will have leading zeroes and treated as a display 156 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Input Command I Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Opens the file that will be the input source for the next extract task The file must contain fixed length records with or without a line feed separator If you are selecting records the selection parameters must appear after any Reclen LF or NOLF parameters The record length is the length of the data portion of each record not including the line feed If you specify LF Suprtool UX includes the line feed as part of the data by increasing the record length by one character If you have an input file with 80 byte records and each record is separated with a line feed you would use gt input uxfile reclen 80 1f gt list char gt xeq Since Uxfile has line feeds the List command shows a dot as the 81st character of each record This dot corresponds to the line feed character To read every fifth record in Uxfile you would use gt input uxfile reclen 80 1f 5 gt list char gt xeg To examine a file which has no line feeds between records e g the Suprtool object code you would use gt input opt robelle bin suprtool rec 256 nolf gt num 10 gt list hex char gt xeq Suprtool executes the Input command immediately it does not wait for an Xeq co
292. le gt xeq Producing a Condensed Table Listing When debugging test databases it is often desirable to produce a condensed listing of a table on stdlist The following example combines the Extract command with the ASCII output option 1 e all binary and packed decimal data is converted into readable ASCII characters For readability each data value is prefixed with an abbreviated column name This listing is more compact than the one produced by the List command gt select from customer gt extract Account cust_account gt extract C R credit_rating gt output ascii implies stdlist gt xeq The output would look like Account 04598921 C R 500000 Account 44657844 C R 2000000 Account 98753198 C R 300000 Simple Reports You can produce simple reports with Suprtool s List command You select the records for the report with the If command and the fields for the report with the Extract command Reports can include running headings with the date title and page number and an optional line of column headings Suprtool can produce default titles and headings gt select from customer gt extract cust account gt extract credit rating gt list standard gt xeq The output would look like this Jan 17 2000 11 59 CUST_ACCO CREDIT_RATING 4598921 5000 00 44657844 20000 00 98753198 3000 00 Your First Report Our report selects all customers in California sorts the records by city an
293. le command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples 11 fille fille is a typo ille not found redo most recent command last command is printed redo 1 fille 1 file edited command is shown d you enter changes to it you press lt return gt listredo all Sredo 5 redo 5th command in stack Sred redo previous command redo 2 redo command before previous red redo 8th through 10th red redo 10 through last Sred redo last rm command Sred redo last rm temp Sred redo last containing temp 268 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Reset Command R Cancel the current task RESET Reset closes the current Input file then resets the Output file name to Output Formatting options are not reset only the task related commands are reset If you try to reset an individua
294. licate Input Put UPdate The minimum abbreviation of each command is shown in capital letters Suprtool Components 16 e Welcome to Supriool The Suprtool package consists not only of Suprtool but also of other programs that perform useful database functions These other programs are STExport and Suprlink STExport Data Export Utility STExport converts fields in a self describing input file into an output file that can be imported into different applications Use STExport to produce a formatted output file that can be used to import data into databases and applications Other databases have different requirements for the format of input data You will have to experiment with the various STExport formatting options to find a format that your particular database tool accepts Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Documentation Notation Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprlink Multidataset Access Suprlink is a program that works with Suprtool to add multidataset capability to Suprtool Suprlink is not a set of callable routines To use it you must run Suprlink Pub Robelle or use Suprtool s Link command Rather than take the regular path to multiple datasets random retrieval via Eloquence keys we have chosen to follow a different path fast serial extracts plus a very efficient merge To understand what Suprlink does think of the process of writing a report Your report program written in COBOL RPG PowerHouse or some other langua
295. lt YYMMDD gt gt SALES QTY I1 SALES TAX I2 SALES TOTAL I2 Limit 115 EOF 15 Entry Length 42 Blocking 97 Year 2000 Testing Testing software to see if it works in the year 2000 and beyond is difficult Currently there are four software tools that change the software date for specific sessions or applications making it easier to test software for year 2000 compliance The four tools are Hourglass from Allegro Consultants Inc Time Machine from SolutionSoft Systems Inc Setdate from the HP Jazz machine on the Web Time Warp 3000 from Omnisolutions All versions of Suprtool work with Hourglass but versions previous to 4 0 13 did not work with Time Machine Setdate or TimeWarp This version of Suprtool now works with all these tools Note that this change only applies to non expiring Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 77 versions of Suprtool Expiring versions of Suprtool such as trials pre releases and products obtained through VARs do not work with Time Machine or Setdate Performance Issues HP UX sites use Suprtool because it provides access to their data many times faster than they are used to Suprtool also enables them to perform time consuming DP functions with only a few simple commands The typical Suprtool task consists of extracting some data for a report then feeding the Suprtool output file into the final report program For example you might fill a data file with the subset of data needed
296. luding the Xeq is to permit repetition of the task by using the Before command It is not necessary to type everything on one line because with the Listredo command Suprtool allows you to pick and choose any of your last 1000 commands Continuation The maximum physical command line is 256 characters You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line The maximum total command length is 256 characters The separating comma in commands is not optional Should your If command exceed 256 characters use the Table command or read Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 81 You may also use MPE s COMMENT command to enter comment lines 82 e Suprtool Commands gt in sdfile gt if status 20 and amp continue the If command state AZ CA OR select several states gt output outfile Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line as long as they are surrounded by curly braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of command lines You can enter a comment as the only item in a Suprtool command line When you enter continued command lines the comment can appear before or after the continuation character gt The following task extracts all customer records for gt the different customers we are interested in gt in customer input self describing file gt if status 10 or amp prep
297. lve this problem by providing field information about the file Suprtool reads and writes SD files Suprlink requires SD files as input and creates an SD file as output Create an SD File from a Table You request an SD file using the Link option of the Output command If you extract columns from the table only the extracted columns appear in the SD file gt select from sales input from a table gt output salefile link salefile has all of the columns from sales gt xeq Create an SD File from a Data File You must Define and Extract the fields you want to have in the SD file Use the Link option of the Output command to create the file as a self describing file Although Suprtool itself allows longer field names SD files only store the first 16 characters of a field name unless SDExtName is on 64 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt input sales data reclen 16 nolf input from a data file gt define cust_no 1 6 byte gt define invoice_date 7 6 integer gt define sales_qty 13 4 packed gt extract cust_no invoice_date sales_qty gt output salefile link salefile has all of the extracted columns gt xeq SD Files as Input When you specify an SD file as input to Suprtool all the field information becomes available You can select extract and total fields without the Define command In addition the Input command no longer needs any Reclen or LF parameters self_describing file dis
298. ma or invalid arithmetic expression Correct gt extract c 6000 cost Numeric Truncation The accuracy of arithmetic computations is limited to approximately sixteen digits Suprtool may truncate four word integers quad or large packed decimal numbers or display numbers when they are converted to floating point Suprtool does not produce any error or warning in this case Abs function Suprtool supports an abs function which returns the absolute value of a number For example if a field called Credit contains the value 547 83 the abs function returns 547 83 This function will work on a field or even on an expression such as gt def newcredit 1 4 double gt ext newcredit Sabs credit 100 1 07 This function will also work in the If command gt if abs credit 100 1 07 gt 500 00 Truncate function Suprtool supports a truncate function which returns the number to the left of a decimal place For example if the field stddev contains the value 547 83 the truncate function will return 547 Note that there is no rounding This function will work on fields and expressions For example Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt def newdev 1 4 double gt ext newdev Struncate stddev 100 1 07 This function will also work in the If command gt if Struncate stddev 100 1 07 gt 200 SubTotal Function Suprtool has the ability to keep a running subtotal for any numeric field based on a given sort key
299. mand gt is used for two purposes in Suprtool As the Suprtool prompt character e g gt Input actrec To mean greater than in an If command e g if balance gt 10000 Combining gt and gives gt for greater than or equal to lt gt Means Not Equals In the If command use the two characters lt gt to mean not equals gt if status lt gt 01 Means Matches Pattern In the If command use the two characters when you want to check a field for a pattern of characters For example to select records where the customer name contains the word THOMPSON somewhere use gt if name THOMPSON Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt lt Means Mismatches Pattern In the If command use the two characters gt lt when you want to select records that fail to match a pattern of characters gt if address gt lt CANADA Means Match Anything in a Pattern The At Sign character is used in patterns to indicate that Suprtool should accept anything in that position For example gt if name ROBERT The matches lt null gt ROBERT is a valid match it matches one character ROBERTA is a valid match it matches multiple characters ROBERT M GREEN and The ROBERT E LEE are valid matches Means Number in Patterns or Prompt Character for the Edit Command is used in patterns to match a single numeric character gt if type REC look for REC followed by 2 digits
300. mand changes the search field value in all related detail datasets Dbedit can only change values in detail datasets where there is an explicit IMAGE path It is up to the user to change any user defined paths Once this command has started making changes to the database it cannot be stopped Entering Control Y during the change will have no effect Dbedit locks the entire database while all changes are taking place The database password must give you write access to all related datasets that must be changed If CIUPDATE is On or Allowed in the database the Change command executes much faster Example change m supplier Change Key Value for File M SUPPLIER Enter Existing Key Value to Find SUPPLIER NAME gt Standard Ribbons Enter New Key Value to Replace with SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons SUPPLIER NAME Standard Ribbons CLEY San Leandro STATE CODE STREET ADDRESS 100 Main St 2 ZIP CODE 94345 OK to change this entry no y Begin changes be patient end changes Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 301 Delete Command D Removes entries from a dataset DELETE file options Options numeric valuelAll KeylLimitlRelatedIUNder If you are deleting entries from a master dataset all entries from related detail datasets must be removed first Before any record will actually be deleted Delete prints the record and asks you whether it is okay to delete it the default answer is NO
301. mary key and the secondary key when comparing an input record to a link record For example input students key name is ssn link majors by ssn cmaj Students contains cmaj This example says that the file Majors is sorted by ssn and may contain more than one record per student To select the desired record for each student Suprlink matches the students cmaj against the cmaj in the link record Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Secondary Input Key It is possible that the second key field has a different name in the input file and the Link file The FROM clause lets you handle this case Note that you must specify the Input file key field as part of the FROM clause This example is identical to the previous secondary key example but in this case the current major field is called curmajor in the students file and cmaj in the majors file Optional Linkage If there is more than one link record with the same key value Suprlink will select the first one it finds You can sort by another value such as date time to force a certain record to be first Please note that this is unlike Quiz which does a hierarchical expansion to include every record accessed If there are no link records for a given key value of the input file that input record is dropped from the output file this is the default option REQUIRED To make the linkage optional specify the OPTIONAL keyword When you use OPTIONAL and Suprlink does not find
302. master datasets Update does not work with disc files or SQL databases If you are updating a packed or display field remember that Suprtool uses unsigned values for non negative numbers unless you add a leading plus sign to the number See Packed and Display Constants on page 111 for more details Suprtool Commands e 221 Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename Database Date Items A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file A common reason for usefiles is to isolate Define and Item commands for a database in one place This makes future changes easier and prevents mistakes In this example we isolate all Item commands for dates from our database in a Suprtool usefile gt use store suprtool define delivered deliv_date define purchased purch_date item delivered date yymmdd item purchased date yymmdd Dataset Field Definitions In the store database the street address is a 2X25 item Suppose that you always wanted to refer to the first and second part of the address with different names The following usefile would access the m customer dataset and define the two necessary fields gt use mcust suprtool get m customer define street address 1 street address 1 define street address 2 street address 2 Quiet Execution By default Suprtool displays the commands in a usefile as they are ex
303. mefile link gt xeq The number function take the free format number and make it a valid display number It will determine the decimal sign and add leading zeroes It will round the number to the defined number of decimal places In the case of 1 545 number Suprtool will round the value to be 1 55 since the given number of decimal places is two and the preceding value is five or greater If you have a whole number such as 54 with no decimal point the value becomes 54 00 Suprtool will not accept data that has More than one sign More than one decimal place Spaces in between numbers Signs that are in between numbers Characters that are not over punch characters Fields that when edited do not fit in the defined space for the display field You can control the character that defines the currency thousand and decimal symbol for other currencies and formats using the following commands gt set decimalsymbol gt set thousandsymbol gt set currencysymbol Suprtool in the above case will strip the currency and thousand symbols and use the decimal symbol to determine the number of decimal places You can set these characters to any values you want but the defaults for each are used in the above set commands The Decimal and thousand symbols are only single characters The currency symbol allows for four characters Numeric to Byte Conversion Suprtool has several ways to convert binary numbers e g J
304. mes Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file The Help Command uses the QHELP subsystem to allow you to look at the material in the file opt robelle help suprtool which contains most of the user manual For help in help type when you see the QHELP prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return instead of a key name If you press F8 you will exit the QHELP subsystem and return to Suprtool 138 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX If Command IF Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Specifies a subset of records to select from the input source during the next extract task The If command supports full logical expressions with comparisons between all data types between data fields and constant values or between one data field and another The If command also provides partial string compares bit field extracts subscripted IMAGE fields AND OR NOT operators and parentheses to override precedence You can use arithmetic expressions involving any numeric data types IF expression Note The examples below show multiple If commands These are for illustrative purposes only Suprtool does not permit multiple If commands in a single task Instead you can combine multiple conditions using AND and OR Alternatives to the If command There are a few selection criteria that the If command cannot perform In these cases you need
305. mmand B c ccceceescecesssececsssceceesececeeseececsneeeceesaececseaeecessueeecseaaesecseeaeeessneeeesaas 239 Clean Command CE e a e n bestest lashed te whdewenstin ee eR Ge tat eo tetas 241 Removing Bad Characters emosies n e a RE E S S E E EE A E Se 241 Columns Command C rrsan eaaa EREA e OE RE N AE Sa eer 242 Date omimmiand DA E are reae E cies EREE E S EE E A ESEN 243 Decimal Command DEC rne a en e E e EE ERAN E AE SEES 245 Delimiter Command DE rrn er E E E i E 246 Do Command DO a a E ised ate A Ba ead 247 Escape Command ES erreien aE EE E EE ER r E A a 248 Exit Command E e E E E AE r ad 249 Ext Ab m EA r r a T E E E rE T E NEARE 249 EXit Suspend ES e ee an aa ieee E sas seeueteaeesseerdesssdoveaianaensnssTevietannevinn 249 Exit X q EX a a r r E r E E AEE E LATEA TEET ECEE 249 Floatme Command FE r ei airi E a sa EE E E E T a r E TEA E 251 Form Command F meien a a E r EE r E E E EES 252 Heading Command HEA errain a i a aE EE T a r E TEATE 253 Help Command PH rrai e E eE EEKE EEA E NEES 255 HEMEL Command HE ee a r E A E R TEE 256 Dynamic Web P geS iior rao oenen e eae e E ER cea a N TEREE 258 Web Servet sn eerie ea E dice EEE EEE a eee eR aie rr ree a eits 258 Shell Script eae E E ian ae a eee eh eda et ee 259 Perth Septen tase eet a a ee ee ine ae ieee hein Rech ee ete 261 CG SCIP e E r E A E A canes devon E E iaesbeed avn uetientes 262 Input Command Y veciiccsscccesesevtvvcc
306. mmand before opening the Input file INPUT file RECLEN length LF NOLF startrecord endrecord count Default all input records Input File The first example shows the most common use of the Input command An input file is specified as the input source to Suprtool We select a subset of the input data with the If command Before using the If command we must define a field within the input record input is from a disc file A is an integer that starts gt input invent r 80 nolf gt define a 11 2 int gt if a lt 10000 gt xeq records with field A less than 10000 are written to Outfile gt output outfile atthe 11th byte of Invent Selection by Record Number The startrecord endrecord parameter specifies a range of input records by record number The default value for endrecord is the highest record in the file The first record number is 0 for disc files Suprtool Commands e 157 The startrecord endrecord parameter must come after the reclen and LF NOLF parameters if it is present You can check your record selections with the Verify command When debugging software it is convenient to scan the first few records of a file The startrecord endrecord parameter makes it easy to scan these records gt input invent r 80 nolf 0 19 first twenty records gt list produce a list of each record gt xeq in OCTAL CHAR format Random Selection The cou
307. mmary of the PCL values PCL Font Orientation Dimensions 1 Lineprinter landscape 175 cols 60 lines 2 Courier landscape 100 cols 45 lines 3 Courier standard portrait 80 cols 60 lines 4 Lineprinter portrait 132 cols 80 lines 5 Courier A4 tight portrait 80 cols 60 lines 6 Lineprinter legal landscape 223 cols 60 lines See the Set command for a complete description of the PCL options By default Suprtool assumes that the List output device is not PCL compatible List PCL 0 If you use the List command to your terminal with a global Set List PCL value other than zero your terminal screen may be cleared To avoid this situation you can explicitly specify the PCL setting along with the device Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 169 170 e Suprtool Commands gt get d sales gt list serialp pcl 2 gt xeq A4 Size Paper Most of the PCL options with the exception of PCL 5 were designed and tested with North American letter size paper This is especially true with PCL 5 for A4 paper it reduces the horizontal spacing between characters so that 80 columns of Courier output fits on a single line In addition if you add 2000 to a PCL code Suprtool adjusts the number of rows and columns for that option to match A4 paper For example to print Landscape on A4 paper use PCL 2004 instead of PCL 1 In general selecting A4 paper gives you more space along the long side of the paper and less space along the short side If you are happy
308. mple Reports A Fast Method for Producing Simple Reports For self describing files datasets and database tables the Standard keyword is equivalent to List Noname Noskip Norec Rightjustnum with default column headings For data files the Standard keyword is equivalent to List Octal Char In either case the Standard keyword provides a default title that describes the input source You can override the title date format time format or any other option selected by the Standard keyword by specifying them in addition to the Standard keyword For example Suprtool Commands e 171 gt select from customer gt list standard use all Suprtool defaults gt xeq gt select from customer gt list standard date 3 override the date format gt xeq uxfile reclen 80 nolf standard char override the format options uxfile reclen 80 nolf standard leftjustnum left justify numbers m customer t standard title Customer List override title m customer t standard heading no column headings Listings with Subheadings When using the Title or Standard keywords you can also include subheadings with the Heading keyword You can specify multiple columns by repeating the string after the Heading option e g List Heading First Second or specify the Heading option multiple times e g List Heading First Heading Second Being able to specify multiple columns makes it easier to align column headings when us
309. n Item command eee eee 163 positive value oe eeeeeeeeteeteeee PowerHouse ce eee PowerHouse applications PowerHouse dates ccecesesseeseeeeceecneeeeeeaeeneeene PowerHouse subfiles ccesceeceeeeeteees Prefetcn scesessctiaserlecten secdecces preformatted HTML option Printer Command Language printer attached to terminal eeeeceseeereeeees Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX PFINUIN G TEPOLtS so seesc eee ssdeseeeeesteeadacepeosesoeed i 38 PRN option processing SelectiONs cece eteesetseeeeeeeees 58 Program files PA_RISC or Itanium eee 43 progress messages prompt character oo ee cceseeceeeeeteeeeeseeeeseeeeeeees 383 Prompt Set Option ccceeeeseeeeseeseeeeeeeees prompting using Quiz pseudo batch tasks Put command sisses ea Q Qcommand iridia he ur aiee 188 316 Qedit program ceeeeseeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 67 88 243 304 Qedit program and Suprlink Ohel ps icaiserfea tek sharia tassete esenecre 139 259 312 344 OTP for subfiles asociira 69 QTP Cognos QUERY numbers format cceceeeeeeteeteeeeeeeee 182 Query Opi rics aees avira ei neater 181 question mark database password question delete all records eee eeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 99 Quick helpate nans 139 259 312 344 Quiet Set option Quiz report Writer 68 333 349 351 quote characters Quote command quotes double heses aean Ee A er
310. n Suprtool Dates and Decimal Places Use Suprtool s Item command to specify date formats and the number of implied decimal places when you create the self describing file STExport uses this information to correctly format the information in the output file See Appendix A for a complete example of how to use Suprtool s Item command and Output Link option to create an input file for STExport Each STExport formatting command applies to all fields of a specific data type i e you cannot specify formatting field by field only by type For example all numeric type fields can be formatted the same The main data types that STExport identifies are Byte Type STExport assumes that character information is stored in byte type fields By default all byte type fields are surrounded by quotes and trailing spaces are removed Numeric Type The numeric data types are integer logical floating point packed and display STExport converts the internal representation of each data type into a string of ASCII digits By default all numeric type fields have a leading sign and are variable length Where appropriate numeric type fields are converted with a decimal point Floating Type All commands that affect numeric type fields also affect floating type fields In addition you can use the Floating command to specify the format and decimal places for floating type fields i e Classic or IEEE floating point numbers Supr
311. n aan E AEE ES What is AMXW X Xeq command STEXPort eee 253 282 Xeq command Suprlink eee 341 359 Xeq command Suprtool eee 108 230 Xeq option on Exit essees 108 253 341 XML command aniihi ea e ets 283 Xmltagchar Set SWAN SORT E E E N 201 Y Year 2000 0 Year 2000 testing Year 2000 solutions yes answer tO QUESTIONS eee eeeeeeeeee yes response in pseudo batch yyymmdd date format cc eeeeeeeeseeteeeteeeeeeeeeee Z Zero command zoned constants as zoned decimal illegal digits cesses 331 Index e 389
312. n are not required or recognized in Suprtool Always enter 11 as 11 not 1J for a DISPLAY field String Constants String constants are delimited with double or single quote marks That is either VANC or VANC Any characters within quotes are not upshifted If the constant is shorter than the field to which it is being compared the constant is padded with Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX blanks String constants are expected for fields of type BYTE U or X but numeric constants are expected for fields of type Z zoned decimal gt if field check for all blanks double quotes are okay so are single quotes gt if field gt if field If you want to compare for a quote itself you include two quotes in the string for each quote you want gt if field AB CD look for AB CD Character Constants Use the character to specify any ASCII character The number the actual ASCII value or letter A means control A must follow immediately after the character Suprtool treats character constants as strings When you compare the constant to a field longer than one byte Suprtool pads the constant with spaces gt define field 1 1 gt if field 0 binary zero gt if field G Control G bell byte field gt if field AQT escape gt if field A252 Roman 8 box To look for null values or low values in byte fields it is usually sufficient to check the first by
313. n conditions from another table This is a typical example you want to find all of the pending orders for those customers whose accounts receivable balance is 0 First we find the customers with an AR balance of 0 and extract their customer numbers to a file gt select from receivables gt if ar_balance 0 gt ext cust_no gt output custlist link gt xeq Now we can find information by loading a file of customer numbers into a table and then applying the lookup feature gt select from order_details gt table cust_table cust_no file custlist gt if status PENDING and Slookup cust_table cust_no gt output orders gt xeq Finding Data in a Data File So far the examples have looked up data from a table If you want to look up information in a data file you need to tell Suprtool about the fields Use the Define command to do this The following example gives you some idea of the byte size of one kind of record in a data file John Smith 12345678 Anna May Richardson 98765432 12 bytes 16 bytes 8 bytes If you want to look up customers based on a list of customer numbers in the self describing file Custlist use the following task Notice how the start position and number of bytes is entered into the Define command This defines the position within the input file not the table file flatfile reclen 36 nolf cust_no 29 8 byte cust_table cust_no file custlist Slookup cust_table cust_no result
314. n minutes gt q gt userpause Press any key when you are ready to start Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 185 Redo Command REDO 186 e Suprtool Commands Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command Comma is short for REDO The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples als Ae fd not found gt redo redo most recent command LL 0 last command is printed s you enter changes to it sd is
315. n should not be needed any longer due to how we load the Oracle routines and utilize them Oracle PassShift SET ORACLE PASSSHIFT ONIOFF Initially ON Oracle 11 now allows for case sensitive passwords Normally Suprtool upshifts all characters in an Oracle password this can be changed with Set Oracle PassShift Off which stops Suprtool from upshifting the Oracle password This works for both syntax methods of open oracle suprtest suprpass and the syntax that includes the service name open oracle suprtest suprpass servname Oracle SpaceNull SET ORACLE SPACENULL ONIOFF Initially OFF Suprtool for HP UX has a new option to turn on changing null fields to Spaces Set Oracle SpaceNull On will change any fields that are null in the SQL sense of the word and become spaces for the char date and varchar data types In order to turn this feature on for all accesses you can put the command Set Oracle SpaceNull On into the file opt robelle suprmgr Oracle ZeroNull SET ORACLE ZERONULL ONIOFF Initially OFF Set Oracle ZeroNull On will change any fields that are null in the SQL sense of the word will become zeroes for the appropriate number type In order to turn this feature on for all accesses you can put the command gt Set Oracle ZeroNull On into the file opt robelle suprmgr Previous to version 4 6 in Suprtool used to return nulls but Suprtool 4 6 and Suprtool 4 7 would return zeroes We have decided to make
316. name gt lt name qgedit suprtool For more information see Special Characters in the Glossary Finding Special Characters With the Clean function you can clean bad characters inside of text fields however the Clean function does not report back what records were cleaned For this reason we have the FindClean function FindClean will return true if it finds a character defined using the Clean command This makes it extremely easy to find a set of Special characters that you can define gt in cleansd gt clean 9 10 gt if Sfindclean nonprint gt list The above task will list the record if the field nonprint has a Tab Decimal 9 or a Line Feed Decimal 10 anywhere in the field You can Find and clean the bad characters from a field at the same time gt in cleansd gt clean 9 10 gt if findclean nonprint gt extract nonprint clean nonprint gt list Trimming Spaces Trim Ltrim Rtrim Use one of three built in string functions to remove leading or trailing spaces from a string expression The three functions are Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Trim Remove leading and trailing spaces from the string expression LTrim Remove leading spaces RTrim Remove trailing spaces Because Suprtool pads shorter strings with spaces when doing comparisons trimming spaces is most useful when creating a combined string with several fields For example you mig
317. nd While some PC software allows alternate characters to be used to delimit character fields Lotus 1 2 3 accepts double quotes only Since Lotus 1 2 3 rejects character fields that contains a double quote Suprtool removes all double quotes from character fields when generating the PRN format Suprtool removes quotes by replacing them with a space See STExport for a method of including header lines in the file to be down loaded NOLF If you need to ensure that line feeds are not written to the end of each record then you should specify the NOLF option It is usually preferable to specify the LF option LF If you need to ensure that line feeds are written to the end of each record then you should specify the LF option When extracting from SQL databases Suprtool writes out records without line feeds Files with line feeds are usually processed more easily by most other applications or import programs so it is advisable to use the LF option if you are uncertain By default whether Suprtool writes out a line feed depends on the input source For example if the input source has line feeds then line feeds will be written out at the end of each record When filling up PowerHouse subfiles some versions of Quiz will abort if no line feeds are found at the end of the record It is recommended that when you write to a PowerHouse subfile you should always use the LF option on the Output command Examples One reason to use stdlist as
318. nd to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 346 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Reset Command R Cancel the current linkage task RESET Reset closes the current Input file and any Link files then resets the output file name to Output This is actually a Reset All command you cannot reset particular commands as you can do in Suprtool If you try to reset an individual command Suprlink prints a warning Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 347 Set Command S 348 e Suprlink Commands Enables or disables certain operating options within Suprlink These options are not reset by Xeq or Reset commands SET MAPPED ONIOFF REDO filename STATISTICS ONIOFF VARSUB ONIOFF VARSUBCOMPAT ONIOFF VARSUBDEBUG ONIOFF Mapped SET MAPPED ON OFF MAPPED has no effect within Suprlink UX Redo SET REDO filename Initially unnamed temporary file Commands entered at the Suprlink prompt are saved in something called the redo stack You can recall commands from the redo stack by using other commands such as Before Do and Redo By default the redo stack is stored in a temporary file and discarded as soon as you exit This temporary stack is not preserved across Suprlink invocations The new Set Redo command assigns a permanent file as the redo stack allowing the stack to become available for future Suprlink invocations For example
319. nd write access to the Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual directory specified in STExport s Output command This directory must also be accessible by the server software as defined in the configuration file For security reasons it is not recommended that you create these files in the server s root directory You can configure a default html directory for example userdir entry in CERN for individual users When the URL contains a user construct the server knows it has to look for the default directory under the user s home directory Let us assume the default is public_html You could create a public_html directory under the home directory for the userid specified in the configuration file Another option is to create a new user on your system with the same directory structure whose sole purpose would be to hold these dynamic HTML files For example create a user called htmluser whose home directory would be users htmluser Create a users htmluser public_html directory Directory permissions should be read write for user group and others The URL to read these would then be http www mycompany com htmluser filename html Shell Script Suprtool and STExport will be executed from a Korn shell script Let us call it sx_orders ksh It can reside in any directory that has appropriate permissions to execute Do not forget to assign eXecute permission to the file chmod x sx_orders ksh You can run this script manually from the p
320. nds Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Link Command LIN You cannot use Suprtool s Link command to invoke Suprlink UX but you can run Suprlink UX by itself opt robelle bin suprlink Suprlink UX Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1988 2010 Version 5 4 fi Suprlink UX provides high speed data file linking based on a sort key Suprlink UX only accepts self describing files created by Suprtool UX or the MPE SDUnix program Suprlink has it s own section in the manual Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 167 List Command L The List command is used to produce formatted listings of the selected records You may specify the List command or the Output command or both or neither If List is used instead of Output Suprtool sets the Output to null so that only a listing is produced LIST OCTALIHEXIDECIMAL CHAR NOREC LABELS RECORD DUPLEX ONEPERLINE LP NONAME NOSKIP STANDARD DEVICE name DATE format TIME format PCL format LEFTJUSTNUM RIGHTJUSTNUM TITLE string HEADING string string FILE filename APPEND RECLEN number Default Octal Char or Formatted If Suprtool knows about the fields in the input source e g because you have used the Extract command the list records are formatted with field names and internal binary data types e g integer are converted to ASCII You cannot combine the Ask or Query Num output options wit
321. ne BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style Control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D and to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX ad 4 fd not found gt Before Lh itd s ll sd gt listredo 10 gt before 5 gt bef 8 10 gt b 1s gt b Is gt b e gt before 2 gt before 5 2 Modify Operators sd is not spelled right redo most recent command last command is printed you enter changes to it the edited command is shown you press Return redo 5th command in stack redo 8th through 10th redo last ls command redo Is command redo last containing redo command before previous redo by relative lines If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit Characters Any printing characters Control D plus spaces Control B Control A Control A Control D plus spaces Action replace the ones above This assumes your EOF key has been altered from the HP UX default deletes columns above puts you into insert before mode starts appending characters
322. ne You can also enter comments after field values List all related records for a specific supplier list m supplier related Must include Related keyword SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons supplier to search for If you want to include a brace as part of an x type field you must precede the brace with the Dbedit escape character For example to search for the supplier STD Ribbons you would use list m supplier include braces in the name SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons OS Commands Dbedit interprets any command line beginning with a colon as an OS HP UX command For example comment Modify M CUSTOMER records modify m customer exit Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression You may use this feature to compute data entry values without the need of an electronic calculator Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 293 2745 1 33 Result 3650 85 Example Database The examples in this manual use the revised STORE database described in the IMAGE 3000 Handbook Prompting for Search Criteria In the Change Delete List and Modify commands Dbedit first prompts you for search criteria and then processes the records you have selected Search criteria are any or all of the search and sort fields of the file Dbedit asks for the value of the primary search field first unless you override the prompt ordering with the KEY o
323. ned decimal numeric field LOGICAL unsigned like BYTE 2 characters CHARACTER for Native Language Support The Key command also accepts FPOINT as the data type for IEEE numbers Examples The first example sorts an integer PIC S9 4 COMP field which starts on the 11th byte of the input record We sort the entire input file based on one key gt input bigfile r 40 1f gt key 11 2 int input from a disc file key is an integer that starts gt xeg create Outfile and prompt for more Suprtool commands gt output outfile at the 11th byte of Bigfile gt input discfile r 40 1f another input file gt key 14 4 double desc double integer PIC S9 9 COMP gt output ofile2 sort input in descending order gt exit The following examples show the various data types and combinations that are available with the Key command Suprtool Commands e 165 1 10 byte data type 1 10 desc descending sort sequence 11 4 double T2 or J2 S9 9 COMP 1 6 11 4 ieee X6 string and an E2 field at byte 11 21 6 packed P12 S9 11 COMP 3 21 6 packed P12 S9 10 COMP 3 wasted byte Notes The command name Key is optional Any command that starts with a numeric character is assumed to be a Key command The Verify command shows all of the current key fields and the Reset command cancels them If no sort fields are defined prior to the Xeq or Exit command Suprtool performs a copy not a sort 166 e Suprtool Comma
324. need to feed into the report program Input Files Only one file can have repeated records that pass through to the final file This file is called the primary Input file If any of the Link files contain duplicate records Suprlink will select one of them to link to the primary record s The Suprlink Output file will have no more records than the Input file The Input file and Link files are created with the Output xxx Link option in Suprtool These files must be sorted by the same key field in ascending order Link Files You can have up to seven Link files that are combined with the Input file Suprlink merges the Input file and Link files by comparing the key fields of both files you can optionally specify a secondary key The default is for Suprlink to exclude any Input records that do not have a matching record in all Link files Specifying the Optional keyword on the Link command will force Suprlink to fill the Output record Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink e 321 Output Files Sort Keys Selection Logic A Link Example 322 e Introduction to Suprlink with default values spaces and zeros when it doesn t find a match in a specific Link file If you want to link the sales transaction to both the customer master and the salesman master it s probably faster to use traditional methods The Output file will be a self describing file containing data extracted from the Input file and the Link files S
325. ng the the dbutil program Enabling critical item update allows Dbedit s Change command and Modify Updatekey to execute much faster There are two choices in DBUTIL for enabling critical item update Set CIUPDATE On Set CIUPDATE Allow The first option turns on critical item update for all programs The second option allows user programs like Dbedit to enable critical item update as needed The second option is the safest since some programs depend on IMAGE Eloquence giving an error when they attempt to change a critical field Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to Dbedit e 291 Dbedit Commands General Notes 292 e Dbedit Commands When you run Dbedit it prompts for commands on Stdlist with a character and reads command lines from Stdin Dbedit commands have a command name followed by one or more parameters separated by semicolons colons and commas Semicolons are NOT used to combine several commands on the same line as in Suprtool This chapter describes the Dbedit commands in detail The commands are presented in alphabetical order Each command name is followed by the minimal abbreviation for the command in brackets For example F for File and FO for Form Abbreviating You may shorten command names to any substring that uniquely defines the command For example Add can be shortened to AD or A since there are no other commands that start with A Form however can be abbreviated only to FO since
326. nge the order of evaluation gt if status 1 and amount gt 100 or purchased 000115 gt if status 1 or status 2 and amount gt 100 Multiple Values You can check a data field for several test values without using the AND and OR operators After the equals or not equals sign list the alternate values separated by commas The OR operator is equal sign Instead of IF A 5 OR A 6 OR A 7 use IF A 5 6 7 This selects a record if A is equal to 5 6 or 7 The AND operator is lt gt Instead of IF A lt gt 5 AND A lt gt 6 AND A lt gt 7 use IF A lt gt 5 6 7 This selects a record if A is anything but 5 6 or 7 gt if field 5 6 7 gt if part 12345 67890 39201 92308 14892 gt if delivered lt gt 981231 990101 This method works well if you are searching for a small number of values Use the lookup function to check a data field for many test values IF LOOKUP tablename fieldname The lookup function returns TRUE if the specified field name contains a value from the specified table You can also look for values that are not in a table IF NOT LOOKUP tablename fieldname See the Table command for a complete description of how to combine tables and the lookup function Note Suprtool s Table command is not related to tables in databases lookup parameter function tablename The name of a table specified in the Table command fieldname A field from the input record This field must be exac
327. ngs eessesessseeesrereeseseeresresresresrerrssesrensesresresrenrsseeees 119 Cleaning your Data c scic3 33 ssscssscvutesses ca cessteet bat op cheese doesent es sastas EE Ee shen E rE 120 Un printables icies riren ri ie e rare E r E EEEE E EE E E TE et 121 Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Table of Contents e 7 8 e Table of Contents Clean Command Syntax siirsi css seevesnst ep onsesscoviekstes sapussdsebeach posse E r SEEE 121 Setting the Clean Character sia scsssosives vescsstvesegse cp cspeseceesuse on sdeassteesense ve ep E ae 121 Cleaning a Field sree rister eroe ore o eE oe e E r oE E TES EErEE Er ES 121 Cleaning your dat spisie rrr ispir eseeto P Tr EE ETE EEE EE Ea 122 Extracttrom a Tabler r E E a ara T E TERE 122 Data Conversions a r T EE E e rE a ie eet 123 Number FUNCTION eccecsccsssesscesseseceecesccesccssccssecssccseecseeesseeesecssesesesecsaecsaeesaeenes 124 Numeric to Byte Conversion vsisi eeecseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecesecaecsaecseecaeeeaeseaeeeeeees 125 SE Git PUNCHON 242 ca05 EE E E E leat Gn ae aie cna 126 Placeholders and Format Characters ccccsssseceessececsensececseeeecessnececsenaeeeeseeeeees 126 Byte Type Formatting ssnin aior oea ee e N EE race aE ese EiT 126 Z placeholder for byte fields 0 0 ee ceeeeesseceeeeecseeceeeeecaeceeeeecaeceeeeecsaeceeeeecsaeeeeneees 127 Overflow and limits sisena ie e eee eE E EE ek iea ttre e iei eti 127 Numeric field edit masks cccccccessscecsescecee
328. noted by the sign Since Suprtool has some functions that begin with a sign these will take precedence regardless of the value set in the variable of the same name Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 79 Suprtool Commands General Notes Do not enter the gt sign when typing commands 80 e Suprtool Commands When you run Suprtool it prompts for commands with a gt character and reads command lines from the standard input device Suprtool commands contain a command name which may include one or more optional parameters that are each separated by commas In this chapter we describe the Suprtool commands in alphabetic order Each command name is followed by its minimal abbreviation in brackets For example D for Define and DU for Duplicate Most Suprtool commands work within the context of the input file In general the Base Chain Get Open Select and Input commands must be entered before other commands Once the input source has been specified commands can be entered in any order Abbreviating You may shorten the command name to any substring that uniquely defines the command For example Form can be abbreviated as FO or F since there are no other commands that start with F Duplicate however can be abbreviated only to DU since there is also a Define command in Suprtool gt i sdfile Input command gt l List command gt Xeq command Uppercase or Lowercase You can enter the letters in either
329. nr eea iera le eae ve ceeded es sed heen 360 Examples of Calling Suprtool 363 Copying the Examples A E EE E EEE E ERRE TTE 363 COBOL PExample ee a a einen Sein Baia ne 363 C Sample cits sci chiyaiain E R E aoa ete ii ee ena 366 Installing the Suprtool2 Interface 368 CERLE IDT o VEETEE cies cache vta hace stea dee A E stigavevevaieasontins 368 AMEX WV rennan aena a evades ee a a a a ube ladebecperich lap a a 369 Suprtool2 Error Messages 370 JAEK ANNETO o1 eE E E nds ies ee od aes ane ee 370 14 e Table of Contents Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Glossary of Terms 372 Glossary of Terms 372 Commonly used Terms 2 e KEETE EE E EEEE E RO E OESE ESSE 372 Special Characters moinen ea en eaa EEE EE A E E E EE E A EEEE ETs 375 Index 380 Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Welcome to Suprtool e 15 Welcome to Suprtool Introduction Welcome to version 5 4 of Suprtool the HP UX handyman for Eloquence Oracle and Allbase databases and fixed length data files Use Suprtool to quickly select and sort data records Combine multiple data files using Suprlink UX Use STExport to convert fields in a self describing input file into an output file that can be imported into other applications The Suprtool commands are Add EDit ITem Q Use BAse Exit Key REDO USERpause Before EXPort LINk Reset Verify Chain EXTract List SELect Xeq Clean Form LISTREDO Set MPE or HP UX command Define Get Numrecs SOrt expression DELete Help OPen TAble DO IF Output Total Dup
330. ns both alpha and special oO special A1B2 alphanumeric Pattern Matching Suprtool can also select records based on a pattern of characters rather than an exact string of characters For example use the following to select all records with CONNOR anywhere in the Name field Suprtool Commands e 147 148 e Suprtool Commands gt if name CONNOR The double equals is the operator for pattern matching The at signs means anything before or after CONNOR is acceptable including nothing For character fields there are two comparison operators for patterns matches and gt lt does not match The pattern is specified as a quoted string using the special characters listed below Embedded spaces are allowed in the pattern and must be matched in the target field These are the special characters Character Meaning Zero or more characters of any type A single numeric character aj A single alphabetic or numeric character Zero or more blank characters amp Escape character to match the next character explicitly amp looks for the character Reserved for future use Reserved for future use Any other character must be matched one for one does name contain ZANDER anywhere does name contain ZANDER perhaps other characters then ARMSTRONG name ZANDERG name ZANDER ARMSTRONG does name not contain numerics qedit or suprtool
331. nt parameter specifies that every nth record in the input file should be selected This option is designed for random sampling of the input file The startrecord endrecord parameter cannot be used with this parameter Like startrecord endrecord count must come after the setname if present Test files can be constructed from random samplings of production files We can build a test file with the count parameter gt input dinvent 15 every 15th record is read gt output dtest create an output file with every gt xeq 15th record from Dinvent Notes Only one Input Chain Get or Select command is allowed per extract task The Input command opens the specified file immediately The file is held open until the input is reset or the current task completes 158 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Item Command IT Use the Item command to specify the number of implied decimal points or the date format for an item The date and today functions of the If command work only with dates The Item command must precede any If or Extract commands ITEM itemname DATE DECIMAL attribute Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX ltemname The itemname must be an Eloquence itemname a Defined field an SD self describing field or a column name If the itemname exists both as an Eloquence itemname and as a Defined field the attribute is associated with the Eloquence itemname and the Defined field is deleted If the itemname exist
332. nteger Oracle Date Packed Packed Integer 4 10 9 4 KKKKK KK SQL Database If an Allbase database is open and no input file has been specified the default Form command shows all of the tables in the database If a Select command has been specified the default Form command shows the columns in the Select command The exact format of the Form command is different for each SQL database Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Third Party Indexing If the database is enabled for indexing the Form command shows any third party index that corresponds to an IMAGE Eloquence field When doing a Form dataset each field is checked to see if it is a byte type or Z type third party index If it is the comment lt lt TPI gt gt is shown Indexes that have a name other than an Image item name are shown at the end of the form listing The Form command only shows those indexes that can be referenced by the Chain command For example gt form m customer M CUSTOMER Master Set 1 Entry Offset CITY X12 1 lt lt TPI gt gt CREDIT RATING J2 13 CUST ACCOUNT Z8 17 lt lt Search Field gt gt lt lt IP i gt CUST STATUS X2 25 NAME FIRST X10 27 lt lt TPI gt gt NAME LAST X16 37 lt lt TPI gt gt STATE CODE X2 53 lt lt TPI gt gt STREET ADDRESS 2X25 55 gt SIEIS POSTAL CODE X6 105 Capacity 211 7 Entries 20 Bytes 110 Additional Third Party Indexes SI LAST NAME X16 Self Descr
333. o force calculator to evaluate our expression in the correct order Display Formats A calculator expression may be followed by a comma and a display letter The default is decimal and the options are hex or H octal or O double D ASCII A and binary B With these options the result is treated as a 32 bit integer Suprtool Commands e 227 10 0 standard octal format Result 000012 10 0 negative number in octal Result 37777777766 100 h hexadecimal Result 0064 In Double format calculator prints the double result as two octal numbers the way they appear in DEBUG The first number represents the high order 16 bits and the second number represents the low order 16 bits 10 d treat result as two 16 bit octal words Result 000000 000012 1000000000 d high order 16 bits are no zero Result 035632 145000 10 d note negative value 2 s complement Result 177777 177766 In ASCII format up to four characters are printed in Hex Decimal and ASCII display format 2020 a Result 2020 32 32 20161 72145 a Result 2071 32 113 q 7465 116 101 te In binary format the high order 16 bits are examined If these bits are not zero they are printed as two groups of eight bits A one 1 means that the bit is on and a zero 0 means that the bit is off The low order 16 bits are always printed as two groups of eight bits high order 16 bits suppressed 2 00000000 0
334. o prints those Set options which are not currently at their default setting Examples current input file selection criteria all current options version version number of Suprtool Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 225 Xeq Command X Suspends entry of commands and begins the extract from the input source XEQ Notes After the Xeq Suprtool processes the task and accepts commands to specify another task Compare this with the Exit command which stops Suprtool after processing the input After an Xeq command all parameters of Suprtool are reset to their initial values except any database that is left open the Set options and the Defined fields even though their calculated offsets are not guaranteed to be correct for the next file processed Examples gt open oracle demo reader gt select from customer gt output mcstfile gt xeq copies Customer to Mcstfile gt select from orders gt output allorders gt xeq copies Orders to Allorders gt exit terminate no task to do last Xeq could have been Exit 226 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Calculator Command Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Evaluates an expression and prints the result in one of several formats expression O IDIBIH IA 1 1 Any command that begins with an equal sign is treated as an expression to be evaluated An expression consists of numbers and operators followed by an optional display f
335. o records per supplier add d inventory limit 2 key product no two records per product Related Option The Related option is for finding or deleting related records It applies only to Delete and List If you use Related when Listing an entry in a master dataset Dbedit prints the specified master entry and then prints all detail entries with the same search value in all datasets that are linked to the master dataset by an explicit path If you use List Related with a detail dataset Dbedit prints the specified detail entry followed by the master entry for each search field in the detail You can only Delete Related from a master dataset Dbedit shows the master entry After confirming the deletion Dbedit deletes all entries with the same search value in all related datasets Control Y can be used to interrupt the deletion process Dbedit can only use explicitly defined paths to navigate between datasets User defined paths are not supported in Dbedit When listing related records Dbedit shows all fields in each dataset including those that Dbedit normally doesn t support e g X 100 The following example shows how related records are listed starting with a master dataset and then its related detail datasets 296 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual list m supplier related all related records SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons The M SUPPLIER record is listed here D INVENTORY records with a SUPPLIER NAME o
336. o the date field format of CCY YMMDD Now with Set Date Cutoff xx Suprtool assumes 20 for the century if the two digit year specified in the date function is less than the value of Set Date Cutoff For example gt set date cutoff 50 gt item date field date ccyymmdd gt if date field lt date 40 12 26 Suprtool in this case assumes the full date to be 2040 12 26 because the 40 in date is less than the 50 in Set Date Cutoff The default value of Set Date Cutoff is 10 Stddate and Set Date Cutoff When Stddate has to convert from a date with only a two digit year the conversion to the four digit year will use the value of Set Date Cutoff when converting the date For example gt get sales detail gt set date cutoff 15 gt def new ship date 1 4 double gt item ship date date mmddyy gt ext order no sales amount gt ext new ship date Sstddate ship date gt out salesinfo link gt xeq In this example if any ship date has a year of 14 or less then the century applied to the new ship date field will be 20 Ship dates with a year of 15 or more will have a century of 19 applied What does Set Date ForceCentury do Set Date ForceCentury On will not allow a yy date to be entered in the date function it will force the user to enter a full ccyy date 70 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt set date forcecentury on gt item date field date ccyymmdd g
337. occurrences of ab to def c ab Deletes all occurrences of ab CXYZ Replaces the current text with cxyz starting at c Because delimiters have not been specified as they were in the previous two examples this is a simple replacement with the four characters Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands See Redo on page 208 for details Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Reset Command R Resets aspects of the current task RESET ALL command Default Delete Sort Key If List Parameters More than one command can be Reset at once by entering several commands separated by a space or a comma If no parameters are specified Suprtool cancels the previous Sort Key If Delete and List commands The other commands remain unchanged If ALL is specified all of the Input and Output commands are canceled and database files are closed In fact the only options that are not reset to the initial condition are Define Item Open and Set options Examples You began to specify a sort but then you discovered that you specified the wrong database so you decided to start all over gt base ostore gt get d sales gt sort cust account gt reset all oops wrong database gt base store now we have correct one In the next example you entered an incorrect If command
338. ode for memory mapped files This means that Suprtool for AMXW currently has a limitation of a total of 500 Mb for files Variable Substitution Suprtool for AMXW supports two types of variable substitution The first being the MPE like variables that are availabe in the AMXW shell Suprtool for AMXW will first attempt to resolve these variables first and then resolve an environment variables that are left set in the standard HP UX manner The same rules apply with Set Varsub on and Set VarsubCompat on There is one issue with Suprtool for AMXW variable substitution that is different than Variable Substitution on MPE Varsub on MPE is done via a low level MPE routine however since this is not available Suprtool must do something different that is as close to the MPE version as possible So Suprtool surrounds a given line in quotes and resolves the variable s by calling AMXW routines in a way that resolves the variables The issue is however that if you mix quotes typically If command and Extract command the variable substitution will fail and only part of the line will be parsed Therefore it is advisable not to mix quotes in this situation Set Commands Some Set commands that do not work in Suprtool for HP UX do work in Suprtool for AMXW These are documented in the following section along with some AMXW specific commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool and AMXW e 53 Command Details for AMXW AMXW The following section contains
339. ogram that takes self describing file information and writes it out to an MPE flat file This flat file can then be transferred to HP UX together with the data file so that Suprtool UX can reference the self describing information about the fields To copy the SD file to the HP UX machine it must have an sd extension and be in the same directory as the data file For example if the data filename is usr local data datafile the SD file must have the name usr local data datafile sd The SD file is written out to the same domain permanent or temporary as the input file The SD file contains only one record with the necessary length to store all of the label information Installation SDUnix has been included on your HP UX tape and needs to be installed on your MPE system You can do this with either FTP or DSCOPY Installing using FTP 1 Log on as Mgr Robelle shello mgr robelle pub 2 Remove the Sdunixnm file spurge sdunixnm pub 3 FTP the file from your Unix machine ftp dopey binary cd opt robelle mpe get sdunixnm sdunixnm rec 128 1 f binary code nmprg disc 1400 4 Remove any old versions of Sdunix spurge sdunix 5 Rename the program file rename sdunixnm sdunix To install the CM version of SDUnix specify Sdunixcm as the file name disc 400 1 1 for the file size and PROG for the filecode Installing with DSCOPY 1 Log on as Mgr Robelle shello mgr robelle pub 2 Remove the Sdunixnm file pur
340. ommand Keyword Help If no help is found in the Commands section of the help file we assume you specified one of the outer level keywords To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You ll see a short introduction to Dbedit before the list Specify any of the keywords or a subkeyword on the Help command help intro introduction section Quick Help HQ HQ asks Dbedit to look under the keyword QUICK in the help file QUICK contains the text from the Dbedit Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command hq add quick description of Add hq commands quick list of command names Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file The Help command uses the QHELP subsystem to enable you to move through the file Dbedit Help Robelle which contains most of the User Manual For help in help type when you see the QHELP prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return instead of a key name If you press F8 you will exit the QHELP subsystem and return to Dbedit Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 307 List Command L Displays entries from a dataset LIST file options Options numeric valuelAll KeylLimitlRelatedIUNder The field list of the file parameter specifies which fields of the entry to print default of course is all of them
341. on gt in filelsd suprtest vd in filelsd suprtest gt output outfile link temp vd output GREEN SUPRTEST filename90123456789012345678901234567890123 vd 2345678901 link temp The output is formatted into 74 byte chunks and printed with a preceding vd so the substituted line is clear Warnings SET WARNINGS ON OFF Suprtool Commands e 211 Initially ON Suprtool normally prints warning messages out to stdlist You can turn off these messages when you are running from batch by issuing a Set Warnings off command If you are simulating batch mode with the Set Interactive Off command you must do the Set Warnings off after the Set Interactive Off The default for this setting is On 212 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Sort Command SO Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Specifies the next sort key via an Eloquence field a table column name or a field in a self describing file or a Defined field See Key Command K on page 165 for sort keys specified by explicit byte position Up to 20 Sort and Key commands can be specified per extract task The first key entered is the major sort key SORT field subscript DESCENDING Default Ascending order Field The field specified must be an Eloquence data item that is a field of the input source a selected item from the selected table or a defined field or a field from a self describing file Subscript If the field is a compound item e g 2X
342. ons e g lt lt gt or gt You will need to change all of your If commands to use the stddate function Sorting dates that include both 20th and 21st century dates will not collate the way most users expect whether with Suprtool the COBOL sort verbs or HPs sort tools This is because Suprtool and all HP supplied tools sort based on the numeric value of a date To make this work correctly within Suprtool you will need to use the stddate function in an Extract command to generate a date with a four digit year then sort on this new date field with another Suprtool task What Is Wrong with Two Digit Years Currently the date format of yymmdd collates sorts correctly if the date is not beyond December 31 1999 Given the current date of 981210 numerically this is less than next year whose date value is 991210 At the turn of the century dates in the yymmdd format or yymm will no longer sort correctly because the value of December 10 2000 001210 is less than 981210 Consequently if we have a date beyond 1999 stored in yymmdd format a relative operation such as gt if date field gt Sdate 98 12 10 will not find the date of December 10 2000 You will need to use the stddate function to make this task work correctly gt if Sstddate date field gt Sdate 98 12 10 Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 71 How Do Today and Date Work Suprtool s date functions date and today are a short hand met
343. ons are Trim Remove leading and trailing spaces from the string expression LTrim Remove leading spaces RTrim Remove trailing spaces Splitting Variable Length Strings Suprtool can extract portions of a byte field based on the occurence of certain characters Consider the following Data Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 119 120 e Suprtool Commands Armstrong Neil Patrick Green Bob Miller Edwards Janine Armstrong Arthur Derek The split function can extract each token into separate fields The syntax for the split function is Ssplit Field Start Character Occurence End Character Occurence The following task will split the data in the wholefield into three separate fields gt in namefile gt define lastname 1 30 gt define firstname 1 20 gt define middlename 1 20 gt extract lastname Ssplit wholename first gt extract firstname Strim Ssplit wholename gt extract middlename Strim S split wholename 2 2 gt out names link gt xeg The first extract statement tells Suprtool extract the bytes from the field wholename starting at the beginning first keyword and stopping at the character The second extract statement tells Suprtool to extract the bytes between the first occurence of the character to the next occurence of the character and then that string is trimmed of spaces as it is nested within the trim function The third and final
344. ool For disc files you can put both the Define and Item commands in a usefile and execute them right after specifying the file with the Input command If you use the Link output option both date formats and implied decimal places are saved in the self describing file so they never need to be specified again base store use store usefile 164 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Key Command K Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Specifies the next sort field for an extract task using an explicit byte position in the record not a field name See the Sort command for specifying sort fields by table column name or Defined field or by field name in an SD file Up to 20 Sort and Key commands may be specified per extract task the first is the major sort field KEY byteposition bytelen type DESC Default type BYTE ASCENDING order Parameters Desc specifies that the field is to be sorted in Descending order The byteposition is a number between and the length of the input records specifying where the sort field begins The bytelen parameter is a number from to the length of the record specifying how long the sort field is The type is a word that gives the desired data type of the field for sorting purposes Type Description BYTE unsigned straight compare INT INTEGER two s complement DOUBLE two s complement IEEE IEEE floating point PACKED packed decimal PACKED packed decimal last nibble unused DISPLAY zo
345. or beyond the current end of line Hpmodify Examples Here are examples of the MPE style REDO sub commands in action Edit Actin i s si s isdCY u First occurrence undoes the previous edits The u must be in column one u Second occurrence undoes all edits on the current line The u must be in column one ass Debs tree craracters one above cachd Suprtool Commands e 187 188 o Suprtool Commands d xyz Deletes a single character above the d skips one space then replaces the current text with xyz starting at the position of x ddixyz Deletes two characters then inserts xyz in the current line starting at the position of the i Deletes one character above the first d skips two spaces and deletes a second character above the second d It does not delete a range of characters making it unlike the MPE V version of Redo d d gt xyz Deletes a single character above the first d skips two spaces and deletes to the end of the line beginning at the second d and then places xyz at the end of the line Appends xyz to the end of the current line gt ddxyz Deletes the last two characters from the end of the current line and then places xyz at the end of the line Replaces the last three characters in the current line with xyz gt IXyZ Appends xyz to the end of the line In this case the i command is superfluous because gt accomplishes the same result Using gt xyz would be sufficient c ab def Changes all
346. ord being echoed on the job stream listing A special database password is provided to allow for this When a question mark is used as the database password Suprtool prompts for the password on the next physical input line without echoing This occurs in batch mode or in session mode For example Suprtool Commands e 85 gt base store 5 Suprtool prompts for the password Password gt Password is on this line but it won t gt get d inventory show on job stream listing or terminal gt exit Open Modes Base does not allow mode 7 for exclusive read access but it does allow mode 4 for exclusive update while others read Mode 4 disallows changes while you are extracting from the database Mode 3 for fully exclusive access is tolerated but causes Suprtool to use slow DBGETs to extract from datasets Suprtool allows you to open a second database in the Put command when you are copying from one database to another Eloquence Libraries If the Eloquence libraries have not been loaded Suprtool will print an error on the Base command To find out specific error messages as to why the libraries have not been loaded then just run Suprtool with the lw option which means print loader warnings 86 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Before Command B Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL Default redo previous li
347. ords Calculator Suprtool Suprlink and Stexport and Dbedit treat any line that begins with an equal sign as an expression to be evaluated To add two numbers together Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt 1254 512 Result 637 0 An expression consists of numbers and operators The operators can be addition subtraction multiplication division or exponentiation The value of the expression is printed immediately Any number can be followed by a percent sign The calculator assumes that you want to qualify the number as a percentage For example gt 125 5 Result 6 25 A complete description of the Suprtool calculator is given after the description of the Xeq command Control Character You create a control character by holding down the Control key while you strike another key Y plus Control generates Control Y These are normally nonprinting characters but they may do things to your terminal For example Control G rings the bell For notes on how to change the HP UX defaults see the section on Control Characters and stty in the Running Suprtool Under HP UX chapter Suprtool uses control characters for a number of purposes In the Before command control characters specify the edit functions Control D for delete Control B for before etc Control Y stops execution of the current Suprtool task Suprtool prints a status report and asks if you would like to stop the operation Control H c
348. ormat The operators can be addition subtraction multiplication division or exponentiation The value of the expression is printed immediately on stdlist 20 Resul 20 Resul 20 Resul 20 Result 1 33333333333 20 15 20 raised to the 15th power Result 327680000000E 20 add two numbers together multiply the same numbers subtraction divide print precise result 5 5 5 5 Order of Evaluation Unlike most programming languages the calculator always evaluates the calculation from left to right This is similar to an electronic calculator where each keystroke is operated on immediately You can use parentheses to force the calculator to evaluate the expression in a different order 14 16 15 3 compute an average Result 15 0 14 16 15 3 add 14 16 and the result of 15 3 Result 35 0 14 164 15 3 add 16 15 divide by 3 then add to 14 Result 24 3333333333 Percentages A number in the calculator expression may be followed by a percent sign The calculator assumes that you want to qualify the number as a percentage 125 5 what is 5 of 125 Result 6 25 125 125 5 add 5 of 125 to 125 Result 12 5 125 125 5 oops we needed to change the order Result 131 25 this looks like the answer we wanted The last two examples show the importance of the order in which calculator evaluates the expression We needed to use parentheses t
349. osite of None Only selects all output records that would not be written by the None option When the Only option finds a record that duplicates a record already in the set it writes that duplicate to the output file Note that the first record is not written to the output file Here are two examples gt key 1 4 gt duplicate only keys Input Output Output 1111 10 2222 35 2222 35 2222 25 2222 42 2222 35 3333 48 Record Suprtool has two methods for comparing output records Record and Keys The Record option compares the entire output record This option can be specified without a sort but in that case the input file must already be sorted Note that there are two data fields in the records in the following example so that a comparison of the entire record yields no duplicates Suprtool Commands e 101 gt duplicate none record Input Output 1A Td T0 1111 10 2222 25 2222 25 2222 35 2222 35 3333 48 3333 48 Keys The Keys option compares only the sort keys to determine whether an output record is a duplicate This option requires that at least one sort key be specified gt sort agent sort by agent gt duplicate none keys gt output agents create roster of agents The Keys Num option determines the level at which Suprtool compares sort keys This option controls which duplicate records get included in or excluded from the output file In the following example we sort by agent and by bill date in des
350. ot stripped The PA_RISC binary can run on both platforms but you need to haye PA_RISC libraries for Eloquence or Oracle if you are using the Oracle module An Itanium binary will not run on a PA_RISC machine and will fail with cannot execute PA_RISC Loading Suprtool by default looks in the libraries in any of the directories named in SHLIB_PATH For example to insure that Suprtool resolves the library loads you Running Suprtool under HP UX e 43 can set the SHLIB_PATH system wide in your etc profile file in the following manner export SHLIB_PATH opt eloquence6 lib pall_32 opt oracle lib If you do not have the SHLIB_PATH variable set to a value where the libraries can be found Suprtool will then try to load from their default names locations For Eloquence the default location is opt eloquence6 lib pal 1_ 372 The Oracle interface will first try to load libclntsh so and then attempt to load libelntsh sl from SORACLE_HOME lib32 libclntsh sl Itanium Loading You can change Suprtool to pay attention to LD_LIBRARY_PATH and use dlopen to load libraries you can set the environment variable export ROBELLE_DYN_LOAD Y It is generally advisable to use DLOPEN or the ROBELLE_DYN_LOAD option when using the Itanium version The PA_RISC version of Suprtool can use either type of loading the default or the dlopen method invoked with ROBELLE_DYN_LOAD The Itanium version will make one more attempt at loading the Eloquence librarie
351. ou set varsubcompat on Suprtool will return the environment variable name similar to how MPE works with unresolved variables You can invoke this option from the command line with the cv option VarsubDebug SET VARSUBDEBUG ON OFF Initially OFF Suprtool and STExport and Suprlink now has a setting called Set VarsubDebug on which will print out the line after the variable substitution has occurred This setting only works if Set Varsub is on and Set VarsubDebug is on export outfile amp GREEN SUPRTEST filename901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123 45678901 opt robelle bin suprtool SUPRTOOL UX Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2007 Version 5 4 Internal TUE OCT 30 2007 2 58 PM Type H for he gt set varsub on gt set varsubdebug on gt in filelsd suprtest vd in filelsd suprtest gt output outfile link temp vd output GREEN SUPRTEST filename90123456789012345678901234567890123 vd 2345678901 link temp The output is formatted into 74 byte chunks and printed with a preceding vd so the substituted line is clear The above example shows Suprtool however the same commands apply in STExport and Suprlink Warnings SET WARNINGS OFF Initially ON Suprtool normally prints warning messages out to stdlist You can turn off these messages when you are running from batch by issuing a Set Warnings off command If you are simulating batch mode with the Set Interactive Off command
352. oud God esheets Bante e E EO EAO EE 49 Suprtool and AMXW 51 What 1s AMA is a Sieh ioe A ee ea a 51 What is Suprtool for AMXW cece ecceeceeccesecesecaecaecsaecaaecaeeeaeseaeeeeeeeeeeseeesesaesaeesaecnaesaee 51 Running S prtodl nennen e eee ee oE Eas A E eos eden EEO E E E eed 51 Symbolic Links and running Supramxw eee eee eeceeeceseceecesecesecaeecaeecaeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseensees 51 Supitoo l AMXW 3 icccniinced cient A EEEren E aR ote EE EEE EES 52 Form Commanderie oiee e Sie A lea Win EOE eth KEO ASEE E 52 N mr cs Command seeno eire eoero eonen oeren ehh die ROES 52 Output Command seiniin nes enini oe Een ors Sreser tE one En SKE nE E EEEE EErEE S Eoo EE eSEE 52 Temporary Fles cinni ca eoero eee eS EEEE oE Badin SE E ERE 53 Appendin Record S ao rarene a anap aE E peeta TI ESSES ROES T ESEE S CEEE TEEKS EESE 53 Tableoperat oSm enaena a EE o eK E E eds E E EEIE SEES Raae 53 Variable SUubstituteo o eerren EES ES aP Er ESCE S EES Heia 53 Set Eonia Tio To Kee NEEE ETE EEN EE E E O OEE EEEE 53 Command Details for AMXW 54 AMXW rontod e e e dena ean A Ate ie a oa 54 Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Table of Contents e 5 Numrecs Command N cccccccsssseceesscecsessececssseececssceecsesaececsesseceesesecsesseeecseseeesesseseenenaees 55 Set Commands s2c255s entssteses save sstesveasite nsedesoess E E EE E rR capes TE apede devise Sees 56 AMXW External sd is eorne sstsstnsavessensnpesseuesstse eg re si raeo orea T r er krero TTTS 56 A
353. ource and the name of the key field by which it is sorted INPUT filename BY key field There can be only one Input file per linkage task but up to seven Link files The Input file should be created by Suprtool using the Output Link option and must be sorted by key field The key field can be any type except for Real or Long The primary Input file may have more than one record per key value and each record may appear in the Output file It is best to have Suprtool Extract only the fields you will actually need since if any of the Suprtool extracts result in enormous Output files the time to do the sort may be prohibitive The BY clause is only necessary when the Input file has been created using the Suprtool Output Query option instead of the Output Link option Output Link adds the sort field information to the self describing file so that you do not have to specify it in a BY clause Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 339 Join Command J 340 e Suprlink Commands Join the Input file to another Join file this links files with multiple key values in both the input file and the Join file JOIN filename BY join keys FROM input keys OPTIONAL REQUIRED Default REQUIRED File Name The Join file should be created by Suprtool with the Output Link option it should only contain the fields that you actually need in the final report plus any sort fields If you do an l file of the file it should s
354. out ordcomb exit EOD Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink How Report Programs Work The best way to understand Suprlink is to examine the process of writing a report Your report program will be written in COBOL RPG PowerHouse or some other language Imagine that instead of hunting all over the database to collect your data you just read a sorted disc file with a big record containing all the data on a given entity For example a sales report might read a disc file whose records consist of sales transactions plus customer information This file has been sorted by customer number and date If there are several sales for the same customer the customer information is just repeated in each record The report program reads the records checks for level breaks and formats and prints the records Suprlink fits into this model of report programs Working from the database to the final flat file how do we use Suprtool and Suprlink to produce the desired result Obviously Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the desired records from the customer table and put them in a disc file And Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the customer master dataset and write them to a second disc file What does Suprlink do If Suprtool sorts both files by customer Suprlink can link them together producing a third file whose composite record consists of the related fields from both files This file is just what we
355. p produces job temporary Output Up lines separate alternatives from which you will select Sometimes the alternatives are shown listed on several lines Example TEMP ERASE In examples there is an implied carriage return at the end of each line Installing Suprlink Suprlink is installed as part of the Suprtool installation process See the Installing Suprtool chapter of the Suprtool User Manual for more details of how to install both Suprtool and Suprlink Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable Some file names are hardcoded into Suprlink This section describes the hardcoded file names that Suprlink UX may need Suprlink will normally look for files in the opt robelle directory unless you set the ROBELLE variable ROBELLE Variable Normally Suprlink looks files in the opt robelle directory If you move Suprlink you must set the ROBELLE variable For example if you move Suprlink to the users robelle directory you must set ROBELLE variable in the following manner export ROBELLE users robelle 318 e Welcome to Suprlink Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Accessing Suprlink How To Run Suprlink To access Suprlink type the following command opt robelle bin suprlink SUPRLINK Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1988 2010 Version 5 4 4 After a short pause Suprlink will take over your terminal and print out some identifying information You will notice that your command prompt has c
356. pecified out of the directory specified e g http www mycompany com cgi bin myscript pl will actually execute usr local httpd server cgi bin myscript pl On the CERN Web server you need to enter the following in the httpd conf configuration file Exec cgi bin usr local httpd server cgi bin Of course the alias name and directory can be anything you want them to be A script can be coded to perform the same task every time it is run There are different ways you can pass parameters to a script so that it can do different things We will try to keep it simple and focus our attention on a specialized program Our application will display a list of all sales records created yesterday The information is stored in an Allbase database The table is called demo sales and has the following columns CUSTOMERNUM Decimal 8 N Packed DELIVERYDATE Decimal 8 Y Packed PRODUCTNUM Decimal 8 N Packed PRICE Packed PURCHASEDATE Packed SALESQTY Packed SALESTAX Packed SALESTOTAL Decimal 8 y Packed DeliveryDate and PurchaseDate are in yyyymmdd format Price SalesTax and SalesTotal have two implied decimals Z ii Z lt Before you go any further you will have to decide where the new HTML file will reside When someone connects to your Web site the server software spawns child processes using a userid and groupid defined in the srm conf NCSA or httpd conf CERN configuration file This user must have read a
357. performed instead DELETE Deletes from the end of the current line right to left Multiple d s and INSERT and REPLACE strings may be specified after gt REPLACE Replaces characters at the end of the command line The last rightmost character of the replacement string is at the end of the line CHANGE Changes all occurrences of one string to another in the current line starting at the c The search string and replace string must be properly delimited A proper delimiter is a non alphabetic character such as or The substitution is specified as cdelim search string delim replace string delim Omitting the replace string causes occurrences of search string to be deleted with no substitution UNDO A single u in column one cancels the most recent edit of the current line Using the Undo command twice in a row cancels all edits for the current line and re establishes the original unedited line If u is placed anywhere other than column one of the current line then a simple replacement is performed Undo makes sense only if you have a line on which you have performed some editing that can be undone Simple replacement Any other character not i r d d gt gt gt d gt r c or u will be put into the current line at the position above where it is placed replacing any existing character Simple replacement also occurs for the editing characters i r c or gt if they are not followed by text or if gt appears at
358. play the fields in the file select based on a field only extract a few fields gt input salefile gt form gt if sales_total gt 10000 gt extract cust_account gt extract sales_qty gt extract sales_tax gt extract sales_total gt total sales_total total a field from the file gt output newfile link create a new SD file gt xeq Listing SD Files Suprtool normally lists data files in an Octal Char format When listing an SD file Suprtool produces a formatted listing with field names and field values converted into ASCII gt input salefile self describing file gt list produce a formatted listing gt xeq Decimal Places and Date Formats You use the Item command to identify items with an implied number of decimal places or a date format If you create a self describing file this information is retained When you input such a file all Suprtool commands are automatically informed about the decimal places and date formats The Form command shows these extra attributes as comments at the end of each field description For example gt input salefile self_describing file gt item deliv_date date yyyymmdd gt item purch_date date r yyyymmdd gt item sales_tax decimal 2 gt item sales_total decimal 2 gt output newfile link creates SD file with item attributes gt xeg gt form newfile shows decimal pts and dates Extended Field Names A few users have expressed interest in ha
359. ply be Sin mysdfile Sclean WAG NMA TL OMe MAOT TAZI Sout myexport Sxeq The SPECIAL keyword automatically defines Clean characters of Decimal 0 thru to Decimal 31 Sin mysdfile Sclean special Sout myexport Sexit You can also specify a range of characters with the following syntax Sin mysdfile Sclean 0 10 Sout myexport Sexit The above task would clean all byte type fields of any characters from Decimal 0 Null to Decimal 10 Line Feed Removing Bad Characters You can have the Clean function clean the field and instead of replacing with a space STExport will essentially shift characters to the left by Setting the CleanChar in the following manner gt Set Cleanchar lt null gt STExport will pad the field that was cleaned with the appropriate amount of characters with a space at the end of the field Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 241 Columns Command C Specify whether fields are formatted into variable or fixed length columns COLUMNS FIXED NONE Default None Most PC software expects imported data to be in variable length columns Other database systems prefer data to be aligned in fixed columns Use the Columns command to specify whether the output file has variable or fixed length columns Output File The Columns command also affects the format of the Output file If you specify Columns None the output file will have variable length records If you sp
360. properly convert to a new date format Once all the incorrect dates are fixed we can start converting We can add a prefix of 19 or 20 to all the appropriate dates by using the following Extract statement Please note that we are updating this directly In case we need to redo this task we only convert those dates that have not yet been converted In this example we set the cutoff year to 30 so any dates before 30 will have 20 as the century and the others will have 19 gt get d sales gt set date cutoff 30 gt item purch_date date yymmdd gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt if not Sinvalid purch_date and not Sinvalid deliv date gt update gt ext purch_date Sstddate purch_date gt ext deliv date S stddate deliv date gt xeq We have now converted all the J2 yymmdd dates to a ccyymmdd format and added the correct century to the date 74 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Case 2 X6 yymmdd Data to X8 ccyymmdd The following Suprtool task shows how you can generate a new file to put into a new database with dates in a different format Consider the deliv date and purch_date fields of the D Sales dataset Database STORE DBOLD ACCOUNT D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE X6 PRODUCT NO Z8 M PRODUCT PRODUCT_PRICE J2 PURCH_DATE X6 SALES QTY J1 SALES TAX J2 SALES_TOTAL J2 Capacity 611 13 Entries 15 Highwater 15 Bytes 42 You
361. prtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 129 130 e Suprtool Commands 123 50 Suprtool does attempt to fixup these cases and would format the data in the following manner 123 50 Overflow and floating dollar If the number of digits in the data is equal to the number of placeholder dollar signs then the dollar sign is dropped and not added to the edited field 12345 50 99 would result in 12345 50 Set CurrencySymbol If Set CurrencySymbol is not equal to then after the formatting has been applied whatever symbol s are defined within the set command are used to replace the symbol in the data For example if you have the Currency symbol set as CDN gt set currencysymbol CDN Suprtool will replace the after the edit mask has been applied with CDN provided there is room to the left of the dollar sign It is recommended that if you are using multiple characters for the dollar symbol that you leave enough characters to the left of the symbol For example if the CurrencySymbol is defined as CDN then you should leave two spaces to the left of a fixed dollar sign definition If there is not enough room to put in the currency symbol then the dollar symbol is blank Overflow and limits An edit mask is limited to 32 characters in total for both numeric and byte type fields If data overflows the edit mask by default Suprtool will fill that field with asterisks There is an option to have Suprtool stop wh
362. prtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX LESO4 DATA ACCOUNT SD Version B 00 00 Offset UST ACCOUNT Z8 1 LIV DATE X6 9 lt lt MMDDYY gt gt ODUCT NO Z8 15 ODUCT PRICE I2 23 RCH DATE X6 27 lt lt MMDDYY gt gt LES QTY Tl 33 LES TAX Ea 35 LES TOTAL T2 39 t 115 EOF 15 Entry Length 42 Blocking 97 You want to convert these two dates to a data format of yymmdd before adding a century in front of the year This can be easily accomplished by defining each sub part of the date and extracting those parts in the new order You can use string addition to re order the field in one pass gt in sales04 gt def new deliv 1 6 gt item new deliv date yymmdd ef deliv date mm deliv date 1 2 ef deliv date dd deliv date 3 2 ef deliv date yy deliv date 5 2 ef new purch 1 6 gt item new purch date yymmdd gt def purch date mm purch date 1 2 gt def purch date dd purch date 3 2 gt def purch date yy purch date 5 2 gt ext cust account gt ext new deliv deliv date yy deliv date mm deliv date dd gt ext product no product price gt ext new purch ext purch date yy purch date mm purch date dd gt ext sales qty sales total gt out sales05 link gt xeq You now end up with a file that looks like this File SALES06 DATA ACCOUNT SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 NEW DELIV X6 lt lt YYMMDD gt gt PRODUCT NO Z8 PRODUCT PRICE T2 NEW PURCH X6 lt
363. ption For detail datasets it then asks for match values for the other search fields and sort fields You may press the Return key to any of these prompts to indicate that you don t care what values these fields have When Dbedit finishes processing the records you select it recycles and prompts you for the next set of search criteria You may press the Return key at this point to exit from the command and return to the prompt Command Parameters 294 e Dbedit Commands The major commands File List Add Delete Modify and Change have a similar parameter structure consisting of the command name then an optional file part and an optional option part A space separates the file part from the command name and a semicolon separates the option part from the file part The general format of these commands is command file options File Parameter The file parameter consists of dataset name followed by an optional list of field names If the file part is missing Dbedit uses the previous file The general format of the file parameter is command file fieldname Even when you use field names Dbedit will add the search fields to the field list In the Add command Dbedit assumes default values for noncritical fields that are missing but will prompt for the search fields and sort fields they are required add d inventory bin no assume defaults for all but BIN NO SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons PRODUCT NO gt 105
364. ptions were specified In all other cases Suprtool squeezes the file limit down to the EOF Set Squeeze Off can be combined with the Numrecs command to automate job streams in which data is appended to the output file For example gt get d sales gt numrecs 200 output file will have extra room gt output dsale gt set squeeze off reserve room between EOF and LIMIT gt xeq gt get d history gt output dsale append Dsale has room for appending gt xeq Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Command Details for AMXW e 57 Suprtool Issues and Solutions A Suprtool Task Suprtool s primary function is to extract data quickly its focus is batch extraction The key principle is the bigger the input data source and the smaller the subset of data selected the more performance improves Your aim is to replace serial reads and selection with Suprtool To do this break your task into components an input choice some processing selections and the output choice Input Choices Suprtool reads fixed length data files You can create self describing files with Suprtool s Query or Link output options It is easier to work with self describing files because they have information about the fields in each input record Often you select a subset of the input records using the If command Only selected records are passed to the processing stage and the output choice Processing Selections If you do not specify any processing the input records
365. ptions within Dbedit Except for LP these options are saved when you return to Suprtool and restored if you enter Dbedit again SET LP ONIOFF PROMPT character QUIET ONIOFF RESET ONIOFF UNDERLINE ONIOFF VERIFY ONIOFF LP SET LP ONIOFF Initially OFF All output from the List command is normally sent to stdlist When you turn Set LP to On Dbedit opens the file Suprlist which defaults to the line printer Turning Set LP Off closes the SUPRLIST file and releases it to the spooler Dbedit automatically closes the Suprlist file when you return to Suprtool Prompt SET PROMPT char Initially Prompt tells Dbedit to use a different character for prompting Any special character can be used as the prompt character For example gt edit set prompt Slist m customer Quiet SET QUIET ONIOFF Initially OFF Turning this option On causes Dbedit to reduce the number of helpful messages that are printed and to shorten other messages Reset SET RESET ONIOFF Initially ON When you use the File List Modify Change or Delete commands you may override the default order that Dbedit uses to prompt for search Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 313 fields using the KEY option With Reset On Dbedit always resets the KEY option to the default With Reset Off Dbedit will continue to use the new order of search fields Underline SET UNDERLINE ONIOFF Initially ON When Dbedit
366. put file size gt numrecs 10 Means Range of Records Slash in the Input and Get commands means a range of record numbers gt input cat dog mouse 1000 2000 Means Range of Fields Backslash in the Extract command means a range of fields gt extract account rating Suprtool 5 3 11 for HP UX User Manual Glossary of Terms e 379 Index Means SNE aeeie eieiei a ie 385 for HP UX commands ccceeccscceeseeeeesseeeesseees 384 for O S commands cccccsceesssceeesseeeesssecessseees 384 r MEANS SUNG asna e ne a Ea tends 385 closed table r a e a anA 219 as the Dbedit prompt character 0 0 0 0 296 384 changing the prompt character eee 318 matches number means every n th record eee 138 160 384 Sabs funcione E A AOE 117 147 atoe Extract function esessseseessessessressesseesresresse 133 Clean function sesessessesseessessesroessesresseescsessrsseesse 150 Clean Function Extract command ccccccee 122 Counter Function Extract command 005 date function date how it works SAAYS eh cccsvsesd cece cesseess days function Edit function 0 etoa Extract function e cee cceesseceeseceeeeeee file Total command oo cece ceceeccessseceesseeeesseeee functions if command Sin Valid vi cbostichvecesecesebsasshiasnsescdsesncatecesar conor code lookup data If command
367. quence field by defining the part you are interested in updating and then using the defined field name in the Extract command The Update command can change values in critical fields Eloquence search or sort fields To update critical fields you must specify the Ciupdate option and CIUPDATE must be On or Allowed in the database Example This example selects all inventory items with a unit cost less than 10 00 and increases the unit cost by five percent input dataset implied decimal places selection criteria Update must come before Extract calculate the new unit cost value gt get d inventory gt item unit cost decimal 2 Sif unit cost 10 00 gt update gt extract unit cost amp unit cost gt xeq This next example selects all inventory items with a part number of 12345677 and changes it to 12345678 d inventory input dataset product no 12345677 selection criteria gt update ciupdate gt extract product no 12345678 new unit cost value gt xeg You can set CIUPDATE by using the DBUTIL Utility To set CIUPDATE on just run Dbutil and use the Set command run dbutil pub sys gt gt set dbname ciupdate on gt gt exit Notes The only commands that can be combined with Update are selection commands e g the If command The following commands are not allowed Delete Duplicate Key List Output Put Sort or Total You cannot update critical fields in
368. r example Warning No input data specified Warning DATABASE must be RESTORED if System Crashes The following list explains the most common warnings Not all sort fields were extracted The sort information will not be written to the output Link file This warning occurs when you gt output filename link and are sorting by a field but the field is not included in the list of extracted fields Suprlink cannot use the file but it may be a perfectly valid file for other applications NUMRECS exceeded some records not processed You specified a Numrecs and have reached it Record selection in effect percentage calculation is estimated You specified a Get or an Input with record number selection and the percentage complete is estimated Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Errors and Warnings e 231 Welcome to STExport Welcome to STExport Welcome to STExport for HP UX Version 5 4 STExport converts fields in a self describing input file into an output file that can be imported into different applications Summary of the STExport commands Before FLoating Quote Verif CLean Form REDO Xeq Columns HEAding Reset XML DAte HElp Set Zero DElimiter HTML Sign expressio DO Input Spaces OS command Escape LISTREDO SPaces Exit Output Use The minimum abbreviation of each command is shown in capital letters Installing STExport STExport is installed as part of the Suprtool installation process See the Installing
369. r exists gt report invoiceno of lines gt go This small amount of code however can take a long time to execute depending on the size of the Lines and Header files A Quiz program will usually take longer as new links are added causing the size of the record complex to grow Suprlink can provide the same information possibly in a fraction of the time The technique as applied to the same problem requires four steps Sort the Lines file by Invoiceno Add a new constant field Linkflag to the Header file and fill it with Y Sort by Invoiceno Link the two files with Suprlink using the Optional parameter Select the record complexes where linkflag does not contain a Y opt robelle bin suprtool gt open oracle demo reader gt sel from lines gt sort invoiceno gt output filel link gt xeq gt sel header gt define linkflag 1 1 gt extract invoiceno linkflag Y gt sort invoiceno gt output file2 link gt exit opt robelle bin suprlink input filel link file2 optional output file3 texit S opt robelle bin suprtool gt input file3 gt if linkflag lt gt TY gt extract invoiceno gt list standard gt exit Any invoice line with a corresponding record in the invoice Header file will have a Y in the linkflag field Records failing the match will contain the default space Suprlink with Quiz QTP 326 e Introduction to Suprlink Quiz and QTP are part of PowerHouse a popular fo
370. r future STExport invocations For example to assign the Myredo file as a persistent redo stack enter SSet Redo Myredo If the file does not exist STExport creates it Otherwise STExport uses the existing file All subsequent commands are written to the persistent redo stack The setting is valid for the duration of the STExport session As soon as you exit STExport the setting is discarded Next time you run STExport you will get the temporary stack If the file name is not qualified the redo stack is created in the current working directory This may be desirable if you want to have separate stacks If you want to always use the same persistent stacks you should qualify the name The Verify command shows which stack is currently in use If it shows lt temporary gt then STExport is using the default stack Anything else is the name of the file used on the Set Redo command Concurrency When STExport uses the default temporary stack it is only accessible to that particular instance of STExport You can run as many STExport instances as you need and each one gets its own redo stack With temporary stacks you will never get into concurrency problems If you start using a persistent redo stack however you might start running into concurrency problems A persistent redo stack can only be used by one STExport instance at a time If you try to use a persistent redo stack that is already in use you will get the following message SSe
371. r the target field instead of using an existing field name Examples gt extract budget99 actual98 1000 gt extract total cost qty gt extract day ccyymmdd date mod 100 In the following example the field t ot al is used twice In the first case it is used to tell Suprtool how to format the arithmetic expression In the second case it is used in the sort command Warning In this example the output file is sorted by the value of total as it appears in the input record It is not be sorted by cost qty Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 115 116 e Suprtool Commands gt extract total cost qty gt sort total sort by input total Restrictions You can only use one expression in each Extract command and the expression must be the last item If you want to extract several expressions or more fields after an expression you need to use several Extract commands Incorrect gt extract name i sales tips c cost expense dept Correct gt extract name i sales tips gt extract c cost expense gt extract dept Constants vs Expressions If you have an arithmetic expression that starts with a constant Suprtool assumes that you are attempting to extract a single constant value and not an arithmetic expression To specify an arithmetic expression that starts with a constant surround the expression with parentheses For example Incorrect gt extract c 6000 cost Error Missing com
372. ract end_date gt extract gt output seldate temp write the If command to a file gt xeg This task produces a usefile that looks like this if sales_date gt 001101 and sales_date lt 001231 Now you can use this file named seldate to do the actual selection gt open oracle demo reader gt select from sales gt use seldate use the file that has the If command gt output sdetail gt exit Long Expressions Long If commands can use an ampersand to continue the command over several lines gt if status 20 and gt gt state AZ s CAN gt gt OR no ampersand on the last line This is awkward to use and for internal reasons the maximum length is restricted to 256 characters The read function makes it easier to enter long If commands Its maximum length is based on the complexity of the expression not on the number of characters 154 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Read Function The read function reads the If expression from stdinx or from the usefile if the If command is in a usefile Read continues to prompt for input lines until you press Return or enter You must remember to enter all the necessary parts of the If expression including connectors like AND and OR and commas You do not use an ampersand amp to continue from one line to the next when using read gt if read prompt for the expression status 20 and r
373. racted during the output phase and cannot be used by other Suprtool commands that accept fields e g Sort Examples gt extract id no warehouse no bin no gt extract full name first name last name Constants vs Expressions If you have an string expression that starts with a string Suprtool assumes that you are attempting to extract a single string value and not an string expression To specify a string expression that starts with a constant surround the expression with parentheses For example Incorrect gt extract name product desc Error Missing comma or invalid arithmetic expression Correct gt extract name product desc Variable Length Strings String expressions use variable length strings Suprtool keeps track of the length of every string and all operations are done using the actual string length For fields the 118 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX length of the string is the length of the field If you do not want to retain all the spaces in a field use one of the built in trimming functions String constants are created with the exact length of the constant For example the wo string abc is three characters long and the string a is one When assigning the string expression to the target field Suprtool pads the final string value with spaces to fill out the target field String expressions longer than the target field generate an error gt in testfile
374. railing sign If the type is AS each total is returned left justified in the total field with a leading sign Totals If you specify the Total command as part of an extract task Suprtool2 returns the totals in the supr totals array Totals are returned in exactly the same order in which they were specified If you are calling Suprtool2 from COBOL never specify the decimal precision portion of the Total command If your total includes an implied decimal point you will have to modify the supr totals declaration to include an implied decimal point e g pic s9 15 v99 If you specify AS as the supr total type each total is formatted as an 18 byte string In this case you should specify the correct decimal precision in the Total command The exponent portion of real totals is truncated by the Suprtool2 interface Out Count After a successful call to the Suprtool2 interface the supr out count is set to the number of Suprtool output records The supr out count is only returned after the Suprtool2 call with the Exit command Workspace The supr workspace part of the record MUST contain spaces before the first call to the Suprtool2 procedure 362 e Welcome to Calling Supritool Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Examples of Calling Suprtool Copying the Examples Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX This chapter contains some examples of source code that calls Suprtool2 You can copy the examples from the manual but typing them from scratch would b
375. rated by a semicolon list d inventory key product no under PRODUCT NO gt Numeric Value Option Commands normally cycle prompting for new search values or new entries until you press Return or Control Y However if you specify a numeric value after the semicolon the command only prompts you numeric value number of times For example if you only want to do one List function you would enter list d inventory 1 only prompt for SUPPLIER NAME once All Option The All option works only with the List Modify or Delete commands When All is specified every record in the specified file is processed sequentially You can stop the scan by pressing Control Y Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 295 Key Option The Key option overrides the primary search field Dbedit prompts for the primary search field first Often this is not the value that you know You can use the Key option to force Dbedit to prompt you for another search field For example list d inventory use defaults SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons PRODUCT NO gt list d inventory key product no use PRODUCT NO PRODUCT NO gt 105391 SUPPLIER NAME gt Limit Option The Limit option controls the number of entries allowed per key value This option is only useful for the Add command Dbedit limits the number of entries for the first field in the field list to the Limit value specified For example add d inventory limit 2 tw
376. records lt 0 will end up in a file with the same name as the output file but with the extension else The ELSE option cannot be used with num or key or any duplicate option or command KEY KEY creates output records containing only the sort keys concatenated from left to right major key to minor key NUM NUM creates output records of four bytes in length containing the double integer record number of each input record The record number of the first record is 1 for database tables and 0 for disc files NUM KEY NUM KEY creates output records containing the four byte record number followed by the sort key values concatenated from left to right major key to minor key NUM DATA NUM DATA creates output records containing the four byte record number followed by the full data record This can be useful to create transaction files from detail datasets that will later be updated back to the database after a processing stage QUERY QUERY creates a self describing output file A self describing file is a data file plus an extra file which contains information about the structure of each record in the data file This extra file is created with the output file name plus the extension sd This sd file contains the name type length and offset of each field in the data file QUERY self describing files have no provision for repeated fields These fields appear with an unknown type in the sd file See the LINK option for a b
377. records Stexport has processed use the oc option This option sets the file name for outcount to sxoutcount After a successful task Stexport writes the number of output records to the sxoutcount file You can then use this file in shell scripts to check for specific record counts For example suppose that you want to check for at least ten records from a Stexport operation You would write a shell script in the following manner Stexport oc lt lt EOD in orders heading fieldnames out ordprn exit EOD if cat sxoutcount ge 10 then echo More than 10 records found fi Variable Substitution v A second command line option allows you to turn on variable substitution You must note that the environment variable must be set prior to running STExport stexport v lt lt EOD in myvariable out ordcomb exit EOD Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to STExport Importing Data Input File Data Types Use STExport to produce a formatted output file that can be used to import data into databases and applications Other databases have different requirements for the format of input data You will have to experiment with the various STExport formatting options to find a format that your particular database tool accepts STExport reads one input file and formats each input record into one record in the output file The Input file must be a self describing file use the Output Link option i
378. rectory unless you set the ROBELLE variable ROBELLE Variable Normally Suprtool looks files in the opt robelle directory If you move Suprtool you must set the ROBELLE variable export ROBELLE users robelle opt robelle suprmgr This is an optional file that is designed to contain configuration commands You cannot change this file name If you move Suprtool UX to a different directory you must set the ROBELLE variable so Suprtool may find this file For example if you move Suprtool to the users robelle directory you must set the ROBELLE variable in the following manner export ROBELLE users robelle You can then put your suprmegr file in the users robelle directory opt robelle help suprtool This is the name of the Suprtool UX Help file You can override this name by using Set Filename Help or set the ROBELLE variable as outlined previously set filename help usr local help suprtool Outcount File If you want to automatically check the number of output records that Suprtool produced you must produce an outcount file This file contains a string with the number of output records that Suprtool processed By default no outcount file is produced If you invoke Suprtool UX with the oc option Suprtool writes the number of output records to a file called stoutcount Use Set Filename Outcount to specify your own file name for the output count If you add Set Filename Outcount to the Suprmegr file every success
379. reeee 147 Add commandi ercer ssa ienien 84 303 Add command locking eeeeeseesseseeeeseseseersrsrseees 294 Add Dates g adding records to a dataset eee eeeeeeseeseeeeeeees 186 All option Dbedit cere ee eeeeserseeeeeeeeesteeseenees 300 Allbase applications Allbase database cececeecceseeseeeeneceeeeeeeeeeaeeneees Allbase data types cccccsceeccessceseeseteeceseeteeeseeseeeees Allbase date types Allbase time types cceccececcceseeseceseceeeeseeneeeeeeaeeeees alphanumeric string test 0 0 eee eee eseeeeeeteeeeees 148 alternate values alternatives to the If command eeeeeeeeeeeee 140 AMXW Externalsd Set ccccccccssssccceeeessseeeees 56 AMXW Perfwrite Set ccccccccccssccceesseceesseeeessees 56 analyzing performance data eee eeeeeeeeetees 80 AND operator oi eee eeceeeseceseeceneeeeeeeseeeseeesaeeeseees 141 appending to a file eee seeeseereeeeeeeneeeees 55 57 Index e 381 appending to file 0 eee eeeeeseceeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeee appending Hpmodify APS date format sessirnar anino a arithmetic eEXpressionS sseeseseeeeerseseeeeeeeeees 116 146 arithmetic trap Arithmetic Set Option eeeeeeecneeseeseeeeeeeee 196 ascending OFdeL oe eee eseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 167 217 ASCIFOpH OM en ennea 38 182 ASK MANMAN date selection cc eee 163 ASK option meison nied ceil ena ete 182 AStELISK 2 sik ie pte see at sign in patterns e
380. ressions sssseesssessesessesesssessrsresesssseses String Of dipisari neren ea E RARR ERE string replacement Hpmodify a SUTIN tTUNCALION 00 ee eee eeeeeseseeeceeseteeceeeeeceseeareeees string as a delimiter eee eeceeeeeeeseeeeeeteeeeeeaee string heading command a SUS 3 520 208 a Aa E ete eee castle E TEE stty terminal settings eceeceeeseeeceseeteeeeeeeeeeeeene sub totaling subcommands Dbedit ccceeeeeceeseeeseesseeeeeeeee SUDAIE SCHIP icc ecseestsbyes OEA ROTA subfiles PowerHouse subscript parameter 04 subscript parameter character subscript parameter Define subscript parameter numeric SUDSUIINGS 00 eeceeseeeeeeeeteeteeeaees subtotals Subtract Days 0 0 0 sum of field values ae summary Of STEXport e eee eeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeseees summary of Suprlink eee eee ereeteeeeeeees Super Cartridge 33 Supramxw differences eee eseseeeeeeneeseeseeeeeeees Suprhint Help Robelle oe eseeseeseeeeees Suprlink S Suprlink commands s s sssseseseeeeeeereteeerrersrersrersse Suprlink using from Suprtool 0 0 teens Suprlist file Suprmer files jedi icecyseeeeesehiiaies Suprtool dynamic loading 0 eect eeeeeeeeee Suprtool in Suprlink Suprtool package oo ce eeeesesseeseeseeeeeecneeseeeeeeeeeees Suprtool Road Map ou eee eseeseeeceeseeeneeseeseeeeeeeee Suprtool2 error messages Suprtool2 routine Suprtool2 Installation
381. riable name similar to how MPE works with unresolved variables You can also invoke this from the command line by running with cv Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 349 VarsubDebug SET VARSUBDEBUG ON OFF Initially OFF Suprtool now has a setting called Set VarsubDebug on which will print out the line after the variable substitution has occurred This setting only works if Set Varsub is on and Set VarsubDebug is on export outfile amp GREEN SUPRTEST filename901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123 45678901 opt robelle bin suprtool SUPRTOOL UX Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2007 Version 5 4 Internal TUE OCT 30 2007 2 58 PM Type H for he gt set varsub on gt set varsubdebug on gt in filelsd suprtest vd in filelsd suprtest gt output outfile link temp vd output GREEN SUPRTEST filename90123456789012345678901234567890123 vd 2345678901 link temp The output is formatted into 74 byte chunks and printed with a preceding vd so the substituted line is clear The above example shows Suprtool however the same commands apply in STExport and Suprlink 350 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename Examples A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file For example the following usefile con
382. rol B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples listf soruce source is not spelled right NON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 Before redo most recent command listf soruce last command is printed our you enter changes to it listf source the edited command is shown you press lt return gt listredo 10 before 5 redo 5th command in stack bef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th b listf redo last Listf command b temp redo last containing temp before 2 redo command before previous before 5 2 redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit Any printing characters replace the ones above Control D plus spaces deletes columns above Control B puts you into insert before mode Control A starts appending characters at the end of line Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column Control G recovers the original line Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Change Command C Changes all uses of a specific search field value in all detail datasets related to a master This command only applies to master datasets CHANGE file options Options numeric valuel KeylLimitIiUNder This com
383. rompt to see if there are any problems Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 259 bin ksh Make sure the PATH variable includes opt robelle bin where Suprtool and STExport usually reside PATH SPATH opt robelle bin Create a temporary logfile and get a file name for the temporary extract file temp_sxlog mktemp touch S temp_sxlog temp_sxdata mktemp gt Run Suprtool and extract the data Read commands using here is write messages to temporary logfile suprtool lt lt EOD gt gt Stemp_sxlog Open Allbase users orders db OrdersDBE clerk Select From clerk sales tem purchasedate date yyyymmd tem deliverydate date yyyymmd tem price decimal 2 tem salestax decimal 2 tem salestotal decimal 2 f purchasedate Stoday 1 Sort customernum Output Stemp_sxdata Link Exit EOD d d Check return code in case Suprtool had a problem If so send the failed return string to the CGI script including the name of the logfile if eq 1 then echo failed Stemp_sxlog exit 1 else Suprtool task worked correctly Can go on with STExport Must go to the target directory because of file name limit in STExport and get a file name to store HTML output cd users htmluser public_html gt dev null temp_stexpdata mktemp d Execute STExport to create the html file stexport lt lt EOD gt gt temp_sxlog Input temp_sxdata HTML Table T
384. rt key second sort key gt sort sales_total desc gt output result gt xeq Duplicate Records Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX In the following examples the key field is in the first four bytes of the record Duplicate ness is based on records having the same key value In any group of records with the same key value the first record is considered to be the original and the rest are considered to be the duplicates Report without Duplicate Records This is an example of filtering out duplicated records the original remains This is done by using the None option of the Duplicate command Input Result lllla 1llla 2222b 2222b 2222c 3333e 2222 d Quick Start Guide for Suprtool e 31 3333 e gt select from table gt sort keyfield gt dup none keys gt output result gt xeq Report Only the Duplicate Records This is an example of keeping only the duplicated records the original is not kept This example is the opposite of the previous example Use the Only option of the Duplicate command to do this Input Result lllla 2222c 2222b 2222d 2222 2222 d 3333 e gt select from table gt sort keyfield gt dup only keys gt output result gt xeq Report Only the Unique Records This example shows how to report only those records without duplicates That is if the records have duplicates both the originals and their duplicates are omitted from the report Input Result 1111
385. rtool Commands e 223 Userpause Command USER The Userpause command prints a prompt message on the screen and waits for the user to press a key USERPAUSE string Default read without a prompt Prints the string and waits for any key Leading spaces in the string are printed Examples In this example we have a usefile that displays a message and then waits for the user before starting the task gt q gt q We will select all transactions over 10 000 Since gt q there are many transactions this task will take gt q some time usually more than fifteen minutes gt q gt userpause Press any key when you are ready to start 224 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Verify Command V Displays the specifications that you have entered so far VERIFY ALL VERSION command Default Input Output Sort Numrecs changed Set values Parameters More than one command can be verified at once by entering several command names separated by a comma or a space The format of the Verify output is organized into columns wherever possible For Verify All Suprtool prints all of the information concerning the current invocation of Suprtool including the value of the Set options and the Suprtool version number For Verify Version Suprtool prints out the version information Verify with no parameters prints the current values for Chain Get Input Output and Key or Sort commands It als
386. runcate function truncation numeric truncation strings two digit years type parameter oo eeeseeeeeeseceteeeeeeeeeeees U Under option Dbedit 0 cc eeeeeeereeteeeeeeeeee 301 Underline Set option Undo edit Hpmodify 0 eee eeeeeeeseeseeseeeeeeeee 190 Un printable characters 00 ccceeeeeeeseeseeseeeeeeee 122 unsigned value Update command 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeneeneeeeees 207 225 Updatekey option Dbedit 00 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeeee 301 upper case E upshifting Sings kaninen eceeeeeeneteeeseeseneeeeees 120 Use command ss ssssseeseeeeseseeseeesees Use command with If read user specified heading ceceesesceceeseeeeeneeeeeeees Userpause command eee eee cece eects eeeeeees Suprtool 5 3 11 for HP UX User Manual V V OPUON Aisi ees AA eane Aim AA EEIEIEE 46 VAt ESS ee coveoeasesoneaunteonvesepsresneanneeieadts 141 variable length strings 00 0 cceeeeseseeseeeeee 120 147 Variable substitution occ eeeeeeeeceeeeeeseeseneeeeeees 80 Variable Substitution Set option 215 Variable Substitution STExport 238 variable length output file 246 Varsub Set Option ee ceceseeceeceeeseeseeseeseneetees 355 Verify command Verify Set option W WAININE MESSAGES eee eeeeseeeeeeeeeeteeeeeseeseees 235 381 warning delete all records ecceeeeeseeseeseeeeeees 99 Warnings Setosa ae scabs ieee ee 276 Web server Web hter cni
387. s B 00 00 Link Output Option These self describing files contain information about how the file is sorted Compound fields are handled correctly so the Form command shows compound fields just as you would see them in IMAGE The Item command in Suprtool identifies the date format of an item The Link output option saves the date format and any decimals as part of the field description 336 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual form datafile File datafile SD Version B 00 00 Has Linefeeds Entry Offset CHARACTER X5 1 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt REPEATINT 311 6 compound field DATE J2 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt DOLLAR P6 16 lt lt 2 gt gt Entry Length 16 Blocking 1 Notes If you do an II datafile it should show another file with a sd extension This file contains a description of its own record structure this allows you to refer to the field names and Suprlink can compute where they occur in the record Formout File The Form command writes all output to the file Formout This file defaults to stdlist form custfile writes to line printer Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 337 Help Command H 338 e Suprlink Commands Show what commands and options are available in Suprlink HELP command keyword option Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a sp
388. s Il Mota fd not found Before redo most recent command acai last command is printed s you enter changes to it fd is a typo Lsd the edited command is shown you press Return listredo 10 t before 5 redo 5th command in stack bef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th b 1s redo last ls command b ls redo Is command b redo last containing before 2 redo command before previous t before 5 2 redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit Any printing characters replace the ones above Assuming that you have changed the HP UX default of your EOF key Control D plus spaces deletes columns above Control B puts you into insert before mode Control A starts appending characters at the end of line Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column Control G recovers the original line Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 333 Do Command
389. s 4 nibbles last is sign digit gt define n 1 2 packed s9 2 COMP 3 P4 in IMAGE 2 bytes 4 nibbles last digit is unused gt define p 1 6 packed s9 11 COMP 3 P12 in IMAGE 6 bytes 3 words 11 digits Data Type Warning The Define command accepts field definitions of any combination of byte length and data type However many combinations have limited usefulness in Suprtool In these cases Suprtool prints a warning For example gt def field 1 1 integer Warning Length of 1 is of limited use for the data type INTEGER Examples The following examples show the various data types and combinations that are available with the Define command a 11 4 double J2 or I2 S9 9 COMP b22 2 c2nt J1 or I1 S9 4 COMP e 21 8 character string f address 5 fifth occurrence of address g address 5 3 4 relative offset h address 5 4 2 byte middle of the address i x 6 4 starts at sixth byte of X j invoice 6 byte redefine field as Byte Absolute Example The following example shows the most basic use of the Define command to create a new field definition at an absolute location in the input record amt is an integer that starts at the 11th byte of file gt def amt 11 2 int gt if amt gt 1000 amt is now a field we can select on gt output outfile Absolute Example with Subcount IMAGE and Suprtool allow fields to be repeated In the next example we define an amount field that repeats twelve time
390. s aware of each column name fields and columns are synonymous in Suprtool The Define command allows you to define new fields or redefine existing fields to have new sizes or data types Use Define to get at bytes of interest within existing fields and to give them an appropriate name Then you can refer to the defined field in other commands e g Extract If etc The following commands all contain a field gt if balance gt 10000 gt sort account gt extract a b Filename A filename is any valid filename and is used in Suprtool commands to identify the input source specify the output destination or to specify an external file to be accessed in the Table or Use command File names may be enclosed in quotes The following commands all contain file names gt input xyz gt output out gt use supruse gt input 872xyz Strings Suprtool expects all strings to be surrounded by a pair of single or double quotes or When Suprtool knows the length of a field it pads strings with trailing spaces For example gt define long 1 125 125 character field gt extract long abcef Suprtool adds 120 spaces gt if long abcde Suprtool checks for trailing spaces Suprtool accepts the null string Suprtool pads it with spaces so this is an easy way to see if a field is blank gt if name if name is blank One problem with any tool that accepts strings is how to include a quote mark inside the string Suprtool o
391. s e g once for each month of the year We use a subscript when we want to refer to a specific month Suprtool Commands e 95 gt def amt 11 2 int 12 amt is an integer that repeats 12 times gt if amt 5 gt 1000 we select on the 5th subfield gt output outfile Relative Examples Use the simplest form of relative definitions to rename existing fields gt def quantity qty quantity is a more readable name gt if quantity 100 selection on the new field The Define command copies the byteposition sublength and type to the new field but it does not copy the subcount Define assumes that you want the first subfield gt def amount amt amt is 12J2 gt if amount gt 1000 amount is 1J2 and is the same as amt 1 Relative Example with Subcount Because Suprtool defaults the subcount to one you might want to specify an explicit subcount when giving a new name to an existing field gt def amount amt 12 amt is 12J2 same length and type gt if amount 5 gt 1000 amount is 12732 we are selecting for May Relative Example with Subscript Use subscripts to define a new field that corresponds to a specific subfield gt def may amt 5 amt is 12J2 gt if may gt 1000 may is the fifth subfield Relative Example with Offset Many applications define subfields within a larger character field A common example is a part number where the first four digits are the warehouse location the
392. s from hpux32 libimage3k sl and hpux32 libeqdb sl as most users are setting SHLIB_PATH and LD_LIBRARY_NAME pointing to the lib directory Printing Loader Warnings When loading Oracle libraries Suprtool would report warnings on startup if it failed to load the Oracle libraries Suprtool by default no longer prints these warnings To check if your libraries were loaded you can run Suprtool with the lw option suprtool lw Control Characters and stty Most HP UX users have Control D configured as the end of file character and Control C as the interrupt character If you use Robelle style modify you must reassign Control D to a different control character If you are familiar with MPE you may want to assign Control Y as your interrupt character A standard shell configuration file profile for Bourne and Korn shells and login for the C shell usually contains a line like stty erase 4H kill U intr C eof 4D swtch zZ To change both the end of file and interrupt characters you should change the intr and eof control keys as follows stty erase 4H kill U intr Y eof TART swtch zZ Note that many programs require an end of file signal Many introductory books on UNIX assume that Control D signifies the end of file Once you have changed the control character remember to use Control E for the end of file at least Control E is easy to remember since end of file starts with the letter E Suprmgr Con
393. s a limit on the size of this code When an error occurs there is little you can do except use tables and lookup wherever possible and when this fails use multiple passes Read in Usefiles When you specify read in a usefile Suprtool expects the If expression to appear in the usefile This provides a method for storing and executing complicated If commands You can also manipulate Suprtool into prompting for portions of an If command When the If command with read is the last command in a usefile Suprtool satisfies the read from stdinx The read function can appear anywhere in which a space can appear so you can use this to prompt the user for values Suprtool Commands e 155 gt use prompt use gt in sdfile gt if status Sread and amp state Sread last line of the usefile 10 prompt for status end of prompt for status first line of usefile continue the If command AZ prompt for state CA user must remember comma OR user also enters quotes end of the second read functions Some functions were originally designed for if command and some are more suited for the extract command Because of this some functions don t work in the if command such as edit and others such as number have interesting side effects Specifically with number when you work on byte type fields they will be updated internally to be treated as display Get dataset Def disp
394. s an option to create the external self describing file as well as updating the label information that AMXW keeps track of This was done to help some other applications work in conjunction with AMXW and Suprtool The setting you need to use is The default for this setting is off While the External SD is written out in this case for the other Applications Suprtool for AMXW will ignore the External SD file when reading these files AMXW PerfWrite SET AMXW PerfWrite ON OFF Default OFF Suprtool for AMXW now has an option to do multi record writes to the output file which has given as much as a 10 times performance increase Set AMXW PerfWrite On The default for this setting is off AMXW version 8 05 01 Build 13 or higher is required for this to work Filecode SET FILECODE number Initially 0 Default no change When Suprtool writes to an old file Output Append and Output Erase are the only cases it leaves the filecode of the output file unchanged When Suprtool creates a new file with the Output Ask or Output Query option it gives the file a special filecode 1071 and 1084 respectively When the input file has a nonzero filecode Suprtool carries that filecode over to the new output file See Output Command O on page 178 for details on Output options such as Ask Erase and Query To convert a self describing file into a non SD file see Suprtool and Self Describing Files on page 64 56 e Command D
395. s both as an Eloquence itemname and as an SD field the attribute is only associated with the Eloquence itemname and a warning is produced The itemname cannot be qualified with a subscript Date Formats For dates the attribute must be one of the following Attribute ASK Calendar ddmmyy ddmmyyyy mmddyy mmddyyyy Oracle PHdate yymm yymmdd yyyymm yyymmdd yyyymmdd cecyymmdd Abbreviations Attribute ccyymm ecyy aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa SRNChronos mmyyyy yyddd ccyyddd HPCalendar JulianDay EDSDate PHDate8 When specifying the Date keyword you can use a leading subset for the date attribute For example if you want to specify the Calendar date type you can specify only CA gt item cal date date ca If you do not like this feature you can turn it off by specifying the following command in your Suprmegr file Suprtool Commands e 159 160 e Suprtool Commands Data Types for Dates Each date attribute is compatible with certain data types For more information see the table on data types in the Define command The following table shows the compatibilities Date Attribute Data Type Compatibility ASK Jl and K1 Calendar Jl and K1 ddmmyy X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater ddmmyyyy X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater mmddyy X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater mmddyyyy X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater Oracle X7 PHdate J1 K1 J2 and K2 yymm X4 Z4 J1 and K1 yymmdd X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or grea
396. s fail to load See the Suprtool for HP UX Roadmap section of this manual By default Suprtool will first look at SHLIB_PATH and uses shl_load call on HP UX to locate and load the libraries for Eloquence and Oracle PA_RISC and Itanium There are two types of machines that HP has that run HP UX the older machines are based on the PA_RISC chip and the new machines use the Itanium and Itanium 2 chips Any program that runs on Itanium must utilize libraries that match its own program type Therefore if a PA_RISC program runs on Itanium and looks for a library it must load the PA_RISC version of the libraries that it needs and conversely an Itanium program must load the libraries specific to its type How to Tell what Machine I am on There are many ways to tell what kind of machine you are on here are a couple uname m getconf MACHINE_MODEL In each case the Itanium machine will typically say ia64 somewhere in the result of the above two commands PA_RISC machines typically say 9000 somewhere in the string What is the Program File Since there are two types of machines there are also at least two types of program files Suprtool is primarily either PA_RISC 1 1 or ELF 32 TA64 which is also known as Itanium To determine the type of program file you can use the file command Itanium file suprtool suprtool ELF 32 executable object file IA64 PA_RISC file suprtool suprtool PA RISC1 1 executable dynamically linked n
397. s for data that is imported into these applications Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 275 Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename Examples A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file For example the following usefile contains all the commands for creating the Invcust file Suse invuse input invoices input file to format floating fixed 2 formatting option output invdata produces the file we want exit STExport prints the lines in the usefile including the comment lines This allows you to include instructions and reminders in the usefile In the example above there were no commands for the user to enter Notes Usefiles cannot be nested in STExport The usefile may be any unnumbered text file or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record are processed By default STExport displays the commands in a usefile as they are executed STExport can execute commands quietly using the Useq command For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ 276 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Verify Command V Print the definition of the current task VERIFY Verify prints the current Input and Output files and all export specifications in other words it is a Verify All command Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 277 Xeq
398. s stored as yyyymmdd PHDate and PHDate8 date formats are similar however PHDate values for the year range from 0 99 whereas PHDate8 year values are from 0 127 A year of 0 in PHDate could mean either 1900 or 2000 depending on user applications A year of 0 in PHDate8 means 1900 and 100 means 2000 The PHDate8 date format is found in PowerHouse version 8 19 and higher ASK The ASK attribute is compatible with the ASK manufacturing software ASK uses a special date format stored as a single integer or a single logical i e J1 or K1 in IMAGE This date is relative to January 1 1973 yyymmdd The yyymmdd attribute is similar to yymmdd except that the first digit denotes the century If the first digit is a 1 one then the century is 19 and if the first digit is a 2 two then the century is 20 Only data types of P8 and J2 are supported for this date attribute This date format is used by some third party software packages such as MACS and APS EDSDATE The EDSDATE date format is similar to the yyymmdd format in which the first digit represents the century The first digit in the EDSDATE is either 0 or 1 a 0 represents a century of 19 and a represents a century of 20 JulianDay The JulianDay number is the absolute count of the days that have elapsed since January 1 4713 BC on the Julian calendar Typically Julian Day numbers refer to an integer number corresponding to whole days while the Julian Date may mean an
399. sales gt exit or if two tasks are necessary 104 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt base store 5 gt get d sales gt def cust accountx 1 6 byte gt ext cust accountx Sedit cust accout zzzz99 gt output tempsales gt xeq gt in tempsales gt sort cust acctx gt dup none keys gt output dsales gt exit Suprtool Commands e 105 Edit Command ED Edits an Eloquence database EDIT The Edit command of Suprtool invokes an independent module of Suprtool called Dbedit This module permits the user to add change list or delete individual records or chains of records from an Eloquence database This module should be useful for debugging systems doing data entry on simple systems and quickly prototyping systems The Edit command uses the database opened previously by the Base command Where Suprtool is primarily a serial tool the Edit module is primarily a tool for chained or keyed access Examples gt comment Edit the STORE database gt base store 1 writer gt edit open for write access switch to Dbedit exit gt returns control to Suprtool Suprtool prompts again list d inventory Dbedit prompts with Notes An entire user manual has been provided to describe how to use the Edit feature of Suprtool See See the Dbedit section in the manual for all the details 106 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Exit Command E
400. scceessccessseeeeesseeeesaes 384 for shell command c cccccsccceessscceesseeeeseeeessees 46 prompt for database password means alphanumeric pattern ss sssssseesseeeeeeeeeee matches anything eee eeeeeeeeeereeteeeeeeeees 383 means range of fields eeeeeeeteeteereeeeeeeee 115 AN means character Constant ccccseeceeeeeeee 113 144 start command line comment 241 297 336 Suprtool 5 3 11 for HP UX User Manual J end command line comment 241 297 336 lt lt means less than 0 ccccccccsssceessseceesseecesseeeeesaes 382 lt gt Means not equal tO eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 383 means calculator means equal to set NAME PAaraMEleL eee cece reene 133 382 means matches pattern 0 eee cece 383 gt gt changing the prompt character e eeeeseereeee 212 gt is the prompt character eeeeseeeeeees 383 gt means greater than 0 eeeseeeeeseeteeseeseeeens 383 gt lt means doesn t match pattern 0 eee 383 AA Size Paper iiis5 di caseleedelds eters iee Ear 172 aammdd date format c cccccccccsssceeessseeesseees 73 164 abbreviating commands 00 81 241 296 335 Abort option on Exit 108 253 341 absolute field definition eceeeeceeseeeteeteeteeenees 94 absolute value function 117 147 accuracy in NUMETIC expressions ceeeeeeeeeee
401. se are X place the data in the matching column for the X in the edit mask Z place the data in the matching column unless the data is a zero if the data is a zero then replace with a space The format characters are as follows B space slash comma period plus minus asterisk and a Space Please note that you can denote a space using two methods either by putting a B in the mask or a space itself For example suppose you have data that is in ccyymmdd format in an X8 field Here is how you would use a Xxxx xx xx mask to format the data 126 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt in mydate gt form File MYDATE TEST NEIL SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset A x8 1 lt CCYYMMDD gt Limit 10000 EOF 2 Entry Length 8 gt def formatdate 1 10 gt ext formatdate Sedit a xxxx xx xx gt list gt xeq gt IN MYDATE NEIL GREEN 0 gt OUT SNULL 0 FORMATDATE 2003 09 24 gt IN MYDATE NEIL GREEN 1 gt OUT SNULL 1 FORMATDATE 2003 09 24 As you see in the example above the placeholder character is the x and the is the format character You insert a space either by specifying a B or by putting an actual Space character in the edit mask An example of inserting a space might be the formatting of Canadian postal codes e g V3R 7K1 gt in postal gt form File POSTAL NEIL GREEN Entry Offset POSTAL CODE X6 1 Limit 10000 EOF 2 Entry Length 6
402. se cust account is a zoned decimal field an extra space is required for the sign Printing Mailing Labels You can print mailing labels by combining the Extract command with the List Oneperline command We assume that each mailing label starts with two blank lines followed by the customer name and address followed by another blank line The Suprtool commands to produce the labels are as follows gt select from customer input customers gt extract first field gt extract second field name first three lines of address gt extract customer_name gt extract street_address 1 gt extract street_address 2 gt extract street_address 3 gt extract last blank field gt list oneperline noname noskip norec gt xeq The line extract Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Quick Start Guide for Suprtool e 39 creates a single field that consists of a blank space Each of these blank fields results in a blank line on our mailing labels since the List command puts one field on each output line If you want to combine two fields on one line you would first have to create an output file with the combined fields and use this file as input to List Oneperline 40 e Quick Start Guide for Suprtool Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Running Suprtool under HP UX Running Suprtool To run Suprtool for HP UX type this command opt robelle bin suprtool Suprtool Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2010 Version 5 4 Type
403. second four digits are the bin number and the last four digits are a serially assigned number Use the offset parameter to define new fields that are relative to the start of the part number The file INVOICES is a self describing file gt in invoices gt def warehouse part 4 part is 12 bytes warehouse starts at part release is the last four bytes use any field for selection gt def release part 9 4 gt if bin 100 gt def bin part 5 4 bin is second four bytes Note that redefining the digits of a larger numeric field only works when the field is a character field type X U or A Relative Example Combining Subscripts and Offsets If we have ten part numbers combined into one field e g 10X12 we can still define a single field that corresponds to the bin number of one of the parts 96 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX The Extract command may be used for data conversion See the Data Conversion section of the Extract command for details Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt in invoices allparts is 10X12 gt def bin3 allparts 3 5 4 we are checking starting at the fifth byte gt if bin3 100 of the third part Notes The purpose of the Define command is to tell Suprtool to look at a portion of the input record in a certain way For example if the record contains ASCII digits in the first ten bytes Define could be used to assign a field definition to the first six b
404. ser Manual Suprlink Commands e 335 Form Command F Display the fields in a self describing file FORM filename If no file name is specified the fields in the input file are displayed The display shows the field type and field length in IMAGE notation An I1 field is a single integer Packed fields show the number of nibbles subtract one to obtain the number of digits Byte and zoned decimal fields show the byte length When showing the form of a self describing file Suprlink shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one There are two types of self describing files One type is produced with Suprtool s Query output option You produce the other type with the Link output option The Form command shows the internal self describing version number enabling you to tell the difference A 00 00 Query Output Option Compound fields have a question mark for the type and the length is the number of bytes in the field Sort information about the file is missing Here is an example form listing form custfile File custfile SD Version A 00 00 Has linefeeds Entry Offset CHARACTER ZONED INTEGER DOUBLE length is five bytes room for five digits single integer double integer QUAD REPEATINT LOGICAL DBLLOG Entry Length 44 Blocking eight byte integer compound field single logical double logical PACKED room for five digit
405. session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 247 Escape Command ES 248 STExport Commands Specifies what character to escape the defined Delimiter Quote or End of Line character ESCAPE DELIM QUOTE I EOL I string Default None Many SQL importers allow you to add an escape character in front of characters that may mean something else to the import program For example if the import program thinks that the delimiter character is a comma the importer may treat a comma in an address field as an indication to move to the next field which will throw of the import Some import programs will treat the next character as data as opposed to a delimeter if the character is preceded by an escape character such as a slash Thus when the field is analyzed by STExport the data that originally started as Niagara Falls Ontario Canada would be transformed to be Niagara Falls Ontario Canada This function will not work on fixed columns and can be invoked with the escape command escape delimeter quote eol The above command will take the defined delimeter quote and Eol and escape with a if found in any byte type field Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Exit Command E Exit STExport in one of three ways By default perform the current task if any then lea
406. set by adding 1000 to the PCL code See List Command L on page 168 for more details Here is a complete table of the PCL codes Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX PCL L P Font A4 paper Letter size Notes Rows x Rows x Columns Columns 1 L Ip 58 x 188 60 x 175 2 L courier 43 x 110 45 x 100 3 P courier 64x 77 60 x 80 standard 4 P lp 85 x 128 80 x 132 5 P courier 64 x 80 60 x 80 A4 squeeze 6 L lp 60 x 223 60 x 223 legal size L and P mean Landscape or Portrait orientation List Time SET LIST Time number Initially 1 When you select page headings with the List command by specifying a title each page includes the current time By default the time is in 24 hour format e g 23 02 Use Set List Time to specify a different default time format for future List commands e g Set List Time 2 The valid time formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 none 1 default 24 hour 23 02 2 AM PM 11 02PM List FormFeed SET LIST Time On Off Initially Off The command Set List FormFeed On will enable Suprtool to write a form feed to the list file at the end of each task This way if you append an additional report to the list file the next report and will start on a page break This only occurs when using the File keyword on the list command set list formfeed on in myfile list file myrept xeq in newdata list file myrept append xeq This set List command is the ONLY Set command that does not
407. sin eeisrrsi ereere er aa neeese rT EEr Eee EEES EERS ETS E Ter ES 319 Exit with Verify reces era e E E E EEE EE S EE E REEERE 319 Using Suprlink in Batches eo ee e a S E eE RE aiaa 320 Command Line OptionS esesseeseseeeseseeesetsrreserresrertestssteresrerttstestestesteetsserrrnestesestenteseerreset 320 Default Outcount File Name 0C sssessesssesssesesesesesrseessresstessresresereseeesessseessressressees 320 Variable Substitution Voerenin npe eien eei E S E E ii 320 Introduction to Suprlink 321 How Report Programs Work s scsccscssecssehseessiscavesh sativa suche scesscodscs sucbeseesh ESEESE pe SPERE RE SEIO S 321 Tipit Sii EER EE TT ES 321 Link Files spac un n a E E A es a ei ee E ee ah ee 321 Output Files 45 ese ne eh E AeA i ee aoa he ae ee 322 Sont Keysixi aise eee cee ie Rees Se te eh ee eee ee ee lee a 322 Selection 0816 jhe leek oo AS ees Se A eel ee eh AR he ee 322 A lank Examples 25 sve cssts 8 hk ile hs r ts ee apne pet oe evel Bee R 322 A Jom Examples scssiie avtek ch iG tien Sekai ieee ie E Spee ek leo ee ae 323 Performance Considerations ccesccesececesecesececescceenceceaceeeaeecsaeceseeecsaeeseaeecsaeeeeaeecsaeeeeaeesas 324 Another Examples s5 4e cyl ott iiss i hep th eee IG es ee 325 Wee sal Digits i oeveie cet k hk ile Ath Seta ets ee apne epee OG Feel bebe RE 325 Selecting Non Mat hes ee eecesecssecssecseecseeeseeeeeeseeeseeeeeeseesecsaecsaecsaecseecsaseseseneeeseeseenes 326 Suprlink with QuiZ
408. skip over the ones it doesn t need This method does a lot of sorts Sorting time can vary depending on system load and available memory but it increases dramatically for large records and large datasets Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual You should try to use Suprtool s Extract command to reduce the record size and consider using Suprtool s If command to reduce the number of records Suprlink needs enough disc space to invert a significant subset of your database then link it into an Output file Although all of the Suprlink files can be job temporary you still need enough disc space for the original database the final Output file the primary Input file and each of the Link files One of the tradeoffs with this method is more disc space for faster elapsed time Another Example Illegal Digits From the sales records retrieve all of the sales for October 2000 and append the customer name salesman code and year to date sales total to the sales record these fields are located in the customer records S opt robelle bin suprtool gt open oracle demo reader gt sel from sales_detail gt extract custnum saledate saleamt gt if saledate gt 20001001 and amp gt saledate lt 20001031 gt sort custnum gt sort saledate gt output sales link creates SD file gt xeq gt sel from customer gt extract custnum name gt extract salesman ytdsales gt sort customernum gt output custs link gt exi
409. space 55 178 Outcount File Name ou eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeeeeees 238 outcount default file name ccceeccessseeeeseeeees 45 outcount Set Filename c cccccccccesccesseeeesseeeees 47 output choices s Output command output file format output file name duplicated eee eeeeeeeee 378 output file maximum fields 0 0 0 eee eects 364 output file maximum record length 291 364 output file Suprlink 20 eee ese eeeeeeeeeeenetees 328 output filecode 56 201 output format oe eect eeeetetecetseeeeeeeetseeaes 287 386 e Index output limits with Count and Total ee 105 output record format eee Output Append option Output ASCII option a Output ASK option eeeeneeeeeseeseeeeeeeneees Output Data option eee eee Output Display option output duplicate file Output Else option is Output Erase Option cece eeeeeeceeeseeseeseeeeneees Output Key option eee csceceeeeeeneesetseeseeeees Output Link option ty Output Num option eee eeeeeeeeecseesetseeseneees Output Num Data option cece eee eeeeeeeees 181 Output Num Key option ee eeeeeeeseeseereneees 181 Output Num Query Option ee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 182 Output PRN option Output Query Option eee eseeseeseeeeeeee 181 overpunches not used oes eeee ese eseteeeeeneeteteeeeeeeee 143 overview Of Dbedit eee eeeeeeeeeeneesetseeeeeeees 292 P PA_RISC and
410. ssececeeaececsseeecesseeeceeaeeecseaeeeesseeeeees 128 OO E cess eee ess Nata ects Ra A a 128 Decimal Places 0 2 5 25 ccsg ei ie cn tevegeaieeentoecae ea ences ca eee EEE eR ariei rr facades ieiet 129 Data and Edit Maskineriet e erien ree eN EEr en aie E ab eacueeseeadeeetts 129 Currency and Dollar Signs eesesessssseesseesesreersterrssesreesesteeresrerresrerenentenresrenreseeersee 129 Overflow and floating dollar esesseeeeeeeeeseeesseeeseseeressrsreeresteereserresesresresrenrsseeersee 130 Set Currency Symbols eaii enere ur araa E EERS RE NEE NS AET 130 Overflow and limits 02222 c c ccccccs ccce einer inenten eree era eE ERSE ar rek E Keia 130 RESCOND S a e E ah diet E ENS 130 Form Command F Gute acter a eee ie it 133 Get Command G ics said sea ed ee ed a et 136 Help Commands H scctevisecbis tients cists tiateiens E A EEEE E niece Giatbegecbeest 138 Tf Gommand TY esis onic E E E E A E E E E 139 EXpreSSIOD Soinisen n e ea EEEE E EAEE EE Toae E EEE EEE 139 Orere n Ao a EE AE EL E ee 142 SUDSOTIP S o e beth e e E Ta ES EEEE EEE EE 143 Numeric EXpresSion Suni aaaeei a eere EAE E E ESAE 144 SUING EX PLESSLONS is neer 2G e ar n e aS TEE r eaS EEEE 146 IDEIA EiL 1 EEEE EE E E 149 L n EXpressiOns csecss se ereere a eE iesene p iae SASE SESE Seas 154 Input GommMang L shristi 157 Item Command MI rre ea e eu eap ea a eena Sa raaa aaran n 159 Date Formats arreter erreia enee eee e sae a E ap E en 159 D cim l Places ye
411. ssions for any numeric data type in the If command Arithmetic expressions involve the operators and mod The Mod operator returns the remainder between a dividend and a divisor Arithmetic expressions cannot start with a numeric constant e g if 2 a 10 is invalid Arithmetic is not allowed on byte type fields If you have a byte type field that consists entirely of numeric digits redefine the field as display type and use the redefined field name in the If command Examples gt if field 10 1115 numeric field gt if cost qty gt 10000 gt if total lt qty price tax gt if yymmdd date 100 mod 100 lt 03 first quarter Missing Features Arithmetic overflow in computations will cause Suprtool to abort Accuracy By default Suprtool uses floating point arithmetic to compute In some cases there can be slight inaccuracies due to rounding errors Numeric Truncation The accuracy of arithmetic computations is limited to approximately sixteen digits Suprtool may truncate four word integers quad or large packed decimal or display numbers when they are converted to floating point Suprtool does not produce any error or warning in this case Abs function Suprtool supports an abs function which returns the absolute value of a number For example if a field called Credit contains the value 547 83 the abs function returns 547 83 This function will work on a field or even on an expression such
412. ssues and Solutions Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Varchar2 Byte Number Data Type Oracle numbers are translated into a variety of Suprtool data types The translation depends on the precision of the number and the number of decimal places The following table describes the translation for each case Precision Decimal Places uproolDae Type 1 4 5 9 1 9 In packed decimal translations Suprtool uses the precision of the number to determine the size of a packed decimal number Order By vs Sort Oracle s Order By statement on the Select command does not always generate the same results Specifically sorted fields with null field values appear at the beginning when they are sorted by Suprtool s Sort command Restrictions Suprtool UX cannot handle all Oracle database concepts The current restrictions are Suprtool UX can handle varchar2 char date and number data types It cannot handle any other data type Because any Oracle Select command can be used it is possible to generate column names that are not compatible with Suprtool UX For example gt select sal comm from bonus This example produces a column called sal comm In some cases Suprtool UX correctly uses this as the column name e g the List command You cannot refer to this column by name in any Suprtool UX command that accepts field names as a parameter Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 61 SDUnix Utility SDUnix is an MPE pr
413. st PCL 0 PCL 1 To print the Suprtool List output in Landscape mode across the wide part of the paper with the tiny Lineprinter font 16 66 pitch or 8 lines per inch you should do the following this setting prints 175 columns per line gt comment Maximum of 175 columns with this font gt set list pcl 1 gt comment You will need LaserJet with proper font cartridge gt list device laser123 PCL 2 To print the listing in Courier font Landscape mode 6 lines per inch and 100 columns wide use gt set list pcl 2 gt list device laserjet PCL 3 This option selects the standard Portrait orientation with the Courier font of the LaserJet 80 columns across by 60 lines You would use Set List PCL 3 when you insert a Font cartridge that overrides the default font e g 92286F cartridge PCL 4 Selects Portrait orientation and Lineprinter font of the L cartridge and others This option prints 132 columns across the page by 80 lines PCL 5 Prints 80 columns on A4 paper by slightly narrowing the space between columns PCL 6 Prints tiny letters in Landscape mode on legal size paper This gives you 223 columns per line The PCL options with the exception of PCL 5 were designed and tested with North American letter size paper Suprtool can adjust the number of rows and columns for each option to match A4 if you add 2000 to the PCL code You can also select the ASCII character set instead of the default Roman 8 character
414. sting Bourne and Korn shell users to change the profile file in their home directories C Shell See Configuring Different Shells above for a discussion on the files that are automatically executed by the C shell The easiest way to change the two PATHs for all the users on your HP UX machine is to logon as root and add these two lines to the file etc csh login after any existing PATH or MANPATH statements set path Spath opt robelle bin setenv MANPATH SMANPATH opt robelle man Remember to delete any PATH or MANPATH settings in both etc d login and etc d cshre so that new users do not override your changes You also have to warn existing C shell users to change their login and cshrc files in their home directories 42 e Running Suprtool under HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Dynamic Loading Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool for HP UX and AMXW dynamically loads the required Eloquence and Oracle routines on startup Suprtool requires two Eloquence libraries namely libimage3k sl and libeqdb sl and one from Oracle typically libclntsh sl This library will have other dependencies and this varies by version of Oracle The Oracle library is only loaded if you have the Oracle option enabled In this version if any of the dynamic loading of Eloquence or Oracle fails Suprtool will continue The Suprtool Image Replacement version on HP UX which dynamically loads a third parties Image Replacement intrinsics will stop if the intrinsic
415. suprtool gt exit no input was specified No action taken opt robelle bin suprtool gt input rep23 newdata gt out rep23 data gt xeq copy one file gt input rep24 newdata gt out rep24 data gt exit copy and stop Notes on Exit Xeq If you have entered neither sort keys nor an input source Exit terminates Suprtool without performing any task If you have defined an input source but without any sort keys Suprtool does a copy operation prior to stopping 108 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Export Command EXP You cannot use Suprtool s Export command to invoke STExport UX but you can run STExport UX by itself opt robelle bin stexport STExport UX Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1988 2010 Version 5 4 STExport UX only accepts self describing files created by Suprtool UX or the MPE SDUnix program STExport has it s own section in this manual Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 109 Extract Command EXT Assembles output records by stringing together fields extracted from input records There can be up to 255 extracted fields and the same field may be extracted more than once Constant values may be used instead of the value of the field from the Input record EXTRACT field subscript value field2 EXTRACT field subscript1 field2 subscript2 EXTRACT target field expression Default subscript entire field Field Parameter Each
416. t S opt robelle bin suprlink input sales link sales link custs to custs toutput repts producing REPTS xeq run the task form repts fields in repts texit Smyprog run program Srm sales these files Srm custs no longer needed Srm repts Whenever Suprlink is processing files with packed or zoned decimal keys errors can occur because of invalid digits in the keys Suprlink reports the input and link record numbers with illegal digits and processing stops You can use Suprtool to examine input and link records by using record selection with Suprtool s input command A packed decimal number consists of nibbles there are two nibbles in each byte The last nibble is the sign of the number The remaining nibbles must each contain a number in the range 0 9 A zoned decimal number must have a valid digit in each byte and end in 0 9 A R or To remove or edit numbers to be valid display values please look at Suprtool s number function Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink e 325 Selecting Non Matches Consider a common problem easily solved with Quiz from Cognos finding all records in a file which have no corresponding records in a related file For example to find all records in an invoice lines file with no corresponding invoice master record the following Quiz code could be written gt access lines link to header optional gt select if not record heade
417. t date 1950 01 01 gt out sales01 link gt ext cust account gt ext 19 gt ext deliv date sales_total gt xeq IN 15 OUT 14 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 5 Now insert 20 to the century for the appropriate records gt base store dbold gt get d sales gt if deliv date lt date 1950 01 01 gt ext cust account gt ext 20 gt ext deliv date sales_total gt out sales0O1 link append gt xeq Now you can convert the other field from the flat file salesO1 and add a century to the purch_date field gt reset gt base close the open database gt in sales01 gt item purch_date date yymmdd gt if purch_date gt Sdate 1950 01 01 gt set squeeze off gt out sales02 link gt ext cust account product_price gt ext 19 gt ext purch_date sales_total gt xeq IN 15 OUT 15 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 Because you extracted all 15 records you know you do not have any records with the purch_date field that need to be updated with a 20 Now you can insert the records into the new database gt base store db gt in sales02 gt put d sales gt xeq Now you have converted two dates from an X6 format to an X8 format Case 3 Different Date Formats X6 MMDDYY Data to X6 YYMMDD The following Suprtool task shows you how to convert a date in a self describing file from mmddyy to yymmdd format Consider the following self describing file with the deliv date and purch date fields 76 e Su
418. t lt 3 goes back three fields lt lt returns to the first field in the list gt goes forward one field to the next field in the list gt 3 goes forward three fields gt gt skips the rest of the fields in the list This is especially useful when Dbedit is prompting you for multiple search and sort fields and you only want to enter the first uses blanks for the field useful in batch uses the last value for this field forces what follows the to be a value and not a subcommand e g BOB tells Dbedit to use BOB as the actual value instead of interpreting the to mean last value Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 297 298 e Dbedit Commands F Examples list m supplier SUPPLIER NAME list m supplier SUPPLIER NAME PRODUCT NO SUPPLIER NAME PRODUCT NO list m supplier SUPPLIER NAME PRODUCT NO search for the field F e g bin no The field can include a subscript e g street address 2 calculator gt Standard Type gt lt gt STD Ribbons gt gt gt gt STD Ribbons gt gt 575 modify d inventory SUPPLIER NAME PRODUCT NO BIN NO UNIT COST modify m customer CUST ACCOUNT CITY STREET ADDRESS 2 gt STD Ribbons gt 105391 gt unit cost gt gt 4003302 gt street address 2 gt we ll stop immediately we will start again re enter supplier name skips the rest gt 575 is the par
419. t 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command cannot be abbreviated The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples listf soruce source is not spelled correctly NON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 redo listf soruce redo most recent command last command is printed listf source edited command is shown our you enter changes to it you press lt return gt listredo all redo 5 redo 5th command in stack redo redo previous command redo 2 redo command before previous redo 8 10 redo 8th through 10th redo 10 redo 10 through last redo purge redo last Purge command redo temp redo last containing temp 312 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Set Command S Changes certain operating o
420. t Redo Myredo The redo file is already in use Unable to open file for REDO stack In this situation STExport continues to use the redo stack active at the time and lets you continue working as normal Qedit can also have permanent redo stacks To prevent products from writing to each other s redo stack it is advisable to have separate stacks for each product by giving them different file names For example if you use the command set redo myredo you will have a redo stack called Myredo for your STExport commands If you exit STExport then run Qedit and supply the same command Set Redo command your Qedit commands will be written to the same file that was used for your STExport commands Statistics SET STATISTICS ON OFF Initially OFF Statistics causes STExport to print statistics at the end of each task Varsub SET VARSUB ON OFF Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 271 272 e STExport Commands Setting Variable Substitution causes STExport to resolve any variables in a command before processing VarsubCompat Set VarsubCompat On Off The Set VarsubCompat flag has been added to STExport for HP UX to have variable substitution be more flexible On MPE variable substitution would pass the name of the variable thru to be parsed even if the variable was not set On HP UX the default behaviour was to return spaces if the environment variable was not set This is still the default behaviour however if y
421. t a range from a single field For example if sales_amt is a 12J2 field Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt in sales a self describing file gt ext sales_amt 4 sales_amt 6 gt out dsales gt xeq is equivalent to gt in sales gt ext sales_amt 4 gt ext sales_amt 5 a self describing file first subscripted field intermediate subfield last subscripted field gt ext sales_amt 6 gt out dsales gt xeq Alternate Syntax for Extracting a Range Suprtool accepts a slash in place of the backslash to specify a range Use the slash with care because it is a valid character in field names For example gt extract a b would produce the error message Error Field A B does not exist To use a slash in an extract range surround it with spaces gt extract a b Numeric Expressions You can specify arithmetic expressions for any numeric data type in the Extract command Arithmetic expressions involve the operators and mod Extract arithmetic expressions work exactly as If command arithmetic expressions To extract an expression use this syntax EXTRACT target field expression Target Field The target field determines the byte length data type and repeat count for the expression The expression is extracted during the output phase and cannot be used by other Suprtool commands that accept fields e g sort To avoid confusion it is best to define a new field name fo
422. t extract cust_number extract data under the column name gt extract item_no gt extract sales gt add customer specify the Oracle table gt exit execute the task open SQL database input file you wish to add redefine the items to match the names in the table Final example shows use of the Ownername with the Tablename gt open oracle scott tiger open SQL database gt in custrecs input file you wish to add gt add scott customer specify the Oracle owner and table gt exit execute the task 84 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Base Command BA Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Opens a specified Eloquence database Once you have it open you can extract data from datasets delete entries load new entries into datasets and Update certain entries To close the current database use Base without parameters BAse _ host service database Open an Eloquence database close current base Suprtool will open an Eloquence database the syntax has been improved to allow you top optionally specify the hostname and or service to connect to a given database base sample 5 base eloqdb sample 5 base hostname robelle com eloqdb sample 5 Basename is the name of your database Mode is the DBOPEN mode that you want i e mode 1 for shared updates mode 5 for shared read only and password is the DBOPEN database password When the password is included in the Base command it is always upshifte
423. t for all constants is 5 100 bytes for MPE iX and HP UX and 1 275 bytes for MPE V 110 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Packed and Display Constants When extracting non negative packed and display constants Suprtool extracts them as unsigned unless you use a leading plus sign For the value zero you can use a leading plus or minus sign to get a positive or negative 0 field 1 6 packed field 1 field 1 signed 1 field 0 positive 0 unsigned 1 field 0 unsigned 0 field 0 negative 0 Decimal Places If a field has implied decimal places Suprtool scales the input values according to the number of decimal places For example gt item tax decimal 2 two implied decimal pts gt item total decimal 2 same gt extract tax 1 02 specified decimal pts gt extract total 100 value stored as 10000 gt output out3 Blank Fill If you want to create an output record that consists of fifty blanks followed by the customer name use gt define filler 1 50 gt ext filler gt ext name String Constants You can specify a string constant without referring to a field For example to leave a space between fields you must do the following gt extract account rating gt output ascii Suprtool uses the length of the string to determine the size of the field The following example extracts the same fields as the previous example but each output recor
424. t help on a specific STExport command If you know the structure of the help file you can specify one of the keywords under the command name Shelp sign help on the Sign command Shelp sign trailing trailing section of the Sign command Keyword Help If we cannot find any help in the Commands section of the help file we assume that you specified one of the outer level keywords in the help file To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You see a short introduction to STExport and then a list of keywords You can specify any of these keywords on the Help command You can also specify a subkeyword Shelp intro input input section of Introduction Quick Help HQ HQ asks STExport to look under the keyword Quick in the help file Quick contains the text from the STExport Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command Shq input quick description of Input Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file opt robelle help stexport The Help command uses the Qhelp subsystem from the QLIB For help in help type when you see the Qhelp prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return Press F8 to exit the Qhelp subsystem and return to STExport Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 255 HTML Command HT 256 e STExport Commands Use HT
425. t if date field gt Sdate 98 12 10 Error You must specify the century or Set Date ForceCentury off The default value for Set Date ForceCentury is off What If Have Two Digit Years If you have dates with two digit years there are two main solutions to making your application ready for the Year 2000 Convert all of your date data to use four digit years and modify your programs to process four digit years or Assume that certain dates are in the twentieth century and some in the twenty first this is usually called date windowing The first solution requires that you change all Suprtool Item commands for two digit years to a four digit year format If you have not already done so you may want to isolate all of these Item commands in a single file per input source e g one file for every dataset in every database in your application or just one file for every database You can nest use files making this approach even easier e g having one database use file that then includes each dataset use file with a list of Item commands You may also want to use Suprtool to assist you in changing your actual data from two digit years to four See Can Suprtool Convert Two Digit Years to Four Digits on page 73 for more details If you do not include the century in your dates the second solution above you will have the following problems Selecting dates in yymmdd format will not produce the expected results in relative operati
426. t item name When displying the form of an Eloquence dataset Suprtool shows the capacity in a format similar to the one in DBSCHEMA Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 133 134 e Suprtool Commands gt form orders Database SAMPLE ORDERS Detail Set 4 Entry ORDERNO ORDERID ID ORDERDATE 21 CUSTNO CUSTOMERS ORDERSTAT 31 ORDERTYPE 33 ORDERVALUE 35 Capacity 1008 0 0 0 O Entries 47 Highwater 0 Bytes 42 Master Datasets The Form Sets command indicates which datasets have MDX enabled A Form command on these datasets shows details of their expansion setting gt form parts Database SAMPLE PARTS Master Set 2 Entry Offset PARTNO X 1 lt lt Search Field gt gt PARTLOOKUP X 17 DESCRIPA X2 27 DESCRIPB X2 47 PARTUNIT X2 67 PROFITGROUP X4 69 MATNUMBER X16 73 PRICEUNIT X2 89 PRICE1 E4 91 PRICE2 E4 99 Capacity 524 Entries 182 Bytes 106 6 0 0 0 SQL Select When showing the form of an SQL select Suprtool shows the column s name the SQL type and the Suprtool type When showing the form of a self describing file Suprtool shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one gt open oracle scott tiger gt select from emp gt form Column Name Oracle Type Suprtool Type EMPNO Number ENAME Varchar2 JOB Varchar2 MGR Number HIREDATE Date SAL Number COMM Number DEPTNO Number Integer Byte Byte I
427. t no skip to unit cost go to subfield Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Add Command A Adds new entries to a dataset ADD file options Options numeric valuelKeylLimitIiUNder If no field list is entered as part of the file Dbedit will prompt for all of the fields in the file You may use the gt n or gt gt subcommands to navigate quickly through the field list but you must enter values for all search and sort fields The database password must give you write access to the entire dataset The Add command will stop after LIMIT number of entries have been added for any one key value Dbedit checks each search field value as it is entered For master datasets the search field value must not exist For detail datasets the search field value must exist To add records from a disc file see the Put command of Suprtool Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 299 Before Command B 300 e Dbedit Commands Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style Control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D and to insert use Cont
428. t user is allowed write access if USER root then opt robelle bin suprtool else opt robelle bin suprtool c set limits readonly on fi List SET LIST option value Use Set List to configure default values for the List command You can configure the default date time and format for LaserJet listings List Date SET LIST Date number Initially 0 When you select page headings with the List command by specifying a title each page includes today s date By default this date is formatted as mmm dd ccyy e g Mar 20 2000 Use Set List Date to specify a different default date format for future List commands e g Set List Date 2 The valid date formats are as follows Suprtool Commands e 201 202 e Suprtool Commands Value Format Example 0 default mmm dd ccyy Mar 20 2000 1 yy mm dd 00 03 20 2 mm dd yy 03 20 00 3 dd mm yy 20 03 00 4 dd mmmyy 20 Mar00 List PCL SET LIST PCL 0111213141516 Initial amp Default 0 Use Set List PCL to configure the default format for LaserJet listings This option defines the List device as a PCL device and indicates the orientation and font for the report Set List PCL affects only the List command it is ignored by the Output command PCL stands for Printer Command Language which is an HP standard for printers The LaserJet is one of the first PCL devices to be released by HP By default Suprtool assumes that your List output device is not PCL compatible Li
429. t would produce a zero result Itanium only An extract with a arithmetic divide would not round properly if the target field was an single integer double integer quad integer single logical or double logicals Itanium only Suprtool would fail with Stack Overflow message or simply fail when loading a table with the sorted option if the key data type was a double integer small integer or small logical Itanium only An extract operation where the target was a single integer and the source was a double integer would not work properly Itanium only Set Oracle SpaceNull has been added to convert byte char and date fields when Null to spaces or leave them as null If SpaceNull is on then spaces will be placed in the fields If SpaceNull is off then the field will contain nulls Suprtool did not properly coerce data from Packed to Quad integer when using Set Ifouroutput on and Set Oracle Integer on Itanium only Set Oracle Passshift Off now turns off password upshift for the oneline syntax method when you are including the service name Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Installing Suprtool Overview We have two types of Installations Tape and Download We provide links to the Installation instructions on our web site for each type of Install Who Needs To Use These Instructions The system manager should use the following installation instructions to install Suprtool UX No one can be using Suprtool UX during the installation T
430. tains all the commands for creating the invcust file use usecust input invoices sorted by custnum link customer combined with customers output invcust produces the file we want exit Suprlink prints the lines in the usefile including the comment lines This allows you to include instructions and reminders in the usefile In the example above there were no commands for the user to enter Notes Usefiles cannot be nested in Suprlink The usefile may be any unnumbered text file or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record will be processed By default Suprlink displays the commands in a usefile as they are executed Suprlink can execute commands quietly using the Useq command For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 351 Verify Command V Print the definition of the current linkage task VERIFY Verify prints the current Input Link and Output files in other words it is a Verify All command 352 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Xeq Command X Perform the current linkage task XEQ Xeq checks that you have specified an input file and at least one Link file Then it performs the linkage and creates the output file Finally it closes the files and resets ready for you to specify another linkage task or Exit If you also wish to leave Suprlink after completing the linkage task use Exit instead of X
431. te for a binary zero gt define first byte bigfield 1 byte gt if first byte 0 Subscripts Use subscripts to access individual items in repeated fields or to access substrings Numeric Subscripts For repeated numeric fields only one index is allowed If Table has the form 10J2 it holds ten double integers Table 1 is the first sub item Table is the same as Table 1 Table 5 is the fifth sub item gt if table 5 23 gt if table 2 20 or table 4 30 gt if table 8 31 and table 9 28 Character Subscripts Character string fields may have 1 2 or 3 subscripts after them Character string fields are allowed more than one subscript value If ADDR has the form 5X30 it consists of 5 substrings of 30 characters each ADDR 1 is the first 30 character sub item of ADDR ADDR without subscript is the same as ADDR 1 ADDR 2 is the second 30 character sub item of ADDR Suprtool Commands e 143 144 e Suprtool Commands ADDR 2 4 is the second sub item starting with the 4th byte and extending for the remainder of the sub item 27 bytes ADDR 2 4 6 starts at the same location but extends for only 6 bytes If NAME has the form X50 it is not a repeated field NAME is the same as NAME 1 NAME 1 4 6 is the first and only sub item starting at the 4th byte and extending for 6 bytes NAME 1 10 is a field that starts at the 10th byte and implicitly extends to the end of the field for the remaining 41 b
432. te must have a valid date in order to properly convert the date to the ccyymmdd format a value of 0 will be returned for any invalid dates An invalid date is any number of a particular date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on the calendar This means that if you attempt to extract use the stddate function against a value that is not a valid date then the extracted value will be 0 Days As with the stddate function the days function is also available to the Extract command You can convert any supported date to a Julian Day number in the following manner gt in ordfile gt def ship days 1 4 double gt def order days 1 4 double gt def delay 1 4 double gt ext order no gt ext ship days Sdays ship date gt ext order days Sdays order date gt ext delay Sdays ship date Sdays order date gt out neword link gt xeq IN 15 OUT 15 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 Invalid Dates If an invalid date is encountered the extracted value will be zero Therefore in the example above if the order has not yet been shipped ship date does not contain a valid date the resulting delay value will be negative Suprtool Commands e 113 114 e Suprtool Commands Add and Subtract Dates With the days function you can generate a date that is n days before or after any date In the following example we show you how to get the previous day s date gt input YOURFILE gt def origdate 1 8 gt def yesterday 1 8 gt item
433. ter yyymmdd J2 P8 yyyymmdd X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater ccyymmdd X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater ccyymm X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater yyyymm X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater aammdd X6 aamm X4 mmddaa X6 ddmmaa X6 ccyy X4 Z4 J1 and K1 SRNChronos X6 mmyyyy X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater yyddd X5 Z5 J2 K2 and P8 or greater ccyyddd X7 Z7 J2 K2 and P10 or greater HPCalendar J2 K2 EDSDate J2 P8 JulianDay J2 PHdate8 J1 K1 J2 and K2 Date Limits The date function in Suprtool can generate dates between the years 1583 and 2583 Some date formats have limits based on their particular format such as 2027 for a Calendar date and 2259 for the aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa dates Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Calendar The Calendar attribute is provided for users who have fields containing the 16 bit MPE Calendar date format as an unsigned logical value with seven bits for the year of the century bits 0 6 followed by nine bits for the day of the year bits 7 15 The Calendar date format only supports dates up to the end of the year 2027 PHdate and PHdate8 The PHdate and PHdate8 attributes are compatible with the COGNOS PowerHouse date format If the data type is J1 or K1 the date is stored as a LOGICAL value with seven bits for the year of the century bits 0 6 four bits for the month bits 7 10 and five bits for the day bits 11 15 If the data type is J2 or K2 the date i
434. tes By default STExport will add the simplest version tag at thebeginning of the file then it inserts a lt file gt and matching lt file gt at the beginning and the end of the file Then STExport encloses each record from the input file in a lt record gt and lt record gt tag Finally the Self Describing tags are added around each field s data values and edited appropriately Naturally users would want options to customize and specify the various options and tags themselves in order to generate a file that is acceptable to their tools Version You can specify the version tag at the beginning of the XML file with the following command STExport will put the lt and gt around what is specified in the version string Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 279 Doctype A Document Type Declaration can be made at the beginning of the file via the DOCTYPE specification This typically tells whatever tool that is parsing the xml file where the DTD for the file resides In STExport you can specify simple one line doctype specs with the following command xml doctype DOCTYPE address book SYSTEM address book dtd This will write the doctype specification at the top of the output file directly after the XML version specification File You can customize the file tags with the following command commands xml file orders STExport will put the lt and gt around what is specified
435. ther applications the first line of the import file is often treated as field names or headings Use the Heading command to specify what STExport should write as the first line of the output file Field Names If you specify Heading Fieldnames STExport creates a default heading This heading is constructed by using the field name of each field in the input file The Fieldname option uses the formatting options that apply to byte type fields to determine the final format e g the Quote command STExport produces multiple field names for compound fields For compound fields the repeat count is used to determine the number of field names The repeat count is appended to the field name starting with one until all the field names have been generated User Specified Heading You can specify your own heading line by doing gt heading your heading Because the maximum length of an STExport input line is 256 characters you may not be able to specify a long heading with a single Heading command Use Heading Add to add additional strings to your heading Account Note no Add in first string First Name Last Name City State If you specify your own heading STExport does not attempt to apply any formatting options If you need each field in the heading line to be surrounded by quotes and separated by commas you have to supply these yourself For example Account Note no Add in first string First Name toy
436. these steps 1 Define the fields that you want to include in the SD file 2 Extract the fields in the order you want 3 Use the Link option in the Output command to create the SD file gt input datafile reclen 38 lf gt define account ds 1 byte gt define first_name 9 12 byte gt define last_name 21 16 byte gt define age Ship 25 ant gt extract account age first_name last_name gt output result link gt xeq Repeating Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Repeating a Command Use the Listredo command to see a list of your most recent commands Use the Do command to repeat a command or use the Redo command to modify a command before repeating it Quick Start Guide for Suprtool e 25 gt listredo 20 most recent commands gt listredo input most recent Input commands gt input result oe te gt xeq gt do input repeat previous Input command gt input result gt if quantity gt 10000 r PEN gt redo if modify previous If command then repeat If you have used two commands that begin with the same letter you have to be careful when repeating those commands Make sure you use enough letters to identify each command distinctly from the other In the following example if you wish to repeat the Input command instead of the If command you need to use do i s instead of just do i gt i somefile gt if lt expression gt ET gt xeq gt do i s repeats previous Input command Sele
437. tion For years Suprtool has had the ability to output a record number to an output file with the num option of the output command Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 117 gt in mysdfile gt out myfile num data The above could would generate an output file called myfile however you would lose the SD information and you can only put the number at the beginning or the end of the data Suprtool now has a counter function that allows you to place a counter at any spot as well as preserve the SD information gt in mysdfile gt def mycount 1 4 double gt ext fieldl gt ext field2 gt ext mycount Scounter gt out myfile link gt xeq The file myfile will be self describing and contain the fields field1 field2 and mycount The field mycount is defined as a double integer since this is the only field type that the counter function can use Each record will have a unique ascending number starting with one String Expressions You can combine byte type fields together and use the built in string functions to create new fields out of existing ones This can reduce the number of tasks required to provide a solution String expressions may involve the operator and upper lower trim ltrim or rtrim To extract a string expression use this syntax EXTRACT target field expression Target Field The target field determines the byte length for the expression The data type must be Byte or Char The expression is ext
438. tion report whose bad performance is causing you a problem If you obtain improvements by using Suprtool you know that you can achieve better speed in practice as well as in tests Use Suprtool as a front end to your problem report producing a small extract file that contains just the fields and records needed for your final program Once you get that working consider linking in data from other files or datasets using Suprlink For comparison purposes run the Suprtool test at the same time as you would normally run the original program Comparing a standalone midnight run against a mid day run does not give valid results nor does comparing two runs in succession the second run benefits on HP UX because the files are already in memory at that time Variable Substitution Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool supports environment variable substitution To use this enhancement you must do a gt set varsub on Due to how HP UX processes work with environment variables any variables must be exported prior to running Suprtool STExport or Suprlink All of these modules support HP UX variable Substitution export tablefile abcdefghijklmnopaqrstuvwxyzabcd export infile filelsd suprtool oc lt lt EOD set varsub on in Sinfile table mytable char field file amp users robdev suprtool test Stablefile if Slookup mytable char field out fileO5 link exit EOD Suprtool examines a command line and looks for variables de
439. tly the same length as the item used in the Table command Multiple Values and Table Data Suprtool can use the data loaded into a Table in a comparison operation The lookup function will return the data value from the table to compare against another field or literal gt In filelsd gt Table mytable char field data tabfile data id field gt If Slookup mytable char field id field int field So what Suprtool will do in this case is read a record lookup the record in the table and retrieve the data item in the table If Suprtool does NOT find an entry in the table a zero will be returned if the data type is numeric and spaces will be returned if it is a byte type So using the case above if no entry is found in the table zero is returned and if int field is equal to zero then the record will qualify If you don t want to have any values returned from the table lookup you just preface the if with a standard lookup Suprtool Commands e 141 Short circuit evaluation means that the If command does not always need to evaluate all the parts of the command 142 e Suprtool Commands gt get ord details gt table cust table cust no file custlist data state code Sif lookup cust table cust no and amp lookup cust table cust no state code state code gt output orders gt xeq When using lookup to return data the lookup must always be on then left side of the expression If not Suprtoo
440. to be included in the command line gt in custs self describing file gt if status lt gt 10 20 30 40 the only valid values gt set list pcl 1 select LaserJet option gt list title Invalid CUSTOMER Records gt xeq include title on listing Changing the Date Format When you select page headings by specifying a title each page includes today s date By default this date is formatted as mmm dd ccyy e g Mar 20 2000 You can override this format with the Date keyword Use the Set command to specify a Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX different default date format for future List commands e g Set List Date 2 The valid date formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 default mmm dd ccyy Mar 20 2000 1 yy mm dd 00 03 20 2 mm dd yy 03 20 00 3 dd mm yy 20 03 00 4 dd mmmyy 20 Mar00 gt list title Example Report date 3 gt xeq heading date is in dd mm yy format Changing the Time Format When you select page headings by specifying a title each page includes the current time By default the time is in 24 hour format e g 23 02 You can override this format with the Time keyword Use the Set command to specify a different default time format for future List commands e g Set List Time 2 The valid time formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 none 1 default 24 hour 23 02 2 AM PM 11 02PM gt list title Example Report time 2 gt xeq time will be in AM PM format Si
441. to the final application should be present in the Input file 264 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command displays any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REL ALL LUNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from one as entered the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can print the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered You can write the commands to your terminal The Out option is not currently supported on STExport UX If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples print all Help commands print last ten commands print entire redo stack print ALL relative numbers print all rm commands print all rm xx commands print all with rm anywhere Notes The Listredo command cannot be abbreviated but BJ and comma comma are accepted as a short forms Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 5 3 for HP U
442. to use other Suprtool commands If you wish to select by record numbers use the record number options in the Input command If you wish to limit the number of records selected use the Numrecs command There Is No Else Clause The If command in Suprtool does not have an Else clause but the output command does To write out the records that do not match the If criteria you can use output else to get both the selected data and the data that was not selected by an if criteria See the output command for details gt get dataset this task is the If then SLE expression gt output filel else link filel and temp file else created gt xeg You can also use a second task with the same criteria negated by a NOT gt get dataset this task is the If then STE expression gt output filel link gt xeq gt get dataset this task is the else gt f not expression gt output file2 link gt xeq Expressions An expression specifies the logical criteria that Suprtool uses to select records from the input source Simple Expressions The simplest expression is a single comparison between two fields e g A B or a field and a constant e g A XX field relation field field relation constant Suprtool Commands e 139 140 e Suprtool Commands Fields A field can be a temporary Defined field or a field from a self describing file or an Eloquence field or a column from a database table Each field h
443. to use the Sort command We assume that the file Mcust has the same structure as the m customer dataset We sort the file using the first of the two street addresses in m customer Suprtool Commands e 213 214 e Suprtool Commands gt base store gt input mcust m customer same format as m customer gt sort street address a repeated field but only gt exit the first address is used Notes The Verify command shows all of the current command values and the Reset command cancels them If you have not defined any sort fields before the Xeq or Exit command Suprtool performs a copy only no sort Suprtool uses some temporary files during a sort It creates the files in the directory specified by the TMPDIR environment The size of the files will be equal to the size of the output file If Suprtool runs out of disc space during a sort you can try to specify another directory for TMPDIR It is important to note that if the field being sorted is the result of a function then you may not be sorting on the value of the field after the function has transformed the field For example the following task may not give you the result you expect gt base store 5 gt get d sales gt def cust accountx 1 6 byte gt ext cust accountx Sedit cust accout zzzz99 gt sort cust accountx sorting on transformed field before it has value from function gt dup none keys gt output dsales gt exit In this instance you will not
444. to your PC when running Reflection The report printed and the keyboard unlocks but control is not passed to your terminal You can get control back by doing a Soft Reset Alt S You can prevent this problem by setting DISABLE COMP CODES to yes If you are listing to an attached printer from a terminal your terminal may remain locked after the printout is completed This generally happens when you have handshaking enabled G H straps set to No You can do a soft reset to unlock your terminal Suprtool Commands e 173 If handshaking is disabled G H straps set to Yes the List command works and returns control to the terminal but two S characters will be printed on the terminal There is currently no known workaround to these problems ROBELLE_LP Typically when printing with the list command inside Suprtool or Qedit for that matter and you are sending the output to a printer device the Ip program is used to accept the data from a pipe In some cases third party spoolers employ their own Ip program If the ROBELLE_LP variable is set to the name of the third party lp program Suprtool and Qedit will use that program if the output is not to a file This variable must be set before Suprtool is run export ROBELLE_LP opt thirdpartyspooler 1llp suprtool in somefile list device LP exit If the variable is not set then Suprtool uses usr bin Ip as it has previously Notes The List operation occurs logicall
445. tool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to STExport e 235 Date Type If a field has a date format STExport does extra formatting By default dates are formatted into yyyymmdd e g 20001125 Formatting Commands Use the following table to determine which command applies to which data type Command Data Type Date date type Floating floating type Quote byte type Sign numeric type Spaces byte type Zero numeric type Commands Many of STExport s commands such as the formatting commands above once set will retain their settings between tasks Several other non formatting commands will also retain their settings HEAding HTML Each command and its options will remain in effect between any STExport task unless specifically turned off For example if a previous task has had custom Headings set with the Heading and Heading Add options the Headings will remain in effect for each subsequent task until a new Heading option is entered Performance Considerations On average STExport is three to five times slower than Suprtool This is the price we pay for having all of STExport s formatting features You can make STExport faster by doing the following Pre select only the records you need with Suprtool The fewer records STExport has to process the faster it runs Use Suprtool s Extract command to select only the fields that you need to import in your final application
446. tool Commands By default Suprtool will replace any of the characters specified in the clean command with a space You can specify what character to use to replace any of the characters that qualify with the following set command gt set CleanChar This will set the character to replace any of the qualifying to be cleaned characters to be a period If you want to Clean a field and not replace with any character you just need to set the clean character in the following manner gt set CleanChar lt null gt CurrencySymbol SET CurrencySymbol Default period This setting is used to change the Currency character which is used to edit the data in a field used by the Number function The defined currency symbol s is stripped from the field prior to converting to number in the number function The CurrencySymbol can be up to our characters gt set CurrencySymbol The default character for the Currency Symbol is the Dollar sign Date Cutoff SET DATE CUTOFF number Initially 10 Default 00 Date Cutoff tells Suprtool what century to use when Suprtool generates the date value from the date and stddate functions This setting only affects the date values generated by the date and stddate function in the If and Extract commands This does not affect user data Versions of Suprtool without Set Date Cutoff would assume 19 for the century for any user specified date with a two digit year Now with Set
447. tool under HP UX e 41 etc d login and etc d cshre are automatically copied to the home group of the new user If you want to make global changes to the commands executed at login time you should change these files etc csh login always executed at login time etc d login default login for new users etc d cshre default cshre for new users Setting Up a PATH for Suprtool You can invoke Suprtool with the command opt robelle bin suprtool If you just type suprtool to invoke Suprtool UX you must either add opt robelle bin to your PATH or copy opt robelle bin suprtool to a directory that is currently on your PATH Similarly the man pages for Suprtool are in opt robelle man man 1 suprtool 1 To make the man pages available to everyone you can either add opt robelle man to your MANPATH or you can copy the man pages to a directory that is currently on your MANPATH Bourne and Korn Shells See Configuring Different Shells above for a discussion on the files that are automatically executed by the Bourne and Korn shells The easiest way to change the two PATHs for all the users on your HP UX machine is to logon as root and add these two lines to the file etc profile after any existing PATH or MANPATH statements PATH SPATH opt robelle bin MANPATH S MANPATH opt robelle man Remember to delete any PATH or MANPATH settings in etc d profile so that new users do not override your changes You also have to warn exi
448. total for a field without caring about subtotals on sort breaks you can use the Total command Total prints out the result on stdlist For example to compute the total sales value for 2000 transactions use these commands gt select from sales gt if purch_date gt 000101 and purch_date lt 001231 gt total sales_total gt output null gt xeq Running Totals You can get a running total on a field using the total function The target data must be a packed field with 28 digits in order to help avoid overflow issues A sample use of the total function could be gt def mytotal 1 14 packed gt get orders gt ext mytotal total sales amount gt xeq Running SubTotals Suprtool has the ability to keep a running subtotal for any numeric field based on a given sort key The target data must be a packed field with 28 digits in order to help avoid overflow issues A sample use of the subtotal function could be gt def mytotal 1 14 packed gt get orders gt sort order number gt ext order number gt ext part number gt ext description gt ext sales amount gt ext mytotal Ssubtotal sales amount order number gt out sales link gt xeq This would result in a file containing a running subtotal in the field mytotal for a given order number You could then generate a simple report with the simple Suprtool commands gt in sales gt list standard gt xeq The basic syntax for the subtot
449. u specified a Numrecs and have reached it This condition is considered an error if the input is from a source other than disc 230 e Suprtool Errors and Warnings Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Warnings Command entered is not a valid Suprtool command and MPE access has been disabled See Set Limits command Normally commands that are not valid Suprtool commands are passed off to the operating system If access to the O S has been disabled via the Set Limits command these commands are no longer passed off If the user does not precede the command with a colon we assume that the invalid command was meant for Suprtool If a colon precedes the command we assume that the command was meant for the operating system On HP UX systems an exclamation mark can be used in place of a colon Output ASCT not allowed with Duplicate None Keys Not all processing options are allowed in all combinations The ASCII option of the Output command which reformats the output record does not work with Duplicate None Keys Dup None Keys assumes that the output record has the same data definitions as the input record Xxxx is not the search field of Yyyy This message is issued by the Chain command when the search field specified Xxxx is not an index into the dataset Yyyy The field specified must be an Eloquence search field When Suprtool detects an unusual situation that it should bring to your attention it prints a nonfatal warning message Fo
450. ull and bell characters with a space If you want to just remove the characters all you need to do is set the CleanChar in the following manner gt Set CleanChar lt null gt This means that the clean function will remove the characters specified in the clean command but not replace with any character which effectively shifts the text to the left and pad the equivalent amount of spaces at the end Extract from a Table Suprtool has the ability to load data into a table via the Table command and extract that data out of the table using the Extract command The Extract command can utilize the lookup function to return data The syntax for the lookup function would look as follows gt extract target Slookup table name key field data field The Table name key field and data field are all defined by the Table command which must be input before the Extract command A classic example your boss comes to you with a list of new prices for certain parts and asks you to update the Part Master dataset Just load the new prices into a Table index by the product number prodno then Extract the price field from each record and replace it with a lookup on the table Here is the code gt table newprices prodno file bosslist data price gt get part master gt if Slookup newprices prodno gt update gt extract price Slookup newprices prodno price gt xeq We do the If lookup to select only the parts which have
451. umeric field You can define a byte field to be a display field if all of the characters in the field contain a number For example if you have a six character byte field that looks like this 012345 you can define it in the following manner gt def display field 1 6 display This field can then be converted to any of the other numeric types that Suprtool supports If the field is six characters and contains blanks decimal currency or a sign symbol in the data then you can utilize the number function Number Function Suprtool now has the ability to accept free form numbers as display data types This means numbers in the form Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX 1234 45 12345 123 2134 12343 123 45 can now be accepted and converted to any other numeric data type Consider the following data Item number New Price 12345 123 45 34563 27S 21312 1 545 Suprtool can now read and convert the data in New Price using the number function Let s say we want New Price to be a double integer and currently occupies eight bytes starting in position six Here is the task you would use to convert the New Price free format number into a double integer gt in mynums gt def item number 1 5 byte gt def new price ascii 6 8 display gt def new price 1 4 double gt item new price ascii dec 2 gt item new price dec 2 gt ext item number gt ext new price Snumber new price ascii gt out so
452. uote Command Q Specify which quote character if any is to be used around byte type fields QUOTE NONE DOUBLE SINGLE Default Double Most software packages expect byte type fields to be in one of two formats Fixed column see the Column command Surrounded by single or double quotes In this case you may also need to remove trailing spaces see the Spaces command No Quotes for Fixed Columns Use Quote None to cause byte type fields to be output as a group of characters In many cases you would combine this option with Columns Fixed Single or Double Quotes By default all byte type fields are surrounded by double quotes Specify single quotes using the Single option If a byte type field contains the quote character specified in the quote command it is replaced with a space For example if the input was customer s and Quote Single had been specified then the output would be customer s Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 267 Redo Command REDO Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you do not need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from one as entered the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can Redo a sing
453. uppercase or lowercase because Suprtool upshifts everything in the command line except literal strings within quotes e g abc and disc file names These two commands are identical Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX gt EXTRACT QTY gt extract qty Multiple Commands per Line You can enter several commands on a single line if you separate them with semicolons An entire task can be placed on one input line gt in sdfile out new xeq gt in sdfile if cust status lt gt 10 20 30 list x Caution Suprtool cannot distinguish between several commands on one line and several commands entered on several lines This is not a problem when using Suprtool in batch as Suprtool stops executing when an error occurs But when using Suprtool interactively specifying multiple commands separated by a semicolon Suprtool keeps on parsing the rest of the line after it finds an error For example if you misspell the fldname when you type the following gt get dsetname if fldname value delete out filename xeq Suprtool sends you an error message with the typo but continues with the rest of the command line This has the effect of deleting all the entries in the dataset It is risky to type Xeq on the same command line as any other command unless You are not concerned with the consequences if you make a mistake e g any extract task should be safe You don t make any mistakes The usual reason for putting all the commands on one line inc
454. uprlink combines the Input and Link records together in a fixed way dropping the duplicated key fields and appending the remaining fields of each file in the order specified You control which fields occur by using the Extract command in Suprtool but you have no control over their order Use the Form command to print out the final record format so that you can prepare COBOL COPYLIB or PowerHouse QSCHEMA definitions The Input file and Link files must be sorted by the same key field Their names do not have to be identical but they must be the same type and have the same length Suprlink does not support real or long type keys Selection logic can be tricky since it is distributed over independent Suprtool extract tasks the Suprlink merge phase and the final report program Suprtool Selection You can use the If command to select which records you want from each SQL table What you cannot do in Suprtool is check a field in a related SQL table You do have the option to select key values from one dataset then load them into a Table and use lookup to select related entries in another dataset It makes sense to use If on every SQL table since you have another selection possibility when the files are linked For example you might select all customers in California and all invoices with an amount greater than 2000 Suprlink Selection The Input file limits the scope of the Output file for Link operations You cannot have more Output records th
455. uprtool commands that accept fields e g Sort To avoid confusion it is best to define a new field name for the target field instead of using an existing field name The following example shows defining a new target field as a double integer The Extract command target field then takes the definition from the Define command and extracts data from the source field display field gt in oldfile gt def salesqty 1 4 double gt ext order no order date gt ext salesqty display field Packed and Display Fields When the target of an extract conversion is a packed or display type field Suprtool always converts positive values to a neutral packed or display value To ensure that expressions with positive values have a positive result use the signed function gt extract packed_field S signed int_field gt extract display_field Ssigned dbl_field 10 Truncation errors can occur when Suprtool converts from nonfloating point to floating point See the discussion under Numeric Truncation above Byte Fields Use the Extract command to shorten or lengthen byte type fields If the target field is longer than the source field Suprtool fills the trailing space in the target field with spaces Byte to Numeric Conversion Suprtool cannot explicitly convert from a byte field to a numeric field such as a double integer The Extract command however does allow conversion from a display field to a double integer or any other n
456. ur First RE port sce osse3 caseisass op eonen i anseo TE Ea ES EE E a E EEEn Ee 38 Column Headings za s esccesiusses casseetesheg cape ssteevsese teer s E raa a E E ie EE a oi 39 Printing Mailing L belS i is csscscsccssesses cape sseensctse cg eosesedpesvasnes vtesssdevseesaes saptssdveseasounsted ss 39 Running Suprtool under HP UX 41 RummingeSuprtool MASET seth ce coted seh ss EET T 41 Configuring Different Shells lt sccscctsses sstssesosecvceesgetseescessgtass sptepastessveessgossecsosvasesss sp TREIS EE S Siis 41 Bourne and Kom Shells is cisc f chessssseesckescetseescesesdash sp tasestensieassdeseesogvastysbastenssoeeevae ad 41 O ll 2455 sites sete EEA eb tirton ead 41 Setting Up a PATH for Suprtool sac cscccs sbessscesessesussdetsoesccvistuet es teese ekea T OSEE Eteo SEESE EE hie 42 Bourneand Korn Shells isiccsecs s6 05 svsssseescesstvssvesceststaasdebanestessveessdeisesscevaseess IESER EEE aie 42 OE EE E A E ANAT 42 Dynamic Loading 34 35 55 sce detssesetsecsvendstask ar aeaeo e e E E Eaa Dea EEEE E Eea TEE ESEE tp Eea S ERES EES iais 43 Control Characters and Stt yice scccssccccsststecssstaue sous ee anetaret oeae EEE EES eE ESEE tp Eea I EREET E ieis 44 Suprmpr Configuration Fil s scssscssccssceescesscesees desea tcetssesnessedess eotepscoeseveesosetsnesovnsavastssdevasvenavenas 44 On Line Vs Batch AOC SS r arae ea as tave cose e Te aater aa oaae tagesteedieeasdeisessoznisesseds E EIEE iie 45 Command Line Options aeiee eraa ar
457. urth generation language sold by Cognos You can use Suprtool and Suprlink to improve the performance of PowerHouse applications For a complete discussion of how to use Suprtool and Quiz together refer to the Suprtool with Quiz QTP section of the Suprtool User Manual Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink can write to PowerHouse subfiles that have been created with Quiz or QTP Subfiles are self documenting files that contain a complete description of the file s record structure This information is stored in user labels in the file and is known as a mini dictionary When you access the subfile in Quiz its description is read from the mini dictionary You must ensure that the PowerHouse subfile description exactly matches the record layout of Suprlink s output file Remember that Suprlink will drop the common key fields from the link files Step 1 Create the Subfile with QTP Before running Suprlink you create an empty subfile with QTP Srm invcust Sqtp gt access d_invoice link custnum to amp gt custnum of m_customer gt subfile invcust keep size numrecs include amp gt custnum invdate amount invnum amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go The subfile must contain all of the fields that Suprlink will produce in the output file with the same attributes data type and length and in the same order Use the Include option of QTP s Subfile command to define each of the fields in the correct
458. usttemp gt subfile invcust keep size numrecs include amp custnum invdate amount invnum amp name address t input limit 0 328 e Introduction to Suprlink Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands General Notes When you run Suprlink it prompts for commands on stdlist with a character and reads command lines from stdin Suprlink commands contain a command name followed by one or more parameters and are patterned after the same commands in Suprtool In this chapter we describe the Suprlink commands in alphabetic order Following each command name in brackets is the minimal abbreviation for the command For example I for Input and L for Link Abbreviating You may shorten the command name to the first letter of the command name v verify x xeq Uppercase or Lowercase You may enter the letters in either uppercase or lowercase because Suprlink upshifts everything in the command line except literal strings within quotes abc These two commands are identical EXIT exit Continuation The maximum physical command line is 256 characters You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line The maximum total command length is 256 characters The most common reason for continuing commands is to specify a lengthy Link command with secondary keys Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 329 330 e Suprlink
459. vailable to download the file to the PC This includes Reflection from Attachmate 66 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Decimal Places Be sure to specify which fields have decimal places when creating the PRN file Suprtool reserves extra space for decimal points that appear in the PRN output When formatting numeric fields Suprtool inserts the decimal point at the correct place When you import your file into your PC application numeric fields are automatically formatted correctly Spreadsheets The following procedure allows you to include literal headings in your spreadsheet using only one file the size and shape of which is computed by STExport We have tested this method with MS Excel it should work with any spreadsheet that supports the importing of delimited files There are two steps First build a self describing file with Suprtool then use STExport to convert it to PRN and add the headings 1 In Suprtool build a self describing file gt input gt define items gt item items gt extract fields gt output sdfile link gt xeq 2 In STExport convert to PRN and add the header line Sinput sdfile Sheading fieldnames output pcdata Sexit The file Pcdata is a variable length PRN file with both headings and data Suprtool and PowerHouse Applications Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX You can use Suprtool to significantly speed serial extracts using Quiz and QTP from Cognos In man
460. ve code overflow error oe eeeeeeteeeeteteeseteeeeseeeeseteeeenees Cognos date fields 0 eee eceseeeeeceeeteesetseeeeeees COLON G5 EEE E EEE EEE 83 242 297 336 384 column headings List command eee 39 Columns command eee 246 combining commands on same line eee 82 COMMA 3 foci AA E Ti AR 296 385 COMMANA liheresa nah aa 296 335 Command Li e inesidnrrnsii tiei ni 45 command line options 326 command line STEXport eee eeeeeeseeseeeeeeeee 238 COMMANAS in cc s25cadelecsessaseedeessascesavecdiaceets 240 292 296 commands formatting eeeeeeeseeteeeeeeeeeee 240 commands multiple COMMENTS 00 eee eeeeeeeeseeeeeseeseeeeeeteeneeeees Comparing against Key and Data ee 142 comparing strings as numbers Complex criteria jvc nesoni e compound items eee eeeeeeseeteeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees configuring Suprtool constants 111 143 constants in arithmetic expressions 117 119 constants in the output file continuing commands cceeeeeeereeseeeeeeeees Control break se cccesds cess irsana control characters 0 0 0 0 hs control record for Suprtool2 366 Control D in Modify eee eeeeeeeeneesetteeeeeeeees 44 Control Y on et costs aaa ceist 83 242 297 336 CONVENTIONS ceeeeeeesceeeeeeseeees ell 322 convert from binary to ASCH s es 34 Converting dat s isori riii ae seis 74 COPYING TIlE hirens seest enne aesa nates
461. ve STExport Users are often frustrated when they exit STExport after specifying part of a task and STExport starts processing the task To avoid this situation use the Abort or Suspend options to exit STExport conveniently without executing the current task EXIT ABORT ISUSPEND XEQ Default Xeq Typing Exit with no parameters means Exit Xeq STExport recognizes special command names which specify both the Exit command and an exit option e g ES means Exit Suspend Exit Abort EA Cancels the current operation and terminates STExport The Exit command without parameters always attempts to perform the task currently specified while Exit Abort cancels the task and terminates immediately Should STExport be executed as a son process Exit only suspends STExport while Exit Abort actually terminates the process Examples S comment You began to specify an input file stopped for S comment coffee and decided to cancel the task S comment upon your return Sinput invoices coffee break Sexit abort cancel the task and terminate End Of Program Exit Suspend ES This feature is not currently available in STExport UX Exit Xeq EX To perform the current task you can either use Xeq which leaves you inside STExport ready to define another task or Exit Xeq which leaves STExport when done with the task Exit Xeq is the default option i e specifying exit starts execution of the current task Suprtool
462. ving the ability to have SD field names be greater than 16 characters However a large number of customers have software that relied on the SD format remaining the same The compromise was to add Extended names to the end of the sd file The new Extended names will be written out and Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 65 used inside Suprtool when you turn on this feature with Set SDExtname On Suprtool will only use this information if this setting is turned on Suprtool and Suprlink now have a new optional extended name format for Self Describing files Not all portions of Suprtool and Suprlink handle the new extended name format however not all portions of Suprtool and Suprlink support the extended name feature The Suprtool List command does not utilize the extended name Suprlink does not use the full extended names for key items but rather uses the regular truncated name just as it did previously Suprlink does however carry on the Extended information and writes it to the output file Restrictions of SD Files So far in this section we have shown how to create self describing files using the Link option of the Output command The Link option produces a special form of self describing file Not all software can read this form of self describing file You can use the Query option to create an old style self describing file The Query option has the following restrictions Self describing files were originally
463. want to convert to a date format with room for a cc at the beginning of the deliv date and purch_date Database STORE DB ACCOUNT D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 ae M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE X8 9 PRODUCT NO Z8 17 M PRODUCT PRODUCT_PRICE J2 25 PURCH_DATE X8 29 SALES QTY J1 BH SALES TAX J2 39 SALES_TOTAL J2 43 Capacity 608 16 Entries 0 Highwater 0 Bytes 46 In order to convert these dates you need to be able to put either a 19 or 20 in front of the yymmdd date depending on the value of the year Before you can do either of these you must confirm once again that you have no invalid dates gt base store dbold gt get d sales gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt item purch_date date yymmdd gt if Sinvalid deliv date or Sinvalid purch_date gt list gt xeq Once you have confirmed that there are no invalid dates you can start converting the dates that you have Because there are two date fields in this dataset you must be careful to add the appropriate century for the proper field For this example assume that if a year is less than 1950 then the century should be 20 You can easily convert each date by processing each field separately by using an intermediate self describing file Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 75 gt base store dbold 1 Database password gt get d sales gt set squeeze off gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt if deliv date g
464. y after the sort phase if any and after any Extract but before the final Output or Put operation A Reset turns off the current List options For more examples of the List command see Suprtool Issues and Solutions 174 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command displays any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REL ALL LUNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can display the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples print all Help commands print last ten commands print entire redo stack print all rm commands print all rm xx commands print all with rm anywhere print ALL relative numbers Saving to a File Saving the Listredo commands to a file is not supported in Suprtool UX Notes The Listredo command can be abbreviated to BJ as in Qedit or to comma comma as in MPEX You cannot use a semi colon to combine commands on the same line Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent
465. y cases the changes to existing applications are minor Suprtool with Quiz QTP Quiz QTP and Quick are components of PowerHouse 4GL a popular fourth generation language sold by Cognos You can improve the performance of Quiz reports by using Suprtool to select and sort the records from a file or SQL table and passing selected records to Quiz for final reporting To do this you need some way to tell Quiz about the record structure of Suprtool s output file Quiz already has the capacity to do this without making any changes to the PowerHouse PDL dictionary In the following example Suprtool extracts records from the Custmast file sorts them and writes them to the Cmasfile file These are the records we need for the Quiz report Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 67 Step 1 Create a Subfile with Quiz The first step is to use Quiz to extract one entry from the Custmast file and write it to a PowerHouse subfile Note that you could also use QTP to build the subfile Srm cmasfile sf Srm cmasfile sfd Squiz gt access custmast gt report summary all gt set subfile name cmasfile keep gt set report limit 1 gt go This creates 2 files Cmasfile sf containing the extracted data and Cmasfile sfd containing the PowerHouse record definition for the data portion of the subfile We use Suprtool to reload the Cmasfile sf file with all the records required for the final report Step 2 Output Erase in Suprtool Once you have cr
466. y of Terms Commonly used Terms 372 e Glossary of Terms Batch Suprtool operates in session mode or batch mode In batch any error message causes Suprtool to quit Warning messages do not cause an abort If an error occurs Suprtool returns a non zero value as its result In batch mode Suprtool does not prompt for missing information as it does in session mode For example if the output file is a duplicate file name Suprtool automatically answers yes to the question asking you to purge the existing file Pseudo Batch Tasks During a canned on line task such as passing usefiles to Suprtool you can fool Suprtool into responding YES to operational questions For example if one of the canned tasks requires Suprtool to output myfile erase then Suprtool asks the question ERASE all records from this OUTPUT file no You can avoid typing yes in response to this question by invoking Suprtool with suprtool lt filename Blocksize The block size of a file is the record length multiplied by the blocking factor MPE permits block sizes up to 32 000 words but Suprtool restricts the total block size When copying an MPE file the maximum block size of either the input or output file is 14 336 words If Suprtool detects an input or output file with a block size larger than 14 336 words it prints one of the following error message The input blocksize is greater than 14336 words The output blocksize is greater than 14336 w
467. you must do the Set Warnings off after the Set Interactive Off The default for this setting is On Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Xmltagchar SET XMLTAGCHAR _ Initially In XML the tags that surrounded the data can not have any special characters other nuin om mon than hyphen underscore and period _ So STExport replaces any of the invalid special characters with a by default You can change the default character To be something else with the following set command Set xmltagchar _ STExport will only allow the hyphen underscore and period to be set with this command ZonedFix SET ZONEDFIX OFF Initially OFF Set ZonedFix has been added to fix a zoned field that when converted to byte results in meaning that the source field has some characters that were not expected in a Zoned field If Set ZonedFix is On STExport zeroes out the field after an attempted conversion of the field yields characters that cannot be converted The default for this setting is Off Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 273 Sign Command SI Specify what should be done with the sign character for numeric fields SIGN NONE I FLOATING LEADING TRAILING Default Floating All numeric type fields except logical fields have a sign Integer and floating point fields can have either a space for positive values or a negative sign Packed and display type fields can
468. you specify HTML Table all byte type fields are left justified and all other fields are right justified If you use Heading Column or Fieldnames the column headings are specified with HTML table heading tags Most browsers highlight the column headings in some way such as bold text centered over the column Title All HTML documents must have a title By default STExport uses the title This is the Title You should specify your own title using the Title option Heading The heading appears before the column headings and data from your input file By default there is no heading Use the Heading option to specify your own heading Suprtool 5 3 for HP UX User Manual Column Headings If you specify HTML Table use the Heading command to specify column headings for HTML output The Heading Fieldnames option will produce acceptable column headings but it is better to use Heading Column to specify a string for each of the fields in your input file Roman 8 Characters HP e3000 and HP 9000 computers use the Roman 8 character set Web pages must use the ISO 8859 1 character set The characters in the Roman 8 set are similar to but not identical with the ISO 8859 1 character set When formatting byte type fields STExport attempts to convert any Roman 8 input character into the corresponding ISO 8859 1 character STExport also tries to make reasonable conversions such as Symbol Converted To gt amp gt
469. ytes gt if name 1 4 6 HAWAII gt if addr 3 VANCOUVER B C gt if addr 3 11 20 B C pattern matching Numeric Expressions Bit Selections The If command can extract and test any series of one or more contiguous bits in a field Suprtool allows bit extracts only on Integer or Logical fields of two bytes in length one 16 bit word To do a bit extract from another type of field first use Define to redefine the data as a two byte Logical field Once Suprtool extracts a bit string it always treats it as an Unsigned Integer a Logical and never interprets it as negative The format for bit extracts calls for a starting bit number and a bit count The 16 bits in a computer word are numbered from the left 0 to 15 The two bytes to extract from need not be on a word boundary i e they can start in any byte position See Define Command D on page 93 for how to define a two byte logical field field startbit bitcount gt define bitfield name 2 logical gt if bitfield 4 2 3 How to Check a Byte for a Numeric Value Because Suprtool does not have one byte integers it can be difficult to check a single byte for a specific numeric value Use a two byte integer Define field and the bit extract operator to solve this problem gt define word transcode 2 integer gt if word 0 8 13 See Character Constants on page 143 for an alternate method Decimal Places Use the Item command
470. ytes In this case the field must be defined as data type Byte Char or Display The Define command cannot be used to convert data from one format to another Using the same example the Define command could not be used to treat the first six digits of the ten digit ASCII field as Integer Packed Real or any other numeric data format If the input record contains ASCII digits Define cannot change them to another data type It may be helpful to think of the Suprtool Define command as similar to a COBOL REDEFINES clause or a FORTRAN EQUIVALENCE statement Suprtool Commands e 97 Delete Command DEL 98 e Suprtool Commands Deletes all entries selected from the input Eloquence dataset DELETE Delete has no parameters and can be entered only after the source of input records has been specified using Get or Chain Delete causes Suprtool to delete the input records after they have been read either all of the input records or a subset defined by the If command Delete is not supported for SQL or disc files only for Eloquence datasets Examples gt comment Delete and sort old transactions write to file gt base store gt get d sales gt if purch date lt 980101 dataset to delete from select which records to delete gt sort cust account gt sort purch date gt output oldsales sorted records gt exit sort by account and sort by date output file with deleted and gt delete ask for deletion
471. z QTP prenin a a e a a sass 326 Suprlink Commands 329 General Note ghenr nn E T E R E AR ERE TE 329 A Prey deer ain easel aoe eee E teak eae ERS ER 329 Uppercase or Lowercase oinei ceecseceecsceeseeeseeeeeeeseeseesecsecsaecsaecsaecaeeeaeseaeeeeeeseenes 329 CONEINUALION so naen fees tansgectees daventeventessceepvensuveapesceventgaueectevacevennveszocbsensavepbeeneestes 329 Comments on Command Lines 000 0 cece eeecceencecsseceeececeseceeeeecaceeeaeecaeeeeaeecaeeeeneecnes 330 HP UX Command Spe cece ivigeevnscesecenvensuseaeescevenscaducevovecevennvnsageb sea cavepueenecstes 330 File Name Sesi aeaee E EEA E A E EE E E E Geanteyeceschs 330 Cal ulatoin nnee nae aa E E E A E RE E E E EE E 330 Suprtool 5 4 for HP UX Table of Contents e 13 Before Command B eerren atin cacta tee idsed r E Er E eat eee 332 Do Command DO r aae teeta tee ia ate A ett 334 Exit Command E kirn e a eet r beaten a E E aceite 335 EXit ADOrt AG a a a OS 335 Exit Suspend ES onei rea raea E E KETE EEE E E 335 Exit Xeq IEX a a T A r a T EE E EES 335 Form Command F aa a E teehee Ma ei E 336 Help Command H re irain E E A era EEE EE TE AT AE 338 Input Command Minerare iea E E E E EEE E E AT A 339 Join Command S e serine e ete ct eE e E EE EE eE eiin 340 Link Command L aer e i e cates cat a E EE RTR iei eE ak 342 Listredo Command LISTREDO ccccssscccssssececssececsesececsescecessneeecseaececseseeeessneeeeneaas 344 Output Command O

Suprtool 5.4 for HP-UX

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents